Tigercat 845C L845C FELLER BUNCHER OPERATOR'S MANUAL - PDF DOWNLOAD

845C/L845C FELLER BUNCHER

OPERATOR'S MANUAL SERIAL NUMBER 84511861 TO 84512500 SERIAL NUMBER 84521861 TO 84522500

ISSUE 1.1, DECEMBER 2014 Tigercat Industries Inc. P.O. Box 637 Brantford, Ontario Canada N3T 5P9 Tel: (519) 753-2000 Fax: (519) 753-8272

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION INTRODUCTION................................................................................................................................................. v MACHINE IDENTIFICATION AND SERIAL NUMBERS..................................................................................... vi STANDARDS ROPS, TOPS, FOPS, OPS..........................................................................................................vii NON-APPROVED FIELD PRODUCT CHANGES.............................................................................................viii SAFETY...............................................................................................................................................................1 USING HIGH-SPEED DISC SAWS SAFELY.............................................................APPENDIX TO SECTION 1 CONTROLS AND OPERATION...........................................................................................................................2 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE.................................................................................................................3

CALIFORNIA Proposition 65 Warning Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and other reproductive harm.

845C/L845C FELLER BUNCHER Available Literature Operator’s Manual - 845*1501 TO 845*1860..................................................................................Part No. 31379AENG Operator’s Manual - 845*1861 TO 845*2500 (this Manual)............................................................Part No. 44738AENG Service Manual - 845*1501 TO 845*1860.......................................................................................Part No. 31380AENG Service Manual - 845*1861 TO 845*2500.......................................................................................Part No. 44739AENG Parts Catalogue...............................................................................................................................Part No. 31381A iii

INTRODUCTION................................................................................................................................................. v

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher INTRODUCTION An Operator's manual, Service manual and a Parts catalog are made available by Tigercat to assist the dealer, customer and operator in becoming familiar with the features of the 845C/L845C Feller Bunchers.

Serial numbers: 845C 84511861 TO 84512500 L845C 84521861 TO 84522500 NOTE: The 4th digit in the machine serial number indicates the machine model type. For example, 1 = Feller Buncher and 2 = Leveling Feller Buncher. For simplicity throughout this manual the 4th digit has been replaced with an asterisk to indicate that both types of machine models are affected, for example 845*1861 TO 845*2500.

The 845C/L845C Feller Bunchers are designed for harvesting trees, selective felling, thinning and final felling applications in plantations and natural stands.

The operator's manual will assist the operator with the techniques of proper and safe operation of the 845C/L845C Feller Bunchers. There is also important information regarding the safe operation of the saw head. The service manual contains safety and servicing procedures and a preventive maintenance schedule to ensure optimum machine performance. For manual part numbers, see the 'table of contents' page in each manual.

Section 1 in both the operator's manual and the service manual contains safety information that must be followed. As well, throughout the rest of the manuals, DANGER, WARNING and CAUTION notices are displayed where necessary, drawing attention to possible hazards when performing certain procedures.

Only trained personnel should be allowed to operate or work on the machine.

The information contained in this manual is current at time of printing. Improvements to the machine are on-going and may not be covered, therefore in these cases contact your Tigercat dealer for the appropriate information.

Tigercat reserves the right to make changes to the machine after this manual release date that may not immediately appear in this manual.

Every effort is made to send out updates on a regular basis. If the machine in question was built after the release date of this manual and there is a discrepancy, call Tigercat service department. The release date appears on the first page.

The Company reserves the right to change information contained herein at any time without prior notice.

Tigercat Industries Inc.

v

MACHINE IDENTIFICATION AND SERIAL NUMBERS..................................................................................... vi

Introduction

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

MACHINE IDENTIFICATION AND SERIAL NUMBERS Please record all serial numbers related to this machine below and have ready before calling for assistance.

The machine serial number plate is located inside the cab behind the operator's seat.

The machine serial number is also stamped on the front of the upper structure between the hoist cylinder mount and the right side of the cab.

Machine Model Number: _________________________ Machine Serial Number: _________________________ Model Year: ___________________________________ 845C-128

Cab machine serial number plate location.

845C-131

Upper structure serial number stamp location.

The engine identification label is located on top of the engine and identifies the engine serial number.

The engine serial number is also stamped on the left side of the engine block, on top of the lubricating oil cooler housing.

Engine Serial Number: __________________________ Engine Date of Manufacture: ______________________

845C-130

Engine identification label and stamped engine serial number locations.

vi

STANDARDS ROPS, TOPS, FOPS, OPS..........................................................................................................vii

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Introduction

THIS OPERATOR ENCLOSURE MEETS THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS: •

OREGON OSHA 437-007-0775:14a TIP-OVER PROTECTION STRUCTURES (TOPS)

•

ISO 8082-2:2011 ROLL OVER PROTECTION STRUCTURES (ROPS)

•

ISO 8084:1993 OPERATOR PROTECTION STRUCTURES (OPS)

•

ISO 8083:1989 11 600J FALLING OBJECTS PROTECTION STRUCTURES (FOPS)

•

ISO 2867:1994

•

SAE J1356: FEB. 1988

•

Oregon osha 437-007-0775:14b,c

•

AS 4988 2002

MODIFICATIONS AND REPAIRS: The integrity of the ROPS, TOPS, FOPS, OPS structure and its continued ability to provide the level of protection it was designed for could be seriously affected by any modifications to the structure, its mounting or to the chassis to which it is attached.

Tigercat emphasizes that the certification of approval of the ROPS, TOPS, FOPS, OPS structure will become void if any such modifications take place.

Tigercat may officially grant approval for modifications only by: (i) Written approval of repairs or modifications signed by the Tigercat Engineering Manager; or (ii) Approved modifications officially released by Tigercat.

Both of the above are provided that the work is carried out in the factory approved manner.

Unauthorized modifications and/or repairs made or contributed to by a customer or a Tigercat distributor may result in creating a dangerous situation and therefore the customer or Tigercat distributor will be considered to have assumed the risk involved or be negligent in creating this situation.

Tigercat will not be held responsible for situations arising from having created unauthorized modifications/changes to the structure.

Operator's cabs are designed to ROPS, TOPS, FOPS, OPS standards so that they will withstand force and absorb energy during a roll over (ROPS), tip-over (TOPS), when resisting the impact of a falling object (FOPS) and minimize the possibility of operator injury from penetrating objects (OPS). When a permanent deflection of the structure occurs, the structure can no longer provide the original designed level of protection and should be replaced. Attempts to straighten the structure, particularly by the application of heat, can reduce still further the structures remaining capability to protect.

The mounting and the frame or chassis to which the cab is attached is considered an integral part of the ROPS, TOPS, FOPS, OPS and is included in the design, test and certification of the product.

Contact the Service department before attempting any modifications or repair to tip-over protective structures.

Tigercat Industries Inc.

vii

NON-APPROVED FIELD PRODUCT CHANGES.............................................................................................viii

Introduction

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

NON-APPROVED FIELD PRODUCT CHANGES The installation of any unauthorized attachment or changes made of any kind to this Tigercat product could affect the product's ability to perform as originally intended. The product's integrity, stability and it's ability to perform safely could be at serious risk.

IT IS Tigercat POLICY THAT NO CHANGES ARE TO BE MADE TO ITS PRODUCTS INCLUDING DELETIONS OR ADDITIONS OTHER THAN A Tigercat APPROVED OPTION FITTED IN THE FACTORY APPROVED MANNER. Official approval to make changes or install options is only to be undertaken as follows: (i) The relevant options for that product must be shown or listed on current Tigercat documentation or literature such as a printed specification sheet, price list, parts manual, or product literature issued by Tigercat. (ii) Approved options or product changes authorized in writing by the Tigercat Engineering Manager.

AUTHORIZATION BY ANY OTHER PERSON IS UNACCEPTABLE. Unauthorized changes made or contributed to by a person or organization may result in creating a dangerous situation and therefore the person or organization will be considered to have assumed the risk involved or be negligent in having created this situation.

Weight is an important factor when considering the addition of options or an attachment, Refer to your Tigercat distributor for information on maximum permissible operating weight and the effect the addition of various options may have on your machine.

Tigercat will not be held responsible for any situation that may arise resulting from Non-approved Field Product Changes to its product.

Should Tigercat become involved in a dispute resulting from changes made to the product without proper authorization by Tigercat as stated above, Tigercat will take whatever action is appropriate to protect its interests.

The product warranty policy and the certification on any safety items installed on the modified product will become NULL and VOID if the above policy is not adhered to as specified.

Non-approved product changes also nullify warranties given to Tigercat by its component manufacturers.

Tigercat Industries Inc.

viii

SAFETY...............................................................................................................................................................1

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher SECTION 1 – SAFETY Read and understand this safety section prior to operating any equipment.

Read and understand all manuals for any attachment or accessories.

CONTENTS – SECTION 1

ISSUE 1.1, APRIL 2016

BACKOVER ACCIDENTS – AVOIDING..................................................................................................... 1.9 BATTERY SAFETY.................................................................................................................................... 1.8 BEFORE WELDING................................................................................................................................. 1.23 CAB EXITS...............................................................................................................................................1.10 CABLE ASSIST........................................................................................................................................ 1.15 CABLE ASSIST MOUNT...................................................................................................................... 1.15 CABLE TENSION................................................................................................................................. 1.16 DAILY CHECKS.................................................................................................................................... 1.15 LOADING DIRECTIONS....................................................................................................................... 1.16 COOLING SYSTEM....................................................................................................................... 1.21, 1.43 EMERGENCY CAB EXITS....................................................................................................................... 1.10 ER BOOM SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS...................................................................................................... 1.25 EXHAUST FUMES................................................................................................................................... 1.22 FELLING TREES......................................................................................................................................1.17 FIRE PREVENTION................................................................................................................................. 1.31 DRY CHEMICAL CLEANUP PROCEDURES....................................................................................... 1.35 FIRE PREVENTION GUIDELINES....................................................................................................... 1.31 WHAT TO DO AFTER A MACHINE FIRE HAS OCCURRED............................................................... 1.34 WHAT TO DO TO PREPARE FOR A MACHINE FIRE......................................................................... 1.32 WHAT TO DO WHEN A MACHINE FIRE OCCURS............................................................................. 1.33 FLUID INJECTION INJURY..................................................................................................................... 1.26 FLUID LEAKS..........................................................................................................................................1.21 GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS........................................................................................................ 1.4 GREASE INJECTION INJURY................................................................................................................. 1.27 HAZARD ZONE..........................................................................................................................................1.5 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE HAZARD........................................................................................................ 1.21 INTERLOCK SWITCH, SAFETY.............................................................................................................. 1.10 LIGHTENING SAFETY AWARENESS LIGHTNING SAFETY........................................................................................................................... 1.28 WHAT IS A LIGHTNING STRIKE?........................................................................................................ 1.28 LIGHTNING SAFETY AWARENESS WHAT IS A LIGHTNING STRIKE?........................................................................................................ 1.28 LIQUID STARTING AID.............................................................................................................................. 1.9 LOOSE CLOTHING HAZARD.................................................................................................................. 1.21 MACHINE STABILITY AND TRACTION WITH LEVELER................................................................................................................................... 1.12 WITHOUT LEVELER............................................................................................................................ 1.14 NOISE LEVEL INSIDE CAB....................................................................................................................... 1.3 OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS..................................................................................................... 1.9 PARKING THE MACHINE........................................................................................................................ 1.18 PNEUMATIC GREASE GUNS, USING.................................................................................................... 1.27

1.1

Safety

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

PRIOR TO WELDING.............................................................................................................................. 1.23 PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT...................................................................................................................... 1.4 REFUELLING.............................................................................................................................................1.9 SAFETY HAZARDS – OPERATING.......................................................................................................... 1.7 SAFETY HAZARDS – VITON SEALS........................................................................................................ 1.7 SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCH ON FRONT DOOR............................................................................... 1.10 SAFETY LABELS..................................................................................................................................... 1.36 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, GENERAL....................................................................................................... 1.4 BACKOVER ACCIDENTS...................................................................................................................... 1.9 HAZARD ZONE...................................................................................................................................... 1.5 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING..................................................................................................................... 1.4 VITON SEALS........................................................................................................................................ 1.7 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, OPERATING.................................................................................................... 1.9 CAB EXITS...........................................................................................................................................1.10 FELLING TREES.................................................................................................................................. 1.17 INTERLOCK SWITCH.......................................................................................................................... 1.10 LIQUID STARTING AID.......................................................................................................................... 1.9 MACHINE STABILITY AND TRACTION............................................................................................... 1.12 PARKING THE MACHINE.................................................................................................................... 1.18 SEAT BELT.............................................................................................................................................1.9 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, SERVICING................................................................................................... 1.19 BEFORE SERVICING OR REPAIRING EQUIPMENT......................................................................... 1.19 CONNECTING BATTERY CABLES..................................................................................................... 1.19 DISCONNECTING BATTERY CABLES............................................................................................... 1.19 ER BOOM SYSTEM............................................................................................................................. 1.25 FLUID INJECTION INJURY.................................................................................................................. 1.26 GREASE INJECTION INJURY............................................................................................................. 1.27 LEVELING SYSTEM............................................................................................................................ 1.22 WHEN SERVICING THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM............................................................................... 1.19 SAFETY SYMBOLS................................................................................................................................... 1.4 SEAT BELT.................................................................................................................................................1.9 SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.................................................................................................... 1.19 SIGNAL WORDS........................................................................................................................................ 1.4 TRANSPORTING THE MACHINE........................................................................................................... 1.18

1.2

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety

VIBRATION AND NOISE LEVEL INSIDE CAB NOISELEVELS

Noise Level Inside Cab dB(A)

As per Tigercat test ETR00107 Microphone direction: Forward Rear Left Right Driving max speed (High) 75 77 78 77 Driving max speed (Low) 71 71 72 71 Boom opertation 74 72 75 73

Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against noise.

Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment or loss of hearing. This machine exceeds 70 dB(A) in the cab and exceeds 85 dB(A) when servicing machine engine.

Check with your local Safety Commission to determine if hearing protection is required at these levels.

Vibration Level - Whole-body

As per Tigercat test ETR007 & ISO 2631-1 Weighted rms acceleration (m/s2) Seat Seat-back Feet Health Comfort Driving max speed (High) x-axis (back-to-chest) 0.5630 0.4020 0.2370 y-axis (right-to-left) 0.3200 0.4200 0.2310 z-axis (buttocks-to-head) 0.2110 0.6140 0.4660 Σ 0.6571 0.5700 0.4850 0.2850 Driving max speed (Low) x-axis (back-to-chest) 0.2150 0.1200 0.1140 y-axis (right-to-left) 0.0977 0.1440 0.0764 z-axis (buttocks-to-head) 0.0669 0.2230 0.2170 Σ 0.2890 0.2568 0.1800 0.1000 Boom operation x-axis (back-to-chest) 0.6140 0.1830 0.4510 y-axis (right-to-left) 0.2470 0.3300 0.3710 z-axis (buttocks-to-head) 0.0838 0.3670 0.4440 Σ 0.9304 0.7310 0.5070 0.1740 *Note for whole-body, weighted RMS acceleration values can exceed 0,5m/s2. as per clause 3.6.3 Machinery Directive 98/37/EC Annex 1.

Vibration Level - Hand/Arm

As per Tigercat test ETR007 Weighted rms acceleration (m/s2) Driving max speed (High) Σ 1.770 Driving max speed (Low) Σ 1.170 Boom operation Σ 0.770 *Note for hand/arm, all weighted RMS acceleration values are below 2.5 m/s 2 as per clause 3.6.3 Machinery Directive 98/37/EC Annex 1.

VIBRATION LEVEL

1.3

Safety

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

SAFETY SYMBOLS

Remember that safety is a prime responsibility of all.

To minimize the risks and promote safety at all times, this section of the operator’s manual details a number of safety rules which should always be followed and obeyed.

Always read the operator's manual before operating the machine. Pay close attention to WARNINGS and HAZARD identifications.

This safety alert symbol means ATTENTION! BECOME ALERT! YOUR SAFETY IS INVOLVED! The safety alert symbol identifies important safety messages on machines, safety signs, in manuals, or elsewhere. When you see this symbol, be alert to the possibility of personal injury or death. Follow the instructions in the safety message.

UNDERSTANDING SIGNAL WORDS DANGER

Follow all instructions from safety inspector and supervisors.

DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

You must be fully trained to operate this piece of equipment. Know the capabilities and the limitations of the equipment. Learn the most efficient operating techniques.

WARNING

Do not let untrained persons operate the machine.

WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury.

Use recommended protective clothing and safety devices such as gloves, safety boots, safety hat, goggles, and ear protection when necessary.

These safety rules highlight both general and specific measures the operator should be familiar with and adhere to. More specific measures are illustrated with pictograms which may also be attached to the machine in locations pertinent to their respective message. Keep safety labels in good condition. Repair or replace damaged labels.

1.4

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety

KEEP BACK 150 m (500 ft)

The following diagram illustrates the hazard zone.

All personnel should be kept clear of this zone while the equipment is operating.

Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against noise.

Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment or loss of hearing. This machine exceeds 70 dB(A) in the cab and exceeds 85 dB(A) when servicing machine engine.

The hazard zone should be considered off limits to all individuals.

Always use the handrails and steps provided when mounting and dismounting from the machine.

150 M (500

Do not jump off the machine at any time.

Do not try to climb onto or off of a moving machine.

Do not use the seat armrest or joystick as handles when entering or leaving the cab.

150 M (500

150 M (500

150 M (500

860C-039

HAZARD ZONE

DANGER The safety of persons outside the cab is the responsibility of the machine operator.

Do not use the machine foot controls as steps.

When mounting or dismounting the machine always use the three point technique. Use one hand with two feet or two hands with one foot.

When approaching an operating machine on foot, stay at least 150 m (500 ft) away until the operator recognizes your presence. Make sure that all equipment is shut down before advancing to the machine.

WARNING

NOTE: Opening the cab front door will stop machine functions. Opening the cab side door will NOT stop machine functions.

Avoid mounting or dismounting the machine in areas with slippery surfaces.

Dry, deice, clean up or cover slippery surfaces with an anti-slip material before mounting or dismounting the machine.

1.5

Safety

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher Do not operate the machine with any defective or inoperable components.

WARNING

Check all fluid levels.

Do not walk on machine surfaces with steel cleated foot wear. Steel cleats on steel surfaces are slippery and do not provide a safe foot hold.

Do not operate the machine with any of the exhaust system, safety covers, oil shields, or other devices removed.

WARNING It is not recommended to walk on machine surfaces that are not designated walking areas.

No attempt should be made to walk on angled steel surfaces or surfaces that are irregular in shape.

Keep a first aid kit in an easily accessible location on the vehicle at all times.

Walking surfaces on the machine must be covered with anti-slip materials to provide a safe foot hold and prevent slipping.

WORKING WITH OIL Direct contact with oil implies a risk of skin complaints e.g., eczema. Strict hygiene should always be observed.

These anti-slip surfaces should be maintained on a regular basis. If the surface shows signs of wear, the anti-slip material must be replaced immediately.

Some advice which should be observed: • Oils used in this machine may be hot enough to cause serious burns.

To reduce risk of fire, machines should be completely cleaned of debris at least daily, particularly around the engine exhaust components. Hydraulic oil leaks, excess grease, fuel and oil accumulation (including spillage) should be eliminated immediately, always turn OFF the engine before cleaning the machine.

• Avoid contact with oil, particularly heated oil.

• Oil on the skin should be washed off immediately with soap and water.

• Wear protective gloves. Hands should be clean before putting on gloves. Apply protective cream to the hands to make washing easier.

Maintain a clean cab interior, clear away trash or debris.

• Don't put oily rags in your pockets.

The machine should be washed completely at every major service.

• Oil soiled clothing should be changed as soon as possible.

Inspect the machine daily for signs of damage or unusual wear, to structures.

• Always keep a change of clothing, but not in the machine where it can become dirty.

Check for fluid leaks, or faulty operation. Repair or replace malfunctioning parts and systems immediately.

• Cuts and abrasions must be attended to immediately. Clean them and apply first-aid.

Check windows and door guards for damage.

• Avoid breathing in oil fumes.

Check protective windows for cracks, a damaged window has reduced strength at stopping objects.

All damaged windows must be replaced with original equipment.

• Oily rags and gloves must be safely discarded after use.

• Wash hands and arms frequently, e.g., at each meal break.

Check windows for scratching, crazing and cloudiness that could impair visibility.

Read, understand and follow all general safety precautions specified by the saw head manufacturer.

1.6

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety

SAFETY HAZARDS – VITON SEALS

SAFETY HAZARDS – OPERATING

O-rings and other seals manufactured of Viton material (fluorine rubber) produce a highly corrosive acid (Hydrofluoric) when subjected to temperatures above 315°C (600°F).

Maintain a charged fire extinguisher on the vehicle at all times and know how to use it.

Do not carry passengers either in the cab or anywhere else on the machine. The vehicle is provided with, and approved for seating for the operator only.

This contamination can have extreme consequences on human tissue since it is almost impossible to remove after contact.

Do not allow anyone who may be unfit, physically or mentally or who may be under the influence of alcohol or drugs, to operate the machine.

The following procedures are recommended when inspecting equipment that has been subjected to high temperatures such as fire:

When moving the machine, watch that enough clearance is available on both sides and above the machine or any of its attachments. Extra clearance may be required particularly where the ground is uneven.

• Visually inspect any seals or gaskets which have suffered from heat, they will appear black and sticky.

• If these are found, do not touch!

Approach with extreme caution any area where overhanging electrical power lines are present.

Serious injury or death by electrocution can result if the machine or any of its attachments are not kept a safe distance from these lines.

• Determine the material composition of any seals or gaskets. If fluoro-elastomer seals (Viton, fluorel, or tecmoflon) have been used, the affected area must be decontaminated before undertaking further work. Natural rubber and nitrile materials are not hazardous.

Maintain a distance of 3 m (10 ft) between the machine or boom and any power line carrying up to 50,000 volts or less plus 10 mm (0.5 in) for each additional 1,000 volts above the 50,000 volt level.

• Disposable heavy duty gloves (neoprene) must be worn and the affected area decontaminated by washing thoroughly with limewater (Calcium Hydroxide solution).

If State/Provincial, local or job site regulations require even greater safety distances than stated above, adhere strictly to these regulations for your own protection.

• Any cloths, residue and gloves must be safely discarded after use.

NOTE: Burning discarded items is not recommended except in an approved incineration process where the dangerous products are treated by alkaline scrubbing.

If the machine must be transported, make sure that it is adequately secured to the transporting vehicle. Refer to VEHICLE MOVING INSTRUCTIONS in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL. Stopping the engine immediately after it has been working under load can result in overheating and premature wear of the engine components.

Reduce engine speed to LOW IDLE and let run for approximately five minutes to allow gradual dissipation of heat and also to reduce turbo speed.

This will also prevent loss of coolant by after boil and possible hot spot damage to the engine.

1.7

Safety

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Be aware when performing service and maintenance tasks that surfaces and grab handles in and around the engine and cooling system may become very hot when the engine has been running. Contact with hot surfaces may cause injury.

WARNING

Comply with instructions in this manual and also your company’s regulations for the operation of this machine.

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.

Wash hands after handling.

Read, understand and follow all general safety precautions specified by the saw head manufacturer.

WARNING

If acid is accidentally splashed into your eyes, flush immediately with clean water and get medical attention.

Engine exhaust, some of its constituents, and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.

Do not attempt to charge a frozen battery, it can explode.

When servicing the electrical system, turn OFF the battery disconnect switch before removing the battery compartment cover. Remove the battery cables from the batteries disconnecting the negative (–) cables first. Perform the service work, then attach the battery cables reconnecting the positive (+) cables first.

Do not short out battery terminals for any reason.

Serious burns or an explosion can result.

CAUTION Lead-acid batteries contain sulphuric acid which can severely damage eyes or skin on contact. Always wear a safety face shield, rubber gloves and protective clothing to reduce risk of accidents.

Lead-acid batteries produce flammable and explosive gasses. Keep arcs, sparks, and open flames a safe distance from the batteries.

1.8

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety

AVOID INJURY FROM BACKOVER ACCIDENTS

OPERATING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

S≤15 mg/kg ULTRA LOW SULFUR Turn OFF the engine when refuelling.

Do not FUEL ONLY refuel the machine or work on the fuel system 36686AUNI R0 while smoking or near flames or sparks.

Attach a grounding strap to an unpainted metal surface on the machine if the refuelling tank or nozzle is so equipped.

Before moving machine, be sure all persons are clear of the area.

Always be alert for bystanders moving into the work area. Use horn to warn bystanders before moving the machine.

Check that no other personnel have moved into a hazardous area before starting the machine.

Sound the machine horn before starting the machine.

When using a signal person, keep the person in view at all times. Always be sure the signal person is clear before backing up.

To avoid backover accidents: • Always look around before you back up. Be sure that everyone is clear.

• Keep the motion warning alarm in working condition. The motion warning alarm must sound when the machine is moving in forward or reverse.

The operator’s seat is equipped with lap and shoulder harness belts. Use both of these restraint systems at all times when operating the machine.

• Use a signal person when backing up if view is obstructed. Always keep the signal person in view.

Start the engine according to the instructions in this manual. Refer to OPERATING THE MACHINE in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

• Learn the meaning of all flags, signs and markings on the job site and who is responsible for signalling.

WARNING

• Keep windows, mirrors and lights in good condition.

• EXPLOSION HAZARD.

• Dust, heavy rain, fog, snow etc. can reduce visibility. As visibility decreases, reduce speed and use proper lighting.

• DO NOT USE ETHER. • ENGINE EQUIPPED WITH HEATER STARTING AID. • USE OF ETHER COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY.

Turn OFF the engine when refuelling. Do not smoke while refuelling.

36782BENG R0

Never use a liquid starting aid to start an engine.

This machine is equipped with a computer controlled heating element in the engine intake system. Starting fluids will explode on contact with the heating element.

1.9

Safety

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

CAB EXITS Before moving the machine to the work site, check to ensure that all doors, panels, and access covers are installed properly and secured.

There are three ways to exit the cab in case of an emergency.

SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCH ON FRONT DOOR: The front door is equipped with a safety interlock switch to prevent the machine from being operated while the front door is open (pilot system is shut off).

1. Front door, this is also the main point of entry and is the only door that should be used under normal operating conditions to enter or leave the cab. This door is also equipped with a safety interlock switch. Refer to SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCH ON FRONT DOOR in THIS SECTION.

INTERLOCK SWITCH

ACTUATOR ON DOOR

INTERLOCK SWITCH (FRONT DOOR)

2. Side door, should be used for emergency exits only. Do not use this door to routinely enter or leave the cab. This door is not equipped with a safety interlock switch and therefore when left open will not deactivate the pilot controls in the cab. Always turn OFF the engine before using the side door exit.

Push the red PILOT OFF switch and confirm the PILOT OFF Icon is activated (yellow) on the MD3 display before removing seat belt. Do not use the front door interlock switch to turn pilot OFF.

3. Escape hatch, this is a third cab exit for use if the side exit or front door exit become blocked.

NOTE: Engine can be started but the machine functions cannot be operated with the door open.

822C-251

This hatch is not equipped with a safety interlock switch and therefore when left open will not deactivate the pilot controls in the cab.

Always turn OFF the engine before using the escape hatch exit.

WARNING The door safety interlock switch and the pilot reset switch are a safety feature and their function must not be compromised in any way.

It is important that the operator of the machine be familiar with these emergency exits and how to use them.

All operators should practice using all the cab exits to become familiar with escape procedures should they need to perform them in the dark, when the machine is in a rolled position, or other possible adverse condition.

All three exits should be checked to make sure they are operational and will function in an emergency. The safety interlock mechanism on the front door or the side door and escape hatch retaining mechanisms must not be tampered with or compromised.

IMPORTANT! Unlock both doors before operating the machine to allow opening from the outside in case of an emergency. Make sure the doors are operational, open the doors twice, once using the exterior latch handle and once using the interior handle.

For additional information, refer to EMERGENCY EXITS in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

1.10

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety

TO OPERATE:

WARNING

Close the front door and press the green pilot ON reset switch . The pilot ON icon will be activated (green) on the MD3 display.

Once the safety interlock system has been activated, the safety of both the operator and all persons outside the cab becomes the responsibility of the operator.

WARNING

Keep the cab doors closed when driving or steering the machine to prevent accidental entry of branches and debris into the cab.

Keep the cab doors closed and use the lap and shoulder belts when driving or steering the machine to prevent being thrown from the operator's cab.

Secure loose items in the cab.

1. When the engine is running, Do not allow anyone in areas of the machine where they may be crushed by moving components.

2. Maintain a safe operating distance between the machine and other personnel. Never operate the boom or saw head over the heads of bystanders.

3. Never travel near coworkers or other pieces of equipment with the saw head running.

4. Do not allow people or other pieces of equipment near the harvesting operation.

5. Do not turn on the saw head until the machine is at the harvesting site.

6. Use only prearranged and approved signalling practices.

Do not open an escape hatch or the cab doors to increase ventilation when operating the machine.

Prior to commencing work, check all equipment controls to ensure the machine responds correctly.

Make sure that all safety screens and guards including the skylight are installed and properly secured.

Always rest the saw head on the ground when operation is stopped, regardless if the engine is running or not.

Operate the machine only from a seated position in the operator’s seat.

Watch for ground hazards such as metal debris, wire fencing or rocks.

When travelling, position the saw head and boom so as not to impair vision.

If vision is limited by dust, smoke, fog, rain or snow, stop the machine until visibility is restored.

If the saw guard has been installed, do not remove until at the cutting site. Remove the guard before starting the engine.

CAUTION Do not open the cab doors or window screens when cab is on a slope. The doors and screens are heavy and could swing out with considerable force. Anyone in the path of swing could be injured. Anyone opening the door or screen and holding on to it could be pulled out of the cab and injured.

1.11

Safety

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

MACHINE STABILITY AND TRACTION – MACHINES WITH LEVELER This machine is designed to operate on rough terrain and slopes commonly found in forestry applications. However, ground conditions vary greatly with changing soil types, slope angles, moisture, snow and ice, rocks, boulders and stumps, and fallen trees. All of these factors affect the machine’s stability against tip-over and traction to resist slipping. This machine may not be capable of operating on some ground conditions, and must be used with caution.

20°

Whenever possible work within the normal working range of the boom system as shown in FIG. 1.

860C-009

NOTE: In any boom position, both inside and outside of the normal operating range, there is a risk of instability and tipping.

When it is necessary to work outside of the normal working range, be aware the stability of the machine is reduced. The risk of tipping is increased while operating in the reduced stability working range.

NORMAL WORKING RANGE OF BOOM SYSTEM

16° 860C-010

FIG.2–UNDERCARRIAGE LEVELING ANGLES

UPHILL REDUCED STABILITY WORKING RANGE

To minimize the risk of tipping observe the following: • Do not attempt to operate this machine on slopes without first receiving proper training.

• Learn the stability limits or “feel” of the machine by first working on gentle slopes and by positioning the boom to reduce the risk of tipping. Gain experience over time by gradually increasing the angle of the slopes on which you are working.

TRACK GEAR BOX AT REAR OF UNDERCARRIAGE 860C-030

FIG. 1 - WORKING RANGES

• Keep the saw head as close to the ground as possible to increase machine stability, and to allow the boom to be quickly lowered to the ground should the machine begin to tip.

Be aware the machine is in its least stable position on a slope with the boom to the rear.

All efforts have been made in the design of the machine to reduce the risk of tipping, however it is not possible to eliminate the risk of tipping.

• Always use the LOW speed setting for the track drives when on slopes.

• Travelling at an angle to the slope other than straight up and down decreases the traction of the tracks. Increasing the angle to the slope away from straight up and down can cause the machine to slide sideways downhill and/or possibly tip over.

1.12

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety

• Never travel across a steep slope or side hill.

• Always carry any load on the uphill side of the machine.

BOOM TO FRONT

• Do not lift or move objects that exceed machine stability.

• Always be prepared to release the load in case it causes the machine to tip.

• Always position the cab so that you have a clear view in the direction of travel. Be aware of ground conditions and obstacles in the machine’s path before moving the machine.

KEEP SAW HEAD CLOSE TO GROUND

• When crossing obstacles (boulders, stumps, ditches etc.) the machine can shift rapidly, greatly affecting the stability of the machine.

Move slowly over obstacles, and position the boom against the ground to reduce the risk of the machine shifting rapidly.

TRACK GEAR BOX AT REAR OF UNDERCARRIAGE 860C-013

FIG.3 – CLIMBING SLOPE

• Backing over obstacles unexpectedly while travelling down a slope poses a tipping risk.

Know the path of the tracks whenever the machine is moved.

• When climbing a slope the boom should face uphill and the saw head should be kept close to the ground (FIG. 3). When descending a slope the boom should face down hill and the saw head should be kept close to the ground (FIG. 4). Be particularly aware of machine stability when changing directions on, or travelling back down a slope.

KEEP SAW HEAD CLOSE TO GROUND

860C-011

• As you gain experience, recognize the maximum slope on which the machine can operate cannot be defined simply by an angle value. Variables in surface terrain, soil types, rocks, boulders, stumps, and fallen trees, changing weather conditions, and first and foremost the operator’s experience and skill levels greatly affect the maximum slope limitations. Be aware these factors can result in a shallow slope posing greater risk than a relatively steeper slope. Do not attempt to work on slopes if conditions are beyond your ability level.

1.13

FIG.4 – DESCENDING SLOPE

Safety

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

MACHINE STABILITY AND TRACTION – MACHINES WITHOUT LEVELER When working on slopes, travel straight up or down the slope to prevent roll-over.

Never travel across a steep slope or side hill: • As a load is added to the saw head the handling and the stability of the machine will change.

• To avoid tip over, keep the saw head as low as possible to maintain a low centre of gravity.

• Always be prepared to dump the load in case of an emergency.

• Do not overload the machine as this can create an unstable condition and cause a rollover.

1.14

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety

CABLE ASSIST

CABLE ASSIST MOUNT

The leveler cable assist mount may improve machine maneuverability on steep slopes when attached to a suitable winching device.

Factors that will affect the safety of the machine as it works on steep slopes are:

The cable assist mount can be used with a single or double shackle configuration depending on the winch system. Use only shackles with a pin diameter of 21⁄2 in. and rated for 55 tonne (121,000 lbf).

• Direction of machine travel • Limitations of machine tractive effort and soil conditions • Experience of the operator • Weather • Load sizes (boom position and load) • Poor visibility/lighting conditions

DAILY CHECKS

B A

On a daily basis prior to operating the equipment check:

855D-036

• All equipment fluid levels.

A B

• Maintain a clean cab interior, clear away trash or debris.

Single Shackle Configuration

Shackle Cable Assist Mount

• Secure loose items in the cab.

• Do not store tools, oil containers or other equipment in the cab • Functional check of all escape hatches.

• All covers, roof and doors are closed and latched.

• The cable assist mount for structural cracks and loose or missing bolts.

On a weekly basis check the torque tightening points on the cable assist mount. Make sure the M24 bolts have a torque value of 915 Nm (675 lbf-ft).

855D-037

A B

For additional information refer to MACHINE STABILITY AND TRACTION – MACHINES WITH LEVELER in THIS SECTION.

A

B

Double Shackle Configuration

Shackle Cable Assist Mount

WARNING

CAUTION Do not open cab doors or window screens when cab is on a slope. The doors and screens are heavy and could swing out with considerable force. Anyone in the path of swing could be injured. Anyone opening the door or screen and holding on to it could be pulled out of the cab and injured.

The lifting bail on the cable assist mount is for installation of the cable assist mount only. Do not use the lifting bail for anything other than its intended use.

1.15

Safety

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

CABLE TENSION

WARNING

To prevent damaging the cable assist mount and undercarriage the following acceptable maximum continuous cable tensions must not be exceeded.

Always use the proper equipment.

Always inspect the cable and cable assist mount for damage before using. Never use equipment that shows signs of poor maintenance or damage. Repairs should only be made by qualified personnel.

• Maximum continuous cable tension for a single shackle configuration is 18 tonne (40,000 lbf).

• Maximum continuous cable tension for a double shackle configuration is 9 tonne (20,000 lbf) for each cable.

LOADING DIRECTIONS

To prevent damaging the cable assist mount and undercarriage the following acceptable loading directions must not be exceeded.

855D-038

1.16

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety

FELLING TREES

WARNING

Pieces of wood, debris from the ground and even teeth separating from the saw blade become potentially dangerous missiles when thrown from these machines.

Do not operate this machine to lift or move any objects other than what it is designed to lift or move.

Inspect saw teeth, tooth retaining bolts, saw disc and felling head assembly.

The boom system is intended for use in tree felling applications only.

Ensure that all saw tooth retaining bolts are at correct torque value. Refer to attachment manual for correct values.

• Do not use the boom to service other equipment.

• Do not use the boom to lift items such as tires, engines, cylinders, boom components, etc.

Replace all worn saw teeth or rotate worn teeth to align unused cutting tips.

Always replace saw tooth retaining bolts when replacing saw teeth.

• Do not modify the boom system.

• Do not add hooks or lugs to the boom for the purpose of attaching lifting rigging.

Inspect saw disc for stress cracks and that saw disc does not wobble due to worn saw shaft bearings.

• Do not use the attachment for any purpose other than the intended felling function.

Never start the machine if saw blade has missing teeth or teeth retaining bolts or a bent saw disc.

Shut down machine immediately if vibration occurs during cutting.

Maintain a safe operating distance between the machine and workers and all other personnel. It is the duty of the operator to ensure that no person approach the machine while in use.

Check the saw discharge area is clear and undamaged.

When moving from tree to tree with the saw blade turning, take care not to make contact with other vegetation or debris.

Failure to follow the above instructions could result in serious injury or death.

Do not over load felling head.

Never use this machine to clear a logging deck on a new tract of timber when the rest of the equipment and operator's are also moving in.

Preplan to clear decks in advance before other equipment arrives.

Work within your operating skills, do not attempt to cut down a tree that is too large for the felling head.

Operate so the chip discharge area of the felling head (where applicable) is not directed at people, livestock, buildings or other machines.

When cutting, properly position felling head in front of tree and have saw blade running at full rpm.

Never work alone. Regularly inform other crew members of your intentions, location and length of time to perform duties.

Stop the saw blade before leaving the cutting area.

Always know and control the direction the tree will fall to prevent injury to coworkers or damage other vehicles.

NOTE: The saw blade will continue to free wheel for several minutes after the saw switch has been turned OFF.

When backing away from a cut, watch out for obstacles in your path.

To stop the blade from rotating, carefully lower the saw blade onto a stump gently to prevent unnecessary loading of the saw blade, saw housing and bearings.

Always travel with felling head as close to the ground as possible, never elevate the felling head unless necessary.

1.17

Safety

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

WHEN PARKING THE MACHINE:

Park the machine at least 15 m (50 ft) away from other equipment and in a cleared area. In the event of a fire, this distance will minimize the chance of the fire spreading to other equipment.

Before leaving the operator's cab, lower the saw head onto the ground.

If out of the operator's cab for an extended period turn OFF the engine.

STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

TRANSPORTING THE MACHINE When transporting the machine watch that enough clearance is available on both sides and above the machine or any of its attachments to avoid contact with power or telephone lines, bridge structures, etc.

Before transporting the machine check to ensure that all doors, panels and access covers are installed properly and secured. Improperly secured doors or panels pose a serious danger to pedestrians and other vehicles.

WARNING TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED

DO NOT operate this machine to lift or move any objects other than what it is designed to lift or move.

860C-001

• Do not use the boom to service other equipment.

1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

• Do not use the boom to lift items such as tires, engines, cylinders, boom components, etc.

2. Apply the swing brake.

3. Turn OFF the engine.

• Do not modify the boom system.

4. Remove the ignition key.

24863A

OFF

• Do not add hooks or lugs to the boom for the purpose of attaching lifting rigging.

• Do not use the attachment for any purpose other than the intended function.

ON

Maintain a safe operating distance between the machine and workers and all other personnel. It is the duty of the operator to ensure that no person approach the machine while in use.

24863A R0

5. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

NOTE: Wait 30 seconds after turning OFF the engine before turning off the battery disconnect switch. If the battery disconnect is turned off before this time period the engine electronic control unit (ECU) will register a fault.

Failure to follow the above instructions could result in serious injury or death..

1.18

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety WHEN SERVICING THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM:

SERVICING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

1. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

2. Remove the battery cables from the batteries disconnecting the negative (–) cables first.

3. Perform the service work.

4. Attach the battery cables reconnecting the positive (+) cables first.

5. Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

Conduct maintenance inspections at least as frequently as recommended in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. Install a DO NOT START ENGINE sign on the operator’s cab door and in the engine compartment when making repairs to the machine.

BEFORE SERVICING OR REPAIRING EQUIPMENT: STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

Before performing maintenance or repair work on any equipment, consult the manufacturer’s instruction manual and follow the recommended procedures.

The charge air cooler, radiator and the engine cooling system should be cleaned and serviced at least daily to maintain moderate engine temperatures.

WARNING

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED

This machine is equipped with a reversible cooling fan. Exercise care when working in this area with the engine running.

860C-001

1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

2. Apply the swing brake.

If the fan switch in the cab is in the AUTO position, the fan could turn ON and go into REVERSE mode without warning.

3. Turn OFF the engine.

4. Remove the ignition key.

24863A

OFF

ON 24863A R0

5. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

NOTE: Some wiring on the machine is live even when the battery disconnect switch is off.

1.19

Safety

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

The radiator and the engine cooling system should be cleaned and serviced daily to maintain moderate engine temperatures.

IMPORTANT!

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK

WARNING

A

845C-097 845C-001

B

Before servicing the hydraulic system, open the air vent valve (A) to release air pressure from the hydraulic oil tank.

Hot fluids and hot machine surfaces can cause serious burns!

• Before servicing the machine, allow the engine cooling system, fuel system, exhaust system, hydraulic system and machine surfaces to cool down.

Air vent valve is open when handle is parallel to valve.

Air vent valve is closed when handle is perpendicular to valve (shown).

• Use a thermometer to check surface and system temperatures to ensure it is safe to begin service work.

After service is complete, close the air vent valve and add air pressure to the hydraulic tank using the Schrader valve (B). Make sure the air is clean and dry. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi). Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in SECTION 3 for details.

• Do not begin service work until the surface or system temperature has cooled down to below 38°C (100°F)!

1.20

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety

WARNING

Diesel fuel or hydraulic oil under pressure can penetrate the skin and cause serious personal injury, blindness, or death. If any oil is injected into the skin, it must be surgically removed within a few hours by a doctor familiar with treating this type of injury.

Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns.

Shut off engine. Only remove coolant fill cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely.

Never use your bare hand to check for fluid leaks.

Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.

When searching for leaks, wear work gloves and use a wrench or piece of wood to move hydraulic hoses. Do not grab hold of hydraulic hoses. Wear safety goggles for eye protection.

Do not change any pressure or relief setting unless Tigercat authorized instruction has been obtained.

Use the proper tool for the job. Repair or replace worn or damaged tools including lifting equipment immediately.

Pressure can be maintained in a hydraulic system long after the power source and pump have been shut down. Lower the saw head to the ground, turn OFF the engine and relieve trapped pressure before performing work on components, or disconnecting any hoses. Refer to PARKING BOOM diagram (FIG. 1). Accumulators will self drain within two minutes of stopping the engine.

STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED

860C-001

PARKING BOOM FIG.1

Keep your hands, feet, head, and loose clothing away from power driven parts. Tie long hair behind your head. Remove rings and other jewellery to prevent electrical shorts and entanglement in moving parts.

Always be aware of machine pinch points that could cause injury. Never place body parts within the range of motion of the working parts of the machine.

Never stand under an object supported with hydraulics. Always use safety stands or a locking device.

1.21

Safety

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Before performing work under the boom system ensure it is firmly supported.

WARNING

Work in a ventilated area. If it is necessary to run an engine in an enclosed area, use an exhaust pipe extension to remove toxic exhaust fumes.

If you don't have an exhaust pipe extension, either work outside, or open the shop doors.

Always follow saw head manufacturer's instructions and safety warnings before approaching saw head to make adjustments.

WARNING Do not work below or behind a machine that is parked on a grade.

WARNING Failure to follow all of the above instructions could result in serious injury or death from crushing.

CAUTION Do not open cab doors or window screens when cab is on a slope. The doors and screens are heavy and could swing out with considerable force. Anyone in the path of swing could be injured.

Anyone opening the door or screen and holding on to it could be pulled out of the cab and injured.

Dispose of fluids properly.

Do not pour fluids into the ground, stream, pond or lake.

Before draining any fluids, know the proper way to dispose of them.

When performing required hydraulic checks and blade speed adjustments. Install the saw blade guard. Refer to saw head manufacturer's instructions.

Read, understand and follow all operating safety precautions specified by the saw head manufacturer.

MACHINE MODELS EQUIPPED WITH A LEVELING SYSTEM

Ensure all personnel are clear before opening or closing the engine enclosure power roof.

Always install support braces in the leveling mechanism while performing service and maintenance tasks. This area is a crush zone.

Keep clear to avoid personal injury or death.

If the engine is running inside a building, ensure that sufficient ventilation is available to prevent a build-up of toxic exhaust fumes. Run the engine only when it is necessary for testing or adjustments.

1.22

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety

IMPORTANT! 24 VOLT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DISCONNECT THE TWO MULTI-PIN PLUGS FROM THE ENGINE ECU

PRIOR TO WELDING NOTE: Prior to welding on any part of the machine, the repair area should be cleaned and a fire extinguisher should be made available at the welding location.

DISCONNECT 4 PIN ENGINE POWER CONNECTOR

STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

ENGINE ECU DISCONNECT (LEFT SIDE OF ENGINE)

855C-017

9. Disconnect the engine electronic control unit (ECU) by unplugging the four pin engine power connector and the two multi-pin connectors from the left side of the engine.

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 860C-001

IMPORTANT! This machine is equipped with sensitive electronic control equipment

1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

H845C-209

2. Apply the swing brake.

3. Turn OFF the engine.

4. Remove the ignition key.

24863A

OFF

GROUND HARNESS

845C-113

ON 24863A R0

ENGINE GROUND DISCONNECT (RIGHT SIDE)

5. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

6. Attach the welding machine grounding clamp so current does not pass through bearings, especially the swing bearing.

CHASSIS GROUND CONNECTION

10. Disconnect the engine ground connection at the chassis.

7. Removing the battery compartment cover.

8. Disconnect the battery cables from the batteries, negative (–) cables first.

1.23

Safety

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

DISCONNECT THE MULTI-PIN PLUG FROM THE XS2 MODULE

DISCONNECT THE MULTI-PIN PLUGS FROM THE XA2 MODULES H845C-51

13. Disconnect the multi-pin connectors on the two XA2 Modules mounted on the hydraulic tank.

When welding is completed reconnect all connectors, engine ground and MD3 computer fuse. Attach the battery cables reconnecting the positive (+) cables first and turn the battery disconnect switch ON.

DISCONNECT THE TWO MULTI-PIN CONNECTORS IN THE HARNESS

845D-001

CAB FUSE AND RELAY PANEL

11. Disconnect the XS2 Module multi-pin connector and the two multi-pin connectors in the wiring harness.

A

845C-263

A

MD3 Computer Fuse

12. Remove the MD3 computer fuse in the cab fuse and relay electrical cabinet.

1.24

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety

MACHINE MODELS EQUIPPED WITH AN ER BOOM SYSTEM WARNING This machine is equipped with an ER boom system. Because of this, it may behave in an unexpected manner compared to a conventional boom system.

Pay attention to the following when servicing the ER Boom System. Certain hydraulic circuits on this machine are inter-connected in order to provide level head-travel and to recirculate hydraulic oil to reduce heat generation and fuel consumption. As a result, disconnecting hydraulic lines from one cylinder may release pressure in a different cylinder at the same time. Before attempting to disconnect hydraulic hoses or perform work on the boom system, ensure that:

55987BUNI R0

WARNING

1. The machine is parked on level ground with the saw head on the ground (FIG. 1).

DO NOT operate this machine to lift or move any objects other than what it is designed to lift or move.

2. The stick cylinders are fully extended (FIG. 1) or the hoist cylinder fully retracted (FIG. 2).

• Do not use the boom to service other equipment.

Do not rely on the saw head to support the boom system during servicing. Slow leakage in the hydraulic components can cause the saw head to move unexpectedly.

• Do not use the boom to lift items such as tires, engines, cylinders, boom components, etc.

STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

• Do not modify the boom system.

• Do not add hooks or lugs to the boom for the purpose of attaching lifting rigging.

• Do not use the attachment for any purpose other than the intended function.

HEAD FLAT ON GROUND 845C-002

FIG. 1 – PARKING BOOM

Maintain a safe operating distance between the machine and workers and all other personnel. It is the duty of the operator to ensure that no person approach the machine while in use.

HOIST CYLINDER FULLY RETRACTED

Failure to follow the above instructions could result in serious injury or death..

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 845C-003

FIG. 2 – PARKING BOOM

1.25

Safety

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

FLUID INJECTION INJURY WARNING Diesel fuel or hydraulic oil under pressure can penetrate the skin and could result in death or serious injury. If any fluid is injected under the skin, a medical doctor familiar with the treatment of this type of injury must surgically remove it within a few hours.

As always, the best defence against suffering the effects of fluid injection is to prevent the accident from occurring in the first place.

WHEN SEARCHING FOR POSSIBLE FLUID LEAKS: • Never search for leaks with your bare hands.

Always wear thick protective gloves.

Hydraulic and diesel fuel systems on forestry machines operate at very high pressures, often 207 bar (3000 psi) and above. If a loose connection or a defect in a hose should occur, a fine, high velocity stream of fluid will result.

Even for systems pressurized to as little as 7 bar (100 psi), this fluid stream can penetrate human skin as if it were a hypodermic needle.

• Be sure to wear safety goggles for eye protection.

• Keep all body parts well away from the area being investigated for leaks.

Initially, an accidental fluid injection beneath the skin may only produce a slight stinging sensation.

There is a danger that you will tend to ignore this, thinking that it will get better with time. Most often, it does not. Within a very short time the wound may begin to throb painfully, indicating that tissue damage has already begun.

• Use the end of a long piece of wood to move hoses or other obstacles.

Similarly fluid injected directly into a blood vessel can spread rapidly through your circulatory system. The human body has little ability to purge injected fluid.

• Place the end of a long piece of wood in the suspected path of any fluid stream. Never use any part of your body.

Time becomes critical as tissue damage progresses rapidly. The longer you delay getting professional medical attention, the more damage can occur.

Although fluid injection accidents are rare, the resulting injury has on occasion required the amputation of a finger, a hand or in some cases the entire limb. The longer the delay in getting professional medical aid, the further up the limb the tissue damage can spread. An injury of this type can become very serious or even fatal if not dealt with promptly and properly.

• Recognize the source of the leak and the fluid streaming from it may be very small and not easily visible. You may only be able to see the fluid that accumulates as a result of the fluid stream.

WHEN PERFORMING ANY SERVICE WORK

• Stop the engine and relieve all diesel fuel or hydraulic pressure before disconnecting any lines or otherwise working on the system.

In the event of any suspected fluid injection injury: • Report the injury to your supervisor immediately.

• Never grab any hydraulic or diesel fuel connectors or hoses when they are subjected to pressure.

• Seek professional medical attention immediately.

• Always ensure that hoses are rated for the pressures to which they will be subjected.

• Never use any hoses that you suspect could be defective.

1.26

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher GREASE INJECTION INJURY WHEN USING PNEUMATIC GREASE GUNS

Safety Prior to using a high pressure pneumatic grease gun perform the following:

Pneumatic grease guns can deliver grease at pressures from 17 – 400 bar (246 – 5,801 psi).

It takes less than 7 bar (100 psi) to inject a substance through human skin.

• All operators of high pressure pneumatic grease guns must be trained in the hazards of its operations and the treatment for such injuries.

Always get professional medical treatment immediately after any type of injection injury.

• Do not operate a high pressure pneumatic grease gun unless you have been trained in the proper operation and are aware of all safety precautions of such a tool.

Provide the physician with information on the type of grease, the pressure setting of the gun, and similar details.

• Wear protective clothing such as gloves, safety hat and safety glasses.

The amount of fluid injected, type of fluid (or material), pressure at which it was injected and the elapsed time between injection and seeking medical attention all influence the chances of successful treatment for this type of serious injury.

• Inspect all parts of the grease gun for wear and tear and replace all worn or damaged parts.

• Ensure that protective shrouds are installed on all grease gun nozzles as safety devices.

• Remove dirt and grease from grease fittings prior to greasing.

• Replace any defective grease fittings on equipment with new fittings immediately.

• When badly positioned fittings are identified, replace them with angled or swivel fittings for easier access.

1.27

Safety

LIGHTNING SAFETY AWARENESS WHAT IS A LIGHTNING STRIKE? Lightning is a discharge of the electricity produced by a thunderstorm. As the thunderstorm develops, many small particles of ice within the storm clouds bump together. These collisions create a positive charge at the top of a cloud and a negative charge at the bottom. As this continues a second positive charge builds up on the ground beneath the cloud, concentrated around high objects such as hills, trees, buildings, equipment and even people.

When the difference between the electrical charge in the cloud and on the ground becomes great enough to overcome the resistance of the insulating air between them, an electrical current flows instantly. This is a lightning strike.

The electrical potential in a lightning strike can be as much as 100 million volts. Lightning strikes can occur over very large distances, even as much as 60 km (37 miles). Lightning travels both in front of and behind a thunderstorm and so strikes happen even when rain has not started or has stopped.

Lightning can hit in the same place, many times and often spreads out over 18 m (60 feet) within the soil around the strike point.

Thunder always accompanies lightning. When lightning occurs, the air through which it travels is instantaneously heated to a temperature more than 28,000°C (50,000°F). The air expands rapidly due to this heating, then quickly contracts as it cools. It is this contracting shock wave that we hear as thunder.

In many areas of the world, lightning strikes are second only to flooding as the greatest cause of storm related deaths and injuries. Although only 10% of lightning strike victims are killed, virtually all from cardiac or respiratory arrest, over 70% of those that survive suffer severe, life-long injury and disability. The symptoms of a lightning strike include memory loss, fatigue, chronic pain, dizziness, sleeping difficulty and the inability to complete several tasks at one time.

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher LIGHTNING SAFETY In spite of the popular myth that being struck by lightning is an unlikely event, the facts show that lightning strikes occur frequently. As a result loggers are at high risk because their work is outdoors and close to known strike points such as tall trees and heavy equipment.

Loggers can increase their chances of avoiding a lightning strike by following a few simple safety practices.

1. Designate a member of your crew to: ▪▪ Monitor daily weather forecasts ▪▪ Observe local weather conditions ▪▪ Alert all other members of the crew when a possible lightning threat develops 2. Don’t start or continue any work that cannot be stopped immediately, when a storm moves nearby.

3. Anticipate a high-risk situation and take action early by moving to a low-risk location. Do not hesitate. If there is lightning, you are in danger.

4. Obey the rule - If you see lightning, Flee. If you hear thunder, Clear.

5. Do not follow the now obsolete guideline to take shelter when the time between seeing lightning and hearing thunder is 30 seconds or less. This does not provide sufficient time to ensure safety. Always follow step 4.

6. Remain in your safe location for 30 minutes after the last sight of lightning or the last sound of thunder.

The safest location during lightning activity is inside a fully enclosed, substantially constructed building, a house, office, school, shopping area, etc. These are the safest because of the electrical wiring and plumbing that they contain. Should lightning strike, the electrical current will travel through the wiring or plumbing into the ground.

When such a building is nearby, always seek shelter there first.

1.28

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety

Unfortunately loggers do not often work close to buildings and therefore other alternatives need to be considered.

WHAT TO DO IF YOU ARE OUTSIDE AND SEE LIGHTNING OR HEAR THUNDER

Sheds, weather shelters, hunting blinds, tents and other partially open or small structures are not safe against lightning strikes as they lack the electrically grounded components of larger buildings. They are intended for sun or rain protection only. Do not seek shelter from lightning strikes inside these structures.

If you can, get inside: Run to the nearest building, motor vehicle or fully enclosed ROPS equipment cab immediately.

Being anywhere outside is not safe.

The second safest location during lightning activity is inside a fully enclosed car, van, truck or bus with a metal roof and metal sides. The electrical energy of a lightning strike to these vehicles is carried to ground by the conducting outer metal surfaces.

This is called the skin effect.

Do not seek safety from lightning strikes in vehicles with fibreglass or plastic body shells or in convertible top vehicles. None of these are safe, as they do not offer skin effect lightning protection.

Heavy forestry equipment such as a skidder, loader, feller buncher, forwarder, etc. with a fully enclosed rollover protective structure (ROPS) cab take advantage of the skin effect and are therefore safe in electrical storms.

If inside a building: • Don’t watch the lightning storm from open windows or doorways. Stay in inner rooms.

• Stay well away from corded telephones, electrical appliances, lighting fixtures, radio microphones, electrical sockets and plumbing pipes and fixtures.

If inside a motor vehicle or fully enclosed ROPS equipment cab: • Under no circumstances whatsoever step outside of the vehicle or off the equipment to move to another shelter. Very dangerous electrical pathways to ground may go through you.

• Shut down all operation, turn off the engine, close all doors and raise all windows.

• Sit squarely in the seat with your hands in your lap and your feet flat on the floor mat.

However machines with a rollover canopy only are not safe against lightning strikes as they are open to electrically conductive rainwater and do not benefit from the skin effect. Operators of this equipment must abandon their machines and get to a safer location before lightning strikes.

• Do not touch any metallic objects referenced to the outside of the vehicle. Do not touch any door and window handles, control levers, foot pedals, steering wheels, cab interior walls and any other inside to outside metal objects.

NOTE: Rubber tires on motor vehicles and heavy equipment do not increase safety from lightning strikes. Lightning has already travelled a great distance through the air to strike the vehicle. In comparison a few inches of rubber in a tire offers absolutely no additional insulation.

• Do not touch any radio or telephone connected to an outside antenna.

1.29

Safety If you are caught outside and have nowhere to go: • Avoid wide-open areas where you project above the surrounding landscape.

• Seek shelter in a low place, such as a ditch, ravine, valley, canyon or cave.

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher WHAT TO DO IF YOU FEEL YOUR SKIN TINGLING, YOUR HAIR STANDS ON END, LIGHT METAL OBJECTS VIBRATE OR YOU HEAR A CRACKLING SOUND: • Lightning is probably about to strike. You only have a few seconds to act.

• Get away from open water such as ponds or streams.

• Put your feet together. Crouch down like in a baseball catcher’s position. Hold your head down. Cover your ears to protect them against the noise of the thunder.

• Do not take shelter under any isolated tall trees or small groups of trees.

• Seek shelter amongst the dense, thick growth of the shortest trees.

• Avoid entering any small enclosures or shelters.

• Do not seek shelter under any motor vehicle or heavy equipment.

• Do not lie flat on the ground. By touching as little of the ground as possible, the lightning may not move across the ground to you.

WHAT TO DO IF A CO-WORKER HAS BEEN STRUCK BY LIGHTNING: • The victim does not carry any electrical charge. There is no danger to anyone helping this person. You can touch him or her immediately.

• Keep clear of any materials that can conduct electricity such as wire fences and gates, metal pipes, poles, rails and tools.

• Stay at least 15m (50 feet) away from metal objects such as a fuel tank, a vehicle or machinery without a cab, motorcycle, ATV, etc.

• Call your local emergency response telephone number immediately.

• If the victim has no pulse, their heart has stopped or they have stopped breathing, start cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) or mouth –to-mouth resuscitation immediately. Use a portable defibrillator if one is available.

• Stay at least 5m (16 feet) apart from any other members of a group so that lightning won’t travel between you.

• Do not use the telephone except for emergencies.

• Be careful about staying in the storm to take care of the victim. You can get hit by lightning too. If you can, move the victim to a building as soon as possible.

• To further increase your awareness about lightning safety, see the following web sites: ▪▪ National Weather Service Lightning Safety http://www.lightningsafety.noaa.gov ▪▪ National Lightning Safety Institute http://www.lightningsafety.com

1.30

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety 3. Blow off all forest debris and fine organic material accumulated near hot engine exhaust components (turbocharger and exhaust manifold as well as exhaust pipes and muffler) at the completion of each work shift or more frequently when working in logging conditions where large amounts of combustible forest debris are present.

Visual inspection after blow off to ensure thorough cleanliness is vital. Engine exhaust systems provide numerous small pockets where saw dust, small wood chips and other flammable forest debris can gather. Even small accumulations close to hot exhaust components can ignite and smoulder. If dislodged this smouldering debris can fall into other areas of the machine and thereby spread a fire.

FIRE PREVENTION

When working in a forest environment, it is impossible to prevent combustible debris from collecting in tight corners of the machine. This debris, in itself, may cause a fire; however, when mixed with fuel, oil or grease in a hot or confined place, the danger of fire is greatly increased.

The following fire prevention guidelines should be used to supplement the operator’s fire prevention efforts. In no case should the guidelines be used, or assumed, as replacements for diligent operator efforts at preventing fires.

The following guidelines will help to keep your equipment up and running efficiently and keep the risk of fire to a minimum.

1. Maintain a CHARGED fire extinguisher on the machine at all times and KNOW HOW TO USE IT. 2. Remove debris and blow out dust regularly from the air intake doors, engine radiator and charge air cooler, hydraulic oil cooler, diesel fuel cooler and air conditioning condenser core to prevent overheating of the engine and hydraulics and to maintain efficient operation of the machine. Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER AND RADIATOR in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL.

4. Clean out all accumulated forest debris (twigs, pine needles, branches, bark, leaves, saw dust, small wood chips) and any other combustible materials from inside the machine belly pans or lower machine structures as well as from areas in proximity to the engine, fuel and hydraulic oil systems no less frequently than at the completion of each work shift.

5. Inspect the machine regularly for any signs of diesel fuel or hydraulic system leakage.

Check for worn or eroded fuel or hydraulic lines before starting up any equipment.

6. Clean up any grease, diesel fuel, hydraulic and lubricating oil accumulation and spillage immediately.

7. Steam clean the engine, hydraulic pumps, transmission, brake, fuel and hydraulic tank compartments and all machine belly pans at least once a month or more frequently when working in logging conditions where large amounts of combustible forest debris are present.

8. Use only non-flammable solutions for cleaning the machine and components.

9. Inspect the exhaust system daily for any signs of leakage. Check for worn, cracked, broken or damaged pipes or muffler. Also check for missing or damaged bolts or clamps.

Should any exhaust leaks or defective parts be found, repairs must be made immediately.

Engine exhaust leaks can cause fires. Do not operate the machine until the exhaust leak is repaired.

1.31

Safety 10. During daily operation of the machine, the occurrence of exhaust leaks are usually accompanied by a change or increase in engine exhaust noise levels. These audible warnings cannot be ignored. Should any exhaust leaks occur during operation, the machine must be shut down immediately and not put back to work until the necessary repairs have been completed.

11. Park the machine at least 15 METERS (50 feet) away from other equipment at the end of each shift.

12. Never leave the machine parked with boom, arch or blade suspended off the ground. Should their supporting hydraulic hoses burn through during a fire, pressurized hydraulic oil may be injected into the fire and the boom, arch or blade will fall rapidly to the ground.

13. Turn the battery disconnect switch to OFF at shut down to de-energize all electrical circuits.

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher 17. AFTER transporting (trucking) a machine from one job site to the next, open all doors and access panels and blow off any debris that may have repositioned itself onto the engine and exhaust parts due to wind turbulence caused by the journey.

18. Before starting repair work, such as welding, the surrounding area should be cleaned and a fire extinguisher should be close by.

19. Store rags and other combustible materials in a safe, fireproof location.

20. Do not use the machine on top of or to push piles of burning timber. A machine fire will most probably result.

EQUIPMENT FIRES ADVERSELY EFFECT YOUR ABILITY TO LOG, MAY INCREASE YOUR INSURANCE PREMIUMS DRAMATICALLY OR PREVENT YOU FROM OBTAINING INSURANCE COVERAGE AT ALL.

WHAT TO DO TO PREPARE FOR A MACHINE FIRE • Prevent the fire from happening in the first place by ensuring that all machine systems are frequently inspected and always well maintained.

14. Remain with the machine for at least 45 minutes at the end of operations while the machine cools.

• Ensure that any hand held fire extinguishers are charged and in working order. Fire extinguishers require routine care. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for inspection and maintenance shown on the label of the fire extinguisher and in the extinguisher manufacturer's manual.

• Ensure that any pressurized water systems on the machine (if applicable) are charged and in working order. Refer to PRESSURIZED WATER SYSTEM MAINTENANCE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. • Ensure that you have the proper fire extinguishers on site. Most fires involving mobile forestry equipment will be Class A or B. 15. Remove all keys, lock equipment and fuel cap at the end of operations to reduce the risk of vandalism.

16. Be cautious when smoking. An open flame, a lit cigarette, etc., should not be permitted around any vehicle, especially during fuelling operations or when the fuel system is open to the atmosphere or when servicing batteries.

1.32

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety

Dry chemical extinguishers should be rated ABC and pressurized water extinguishers should be rated A.

• Ensure that after you have received the training as outlined above, that you know how to use the fire extinguisher, the pressurized water system (if applicable) and the fire suppression system** on your machine.

There is not enough time available to read instructions during a fire emergency.

Class A fires involve ordinary combustibles such as wood, cloth, paper, rubber and many plastics, Class B fires occur with flammable liquids such as diesel fuel, oil and grease and Class C fires apply to energized electrical equipment.

• Ensure the nozzle of any hand held extinguisher and pressurized water system available on the machine and at the work site fits within the fire extinguisher access holes in the doors of the machine.

• Ensure that all information necessary for you to immediately contact all sources of help (local fire department, etc) in the event of a fire emergency is recorded and readily available at all times.

WHAT TO DO WHEN A MACHINE FIRE OCCURS

• Ensure that your fire detection system* is in working order. Refer to FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL.

If operating the machine when a fire occurs:

• Ensure that your fire suppression system** is charged and in working order. Refer to FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL.

3. Activate the fire suppression system**.

• Ensure that you are familiar with the recommended procedures for fire contained in the emergency action plan of your company.

• Ensure that you follow all national, state/ provincial and local regulations dealing with fire fighting in effect in your specific geographic region. Regulations will vary from region to region but most will usually require that: 1. Workers assigned to fire fighting duties must be physically capable of performing them safely and effectively.

2. Workers designated to use fire fighting equipment as part of an emergency action plan must receive full and proper training from a qualified instructor.

3. Whenever portable fire extinguishers are provided for use in the workplace, training must be provided to familiarize workers with the general principles of fire extinguisher use and the hazards involved with fire fighting.

4. Training must be provided upon initial employment and at least annually thereafter.

1. Lower all working attachments to the ground.

2. Turn OFF the engine.

4. Radio or call for help. Be certain to report a fire immediately.

5. Exit the machine taking fire extinguisher and pressurized water system hose (if applicable) with you.

6. At all times ensure your own personal safety and the safety of anyone that may be in the area. Approach any fire with extreme caution.

All fires can be very dangerous and life threatening.

7. Only if you can safely do so, turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

Before deciding to fight the fire, be certain that: 1. The fire is small and not rapidly spreading.

2. There is always a clear, safe escape route to your back.

3. You have received training in the use of the available fire extinguishing systems and are confident that you can operate them effectively.

4. If in any doubt about whether or not to fight the fire – DON’T. Instead stand well clear of the fire and wait for help to arrive.

5. Be aware that engine coolant, diesel fuel or hydraulic hoses could fail during a fire. If this happens, hot coolant, fuel or oil could possibly be ignited by the fire.

6. If possible a dry chemical fire extinguisher or fire suppression system** should be used first to fight a machine fire. Then immediately afterwards use the pressurized water hose supplied with the machine (if applicable) or a 1.33

Safety

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

pressurized water extinguisher (if available). A fire suppressed by dry chemical may re-ignite from the heat retained by any debris or hot machine components in the area. The water will cool the area, reducing the chances of re-ignition.

▪▪ Failing all attempts to access the machine compartment, discharge the extinguisher through the mesh or any available openings on the machine.

▪▪ Ensure the machine and all components have cooled down sufficiently after a fire so that re-ignition does not occur.

▪▪ Use the PASS method. This is the most effective use of a fire extinguisher. ▫▫ Pull the pin at the top of the extinguisher that keeps the handle from being pressed. Break the plastic seal as the pin is pulled.

▪▪ Remain with the machine until help arrives.

WHAT TO DO AFTER A MACHINE FIRE HAS OCCURRED • Before returning the machine to work.

1. Ensure the cause of the fire is determined and all appropriate repairs are completed.

▫▫ Aim the nozzle at the base of the fire.

Do not aim the nozzle at the flames.

In order to put out the fire, you must extinguish the fuel, not the flames.

Hose nozzles are often clipped to the extinguisher body. Release the hose before taking aim.

2. Ensure the fire detection system* or the fire suppression system** is properly serviced and in working order (if applicable).

3. Ensure that all extinguishers used in fighting the fire are replaced or recharged.

▫▫ Squeeze the handle to release the pressurized extinguishing agent. The handle can be released at any time to stop the discharge. ▫▫ Sweep from side to side at the base of the fire until the fire is completely out or the fire extinguisher is empty

• Notify your equipment dealer and/or Tigercat Industries Inc. by completing an incident report, Tigercat form number 5101. *NOTE: Fire detection systems are offered by Tigercat as an optional installation on some Tigercat product lines. Please disregard any references made to fire detection systems if not installed on your machine. **NOTE: Dry chemical fire suppression systems are offered by Tigercat as an optional installation on some Tigercat product lines. Please disregard any references made to fire suppression systems if not installed on your machine.

822C-190

TYPICAL FIRE EXTINGUISHER ACCESS HOLE

▪▪ Place the nozzle of the fire extinguisher into the appropriate fire extinguisher access hole and discharge the extinguisher.

▪▪ Only if you can safely do so, open the access panels to the machine in the area of the fire.

1.34

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety

DRY CHEMICAL CLEANUP PROCEDURES Both ABC dry chemical fire extinguishers and fire suppression systems discharge a chemical powder to extinguish the fire. The chemical makeup and the small particle size of the powder as well as the force of the discharge all contribute to the fire fighting capability. These same characteristics also permit the powder to penetrate into and fully cover all components in the vicinity of the discharge.

3. In areas exposed to heat during the fire, the dry chemical powder will melt forming a coating that cakes or crusts on all surfaces.

The following are recommendations for the cleanup and neutralizing of areas exposed to dry chemical powder.

Workers performing this work should wear protective clothing, safety goggles and a fine particle dust mask to minimize their personal exposure to the dry chemical powder.

Ensure that all electrical systems have been completely de-energized prior to any cleanup.

1. In areas of the machine that remained cool and dry during the fire, the dry chemical will stay in powder form.

Be certain to clean these areas immediately to prevent any settled residual powder from coming into contact with moisture whether through direct contact or humidity in the air.

Remove the powder residue by blowing off with air, sweeping, dusting or vacuuming using a HEPA filter capable of trapping the small dry chemical particles. Then wipe all surfaces with a damp cloth.

2. In areas exposed to moisture, the dry chemical powder will combine with water to form a paste that is mildly acidic. Note that all surfaces covered by this dry chemical paste including electrical contacts are vulnerable to corrosive attack.

To neutralize the acidic paste on large surfaces, spray or wash these areas with a mixture of 3 parts hot water to 1 part baking soda. Allow this mixture to stand for several minutes before rinsing with warm water. Wash the area with a mild soap and water solution.

Rinse thoroughly with water. Blow-dry to remove all residual water.

Cleaning of electrical contacts should be done using an electrical contact cleaner that has no flash or fire point and is non-corrosive and non-conductive such as CRC Contact Cleaner 2000.

1.35

To break down the caked dry chemical, spray or wash these areas with a 50/50 mixture of hot water and isopropyl alcohol. Allow this mixture to stand in place for several minutes.

The caked dry chemical when exposed to moisture is also mildly acidic. Therefore when the break down procedure has been completed, follow this immediately with the neutralizing procedure as described in step 2.

Safety

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

SAFETY LABELS

READ OPERATOR'S MANUAL AND USE THE SEAT BELT AT ALL TIMES!

SAFETY LABELS The following safety labels must be periodically cleaned and inspected to ensure legibility is maintained. Replace any label that becomes illegible, damaged or removed.

OPERATOR'S MANUAL LOCATION

This label indicates the storage location of the operator's manual. This label is located on the outside of the operator's manual case inside the cab.

55737BUNI R0

READ MANUAL Always read the operator’s manual before operating the machine. Pay close attention to WARNINGS and HAZARD identifications.

Study all the safety messages in this manual and on the labels on the machine carefully.

USE SEAT BELT The operator's seat is equipped with lap and shoulder harness belts. Use both of these restraint systems at all times when operating the machine.

Do not attempt to move or operate the machine until the seat belt is fastened properly.

1.36

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher REMOVE IGNITION KEY BEFORE SERVICING THE MACHINE

Prior to performing any service work or maintenance on the machine, turn OFF the engine, remove the ignition key and store it in a safe place.

Read and understand all service manual instructions before servicing this machine.

Safety CRUSH HAZARD

This label warns of a downward force crush zone caused by swinging or falling logs.

Approaching personnel are subject to crush injuries by falling or swinging logs which could result in death or serious injury!

Do not start the machine until other personnel are a safe distance away from the machine.

When the engine is running, do not allow anyone in areas of the machine where they may be crushed by moving components.

Maintain a safe operating distance between the machine and workers and all other personnel. It is the duty of the operator to ensure that no person approach the machine while in use, the risk zone is 150 m (500 ft).

Do not attempt to service or work on the machine until the load is removed from the saw head, the vehicle is in the parked position and the engine is turned OFF.

1.37

Safety CRUSH HAZARD

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher CRUSH HAZARD

This label warns of the crush hazard caused by the engine enclosure power door/roof.

Ensure all personnel are clear before opening or closing the engine enclosure power door/roof.

Operating the engine enclosure power door/roof with personnel in the crush zone could result in death or serious injury!

This label warns of the crush hazard caused by boom movement.

Keep all personnel clear of the machine before operating the engine enclosure power door/roof.

Movement of booms and cylinders could result in death or serious injury!

CRUSH HAZARD, LEVELER

Keep all personnel clear of the machine before operating boom functions.

Do not approach the machine until the boom is lowered to the ground and the engine is turned OFF.

This label warns of the crush hazard caused by movement of the leveling frames and cylinders when not properly supported.

Never work under the machine or near the leveler area when it is unsupported. Contact with moving frames and cylinders could result in death or serious injury!

Properly support and brace the leveler cylinders and turn OFF the engine before performing service work in this area.

1.38

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety

CUTTING HAZARD

ENTANGLEMENT HAZARD

36779BUNI R0

This label informs you of the cutting hazards of the cooling fan blade when the engine is running.

This label warns of an entanglement hazard (rotating parts) zone.

Keep clear of cutting hazards caused by rotating components.

Do not place hands or fingers in this area. Rotating parts such as pulleys, belts and drives can cause entanglement of body parts resulting in serious injury.

Do not place hands or fingers in this area. Rotating parts such as cooling fan blades can cause entanglement of body parts resulting in serious injury.

Keep hands and fingers clear of rotating fan blades! Before performing any service work on these parts or in this area, turn OFF the engine and wait for rotating parts to come to a complete stop.

Keep hands and fingers clear of rotating belt, drive or pulley! Before performing any service work on these parts or in this area, turn OFF the engine and wait for rotating parts to come to a complete stop.

1.39

Safety

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ER BOOM WARNING

ER BOOM WARNING

55987BUNI R0

This label warns the machine is equipped with an ER boom system.

Read the Operator's Manual to become familiar with the operation and movement of the ER boom system.

Never permit persons to stand under the boom or the saw head. Contact could result in death or serious injury.

Always ensure the attachment is resting securely on the ground before performing any of the following functions: 1. Turning OFF the engine.

Located on the control valve cover in the engine compartment, this label warns the machine is equipped with an ER boom system. Because of this it may behave in an unexpected manner when performing any service work or maintenance on the machine. Ensure no persons are near the machine during operation.

Read and understand the servicing procedures in the Service Manual and make sure the boom and attachment are securely braced and supported before attempting to adjust pressures or disconnect hydraulic lines. Serious injury or death could result from crushing.

2. De-energizing the pilot circuit 3. Opening the front door.

1.40

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety

HOT SURFACES

STORED ENERGY HAZARD

This label warns of hot machine and machine component surfaces. Be aware when performing service and maintenance tasks that surfaces and grab handles in and around the engine hydraulic tank and cooling system may become very hot when the machine has been running. Do not touch these hot surfaces, contact with hot surfaces may cause injury.

• Before servicing the machine, allow the engine cooling system, fuel system, exhaust system, hydraulic system and machine surfaces to cool down.

• Use a thermometer to check surface and system temperatures to ensure it is safe to begin service work.

• Do not begin service work until the surface or system temperature has cooled to below 38°C (100°F).

This label warns of a stored energy hazard. This label is located near the hydraulic tank.

The machine is equipped with an accumulator (located in the hydraulic tank area, attached to the pilot manifold). The accumulator has stored energy in the form of hydraulic pressure. Servicing the accumulator, hydraulic tank or any hydraulic components before releasing pressure could result in death or serious injury.

Do not service accumulator or any hydraulic components before releasing pressure.

1.41

Safety ELECTROCUTION HAZARD!

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD

55992BUNI R0

This label is located in the cab. It warns of a potential electrocution hazard. Contact with electric lines will result in death or serious injury!

This label warns of the potential of a severe electric shock hazard. It is located on the top frame of the battery compartment housing.

Before beginning work in any area study the area thoroughly and become familiar with any potential hazards especially electrocution hazards from electric lines.

When servicing the electrical system, turn OFF the battery disconnect switch before removing the battery compartment cover. Remove the battery cables from the batteries disconnecting the negative (-) cables first. Perform the service work, then attach the battery cables reconnecting the positive (+) cables first.

Do not move any part of the machine or load within 3 m (10 ft) plus two times line insulator length of any electric lines!

Do not short out battery terminals for any reason.

Serious burns and/or an explosion can result.

Refer to GENERAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS in THIS SECTION.

KEEP BACK

This label warns personnel to keep back 150 m (500 ft) due to flying projectiles and falling trees. Danger exists predominantly around the attachment.

When approaching an operating machine on foot, stay at least 150 m (500 ft) away until the operator recognizes your presence. Make sure that all equipment has been shut down before advancing to the machine.

1.42

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher EXPLOSIVE RELEASE OF HOT COOLING SYSTEM PRESSURIZED FLUID

Safety EXPLOSION HAZARD

WARNING • EXPLOSION HAZARD. • DO NOT USE ETHER. • ENGINE EQUIPPED WITH HEATER STARTING AID. • USE OF ETHER COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY. 36782BENG R0

This label warns of an explosion hazard. It is located on the end of the air cleaner (air filter housing). The engine is equipped with a heater starting aid, do not use ether to assist in starting the engine.

Using ether could cause an explosion which could result in death or serious injury.

33952AUNI R0

This label warns of a pressure and fluid spray hazard when the coolant in the radiator is hot.

PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER

Do not loosen the radiator fill cap until it is cool, explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns.

Turn OFF the engine. Only remove the radiator fill cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands.

Slowly loosen the cap to the first stop to relieve pressure before removing it completely.

This label indicates portable fire extinguisher location.

1.43

Safety NO RIDERS

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher EMERGENCY EXIT, CAB, LEFT-HAND SIDE DOOR

This label is located on the left-hand cab door post next to the door, alerting the operator that, in the event of an emergency this door can be used as an emergency exit.

No riders inside or outside of the machine. Do not carry passengers either in the cab or anywhere else on the machine. The vehicle seating accommodation is for one operator only. Persons riding on the outside of the machine are subject to hazards such as falling off the machine, crush hazards, thrown object hazards and many other hazards which could result in death or serious injury.

If any person attempts to climb onto the machine during operation, stop the machine immediately.

Do not operate the machine until other personnel are a safe distance away from the machine.

This label is also located just below the bottom of the left-hand emergency exit doorway, on the outside of the cab frame. This label reminds the operator that this door should not be used as a point of entry into the cab, except in the case of an emergency where emergency personnel need to gain access to the operator.

Ensure all exit doors and exit hatch are functioning properly at all times.

Refer to SIDE DOOR AND ESCAPE HATCH EMERGENCY EXIT MAINTENANCE GUIDE in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

EMERGENCY EXIT, HAND TIGHTEN ONLY

This label is located on each of the escape hatch clamp-brackets to indicate the escape hatch can also be used as an emergency exit.

The label also indicates the escape hatch knobs should be hand tightened only to allow for easy exit.

Ensure all exit locations are functioning properly.

Refer to SIDE DOOR AND ESCAPE HATCH EMERGENCY EXIT MAINTENANCE GUIDE in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

1.44

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Safety

FIRE PREVENTION!

CHECK DAILY

This label advises operators of the following:

In addition to the previous label it is a reminder to check the machine daily for the possibility of debris build-up, leaks, damaged wires and hoses and take the necessary action required to clean up any debris accumulation, repair any leaks, damaged wires or hoses.

Read, understand and follow the fire prevention guidelines in this manual. These guidelines provide all the necessary action required to preventing fires on this machine. Do not operate this machine until you have read these instructions and have performed any necessary maintenance required that will prevent the potential of a fire from starting on this machine.

It is also important to note that fire prevention inspections and maintenance must be performed frequently (several times per day). A clean combustible free machine as well as frequent inspections of the exhaust components, hydraulic hoses and electrical cables and performing any necessary repairs immediately will help prevent fires.

The label also advises to check and ensure that all fire fighting devices are in good working order.

FIRE EXTINGUISHER ACCESS HOLE

Maintain a charged fire extinguisher on the machine at all times, know where it is and know how to use it!

This label indicates the location of each fire extinguisher access hole. The label is installed on each fire extinguisher hole around the machine.

1.45

Safety

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

1.46

USING HIGH-SPEED DISC SAWS SAFELY.............................................................APPENDIX TO SECTION 1

USING HIGH-SPEED DISC SAWS SAFELY DANGER This information is intended to encourage logging organizations and operators to develop and practice additional rules that suit particular terrain conditions and job requirements. It is also intended to assist towards a quicker understanding of how and why things can happen when a high speed disc saw is in use; and hence to assist in development of safe operating practices.

The following information is in addition to any safety instructions or recommended safe operating practices that may already be in circulation.

DANGER

CONTENTS - APPENDIX TO SECTION 1 C

COMMENTS AND INSTRUCTIONS DIRECTION OF THROW...........................................................................................................................................A.7 HIGH ANGLE WRIST ROTATION ABILITY...............................................................................................................A.8 RECOGNIZING THE DANGERS...............................................................................................................................A.7 THROWING LONG WOOD PIECES.......................................................................................................................A.10 D

DANGERS.....................................................................................................................................................................A.3 F

FOREWORD.................................................................................................................................................................A.2 BE AWARE OF THE HAZARDS................................................................................................................................A.3 OTHER INSTRUCTIONS..........................................................................................................................................A.3 SAFE PRACTICES....................................................................................................................................................A.3 SEVERAL TYPES OF HEADS INVOLVED...............................................................................................................A.2 STORED ENERGY....................................................................................................................................................A.3 H

HIGH ANGLE WRIST ROTATION CAPABILITY...........................................................................................................A.9 S

SAW HEAD DON'TS...................................................................................................................................................A.15 T

TYPE OF HOUSING MAKES A DIFFERENCE.............................................................................................................A.4

5211A • R4-1015

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat

FOREWORD SEVERAL TYPES OF HEADS INVOLVED

Tigercat wheel type feller bunchers (figure 1) and crawler feller bunchers (figure 2) can be supplied with several optional makes and models of high speed disc saw tree felling heads. Because each has certain advantages and disadvantages they are chosen where they best do specific types of work.

SAW25A

FIGURE 1: BROADSIDE SAW CONTACT WITH A LOG COULD PRODUCE A THROW

SAW24

FIGURE 2: A SUDDEN MACHINE MOVEMENT MAY CAUSE AN UNEXPECTED THROW AT THE CAB

A.2

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

STORED ENERGY

OTHER INSTRUCTIONS

The saw blade stores energy from the hydraulic motor during the times between tree cuts so that it can supply up to 1000 hp during a 1 sec tree cut. However this rotational energy, if misapplied can result in wood materials or other objects being thrown strongly enough to cause damage and to hurt people.

It is also understood and expected that all instructions contained in service and operator's manuals for use and maintenance of Tigercat disc saw heads and other disc saw heads installed on Tigercat machines will be followed.

THE DANGERS

BE AWARE OF THE HAZARDS

There are at least these means by which a rotating disc saw can cause harm by throwing:

It is important that users of machines with disc saw felling heads are aware of certain safety precautions that need to be taken. In this section some previously unknown, unexpected safety hazards are illustrated and explained . These should be studied before use of the machinery and then reviewed again after use has begun.

• The normal throwing of chips from the cut.

• Soil particles are thrown from the ground.

• Loose chunks of wood encountered or produced are tossed by the exposed blade.

• Sticks and debris falling onto the blade or sliding across the blade are struck by the teeth and thrown.

SAFE PRACTICES

• Metal pieces from the blade or from objects encountered are thrown.

It is understood and expected that logging organizations and operators will develop and practice additional rules that suit (for example) particular conditions of terrain, trees, soil and job requirements. The information given here is intended to assist towards a quicker understanding of how and why things can happen when a high speed disc saw is in use; and hence to assist in development of safe operating practices.

• Wood pieces enter the saw housing and are expelled by the blade.

• In very peculiar cases the saw can throw long lengths of wood as spears.

It should not be assumed that all possible dangers have been discovered and described here.

A.3

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat

HOUSING TYPES TYPE OF HOUSING MAKES A DIFFERENCE Since the configuration of the saw housing can affect the safety of its use we need to identify some particular types of housing shapes and guarding being used.

Figure 3 shows a typical commonly used saw housing plan where there is a continuous skirt around the saw except at a mouth opening where the trees are cut and taken. The skirt extends below the saw enough to intercept tangential throw. There are snouts on both sides of the mouth so that if pushed against the side of a felled tree or log the saw teeth will not contact the wood.

THROW ANGLE

SAW13

IF A SAW HEAD IS PUSHED AGAINST THE SIDE OF A FELLED TREE, SNOUTS PREVENT SAW TEETH FROM CONTACTING WOOD.

FIGURE 3: TYPICAL COMMONLY USED SAW HOUSING, CONTINUOUS SKIRT WITH OPENING WHERE TREES ARE CUT. SNOUTS ON BOTH SIDES OF THE MOUTH.

A.4

SAW17

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Figure 4 shows another commonly used plan. It has no blade guarding snouts so that the saw blade teeth do protrude ahead of the housing. This may be preferred over figures 3 and 5 for dexterity in tree getting.

THROW ANGLE

SAW14

IF A SAW HEAD WITHOUT SNOUTS IS PUSHED AGAINST THE SIDE OF A FELLED TREE, THE SAW TEETH WILL CONTACT WOOD.

FIGURE 4: ANOTHER COMMONLY USED HOUSING PLAN WITH NO SNOUTS, BLADE TEETH PROTRUDE AHEAD OF THE HOUSING.

SAW15

In figure 5, there is a much longer snout on the ingoing side of the mouth, i.e., where the teeth of the rotating blade are entering the housing. The broad side of a log, if nudged, will not contact the saw teeth and more thrown material will be intercepted by the extra length of snout.

THROW ANGLE

NUDGED LOG WILL NOT CONTACT SAW TEETH EXTRA LENGTH OF SNOUT WILL INTERCEPT PORTION OF THROWN MATERIAL

SAW12

FIGURE 5: HOUSING USES LONGER SNOUT ON IN-GOING SIDE OF MOUTH WHERE ROTATING BLADE ENTERS HOUSING.

A.5

SAW18

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat

HOUSING TYPES CONTINUED In figure 6a and 6b there is an additional opening in the housing skirt. Openings in this location are sometimes provided for escape of wood chips produced by the saw teeth in the cut and being taken into the housing.

In figure 6c a guard has been added to the chip escape port so that tangential travel of chips and other material is intercepted as soon as it leaves the housing.

Each figure shows a shaded area where normally tangentially thrown material can escape from the saw housing. Deflected and dropped chips escaping below the bottom edge of the housing skirt are not included.

The areas and angles are not exact but do show that one head can be different from another.

It is important that the operator familiarize himself with the blade rotation direction, the effectiveness of any snout on the in-going side and which direction any chip escape ports allow material to fly.

A CHIP ESCAPE PORT CAN ALLOW THROW BEHIND THE MACHINE

REAR

FRONT

FIGURE 6a SAW19 SAW20 SAW26

FIGURE 6b

FIGURE 6c

FIGURE 6: ADDITIONAL OPENING IN THE HOUSING SKIRT.

A.6

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely ASSESSING THE POTENTIAL DANGERS ON THE JOB SITE

COMMENTS AND INSTRUCTIONS

The extent of danger from high speed disc saws on the logging operation has to be assessed on the job site, depending on how much other work activity is in the area and whether the operator can do his job of cutting and bunching with good control of throw patterns. Danger is greater if the saw is equipped with detachable, or fragile, or brittle teeth, or if the site contains stones or abandoned metal.

RECOGNIZING THE DANGERS While it may appear that these illustrated danger areas can be visually recognized on the job by observing how far chips fly during a cut, that is only true for chips and other light weight materials. Metal parts and wooden spears can be thrown to surprisingly greater distances.

Even distant personnel on the ground, in other vehicles, or in buildings are at risk if the throw is in their direction.

REGULAR MAINTENANCE Poor saw maintenance increases these dangers. Some designs that might allow fasteners to wear thin or fatigue and suddenly break, need thorough timely replacement procedures. It is important that the warning signs of missing saw tooth parts or the sounds of striking rocks be heeded and the operation adjusted to avoid danger.

DIRECTION OF THROW The direction of possible tangential throw for metal parts and stones is dependent on the housing configuration and might be expected to be the same as observed for the chips. However, these throws can occur at any time the saw is running, in whichever direction the angle of throw is pointed by boom geometry, not just when a cut is being made.

THROW DISTANCE The throw distance for metal pieces and stones, can be many times the distance shown by the pattern for chips.

More testing and data collection is needed to pin down a “safe distance” but if someone or something is in a place that can be seen by the operator and in the throw direction of a high speed disc saw, then the operation is not safe regardless of the distance.

SAFE OPERATING AREAS These saw heads must not be used in areas where the logging operation does not have control over the presence and movement of people. In particular, clearing of vegetation in urban and populated areas should not be done with a Tigercat manufactured or supplied high speed disc saw. High speed disc saw heads are intended for high productivity wood harvesting in areas remote from normal habitation. The possible presence of people and property within throw range and the likelihood of encountering scrap metal, wire fencing, steel posts and concrete must be respected.

A.7

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat

COMMENTS AND INSTRUCTIONS CONTINUED HIGH ANGLE WRIST ROTATION ABILITY When a felling machine is equipped with a high speed disc saw head with a high angle wrist rotation ability it should be determined that the limits of the boom, stick, tilt, wrist, upper leveling and any other freedoms, do not permit a direct throw at the operators cab during normal operation, see figure 7a. It is probably essential that the housing have a long snout on the throw side and that if a chip escape port is used it should be guarded.

With these high mechanical freedom arrangements there is a chance that an unforeseeable operator misadventure or equipment failure could result in an accidental direct or deflected throw at the operators cab, refer to figure 2 and 7b. The cab should be capable of resisting such accidental and ricochet throws. The velocity energy of metal or rock pieces leaving the blade is extremely high. The operators cab cannot be considered safe to routinely operate in the chip throw area, even if it has been especially constructed to prevent penetration by accidentally thrown objects.

A.8

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

FELLING HEAD • WITH A CHIP ESCAPE PORT AND SHORT SNOUT. • SHOWN IN A HIGH ANGLE WRIST ROTATION POSITION, PLACING OPERATOR'S CAB IN DIRECT LINE WITH UNGUARDED CHIP ESCAPE PORT FIGURE 7a

PLAN VIEW OF MACHINE SHOWING CLOCKWISE AND COUNTERCLOCKWISE BLADE ROTATION

FIGURE 7b

FELLING HEAD • WITH LONGER SNOUT ON THROW SIDE OF OPENING AND WITH A GUARDED CHIP ESCAPE PORT.

SAW21A SAW23

FIGURE 7: DISC SAW FELLING HEAD WITH HIGH ANGLE WRIST ROTATION CAPABILITY A.9

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat In this last case tests have shown that if the piece of wood is backed-up by a solid slippery surface; and if the feed in is very fast; and if the piece of wood is long enough; then the tangential movement is a dangerous spear-like throw.

COMMENTS AND INSTRUCTIONS CONTINUED THROWING LONG WOOD PIECES Dangers from throws of long wood pieces are illustrated in figures 8 to 11.

Tests and experience have shown that when a high speed rotating saw is applied to a loose piece of wood, the wood is either blown or pushed away, without a throw. If the wood is held firmly in all directions and the saw advanced into it at any feed speed, cutting will take place. If the wood is only held against escape from the saw radially, but not held tangentially, then the wood will be both partly cut and partly moved tangentially.

SAW HOUSING HAS SKIS, BUT WITHOUT SNOUTS AND BLADE TEETH PROTRUDE AHEAD OF THE HOUSING.

SLAB

A SLAB, WHICH COULD LATER BE THROWN, MIGHT HAPPEN WHEN NOT ENOUGH ROOM IN HEAD TO COMPLETELY CUT THE LAST TREE

SLAB

TH DIR ROW EC TIO N

N DI

E

FE

SAW10

FIGURE 8

SAW2

FIGURE 8a: HOW A SLAB CAN BE THROWN FROM THE SIDE OF A LOG THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE

IF THE SIDE OF A LOG CAN CONTACT THE SAW, THE THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE CAN BE LONG FELLING HEAD MOVING INTO SLAB/LOG

SLAB

LOG A LONG THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE CAN CAUSE A DANGEROUS SPEAR THROW

FEED IN SAW7

FIGURE 8B SIDE VIEW

SAW7

A.10

FIGURE 8C TOP VIEW

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Figures 8 and 9 show two ways that this might happen in the woods if using the saw head of figure 4 (where the throw contact can be long). A slab, still partly attached to a well backed-up tree bole and wet with sap, makes an ideally bad throw situation which could unintentionally occur in woods work. A small log in a pile of other logs might also be propelled out with enough length of continued contact to reach near saw tip speed.

A SMALL LOG IN A PILE OF OTHER LOGS MIGHT ALSO BE PROPELLED OUT WITH ENOUGH LENGTH OF CONTINUED CONTACT WITH THE BLADE TO REACH NEAR SAW TIP SPEED.

ED

FE

IN

SAW HOUSING WITHOUT SNOUTS AND BLADE TEETH PROTRUDE AHEAD OF THE HOUSING.

FELLING HEAD MOVING INTO LOG PILE

FIGURE 9a: HOW A LOG CAN BE THROWN LIKE A SPEAR

SAW3

THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE SMALL LOG LOG PILE

FEED IN

A SAW HOUSING WITHOUT SNOUTS ALLOWS A LONG THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE

IF THE SIDE OF A LOG CAN CONTACT THE SAW, THE THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE CAN BE LONG

SAW8

FIGURE 9b SIDE VIEW

FEED IN

SAW8

A.11

FIGURE 9c TOP VIEW

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat

COMMENTS AND INSTRUCTIONS CONTINUED Figure 10 shows how a head with snouts does not allow a long throw contact. Although tests show that a short contact length on a long log or tree butt does not result in a spear like throw, this action should nevertheless be avoided because abnormally large chips are sometimes produced and thrown.

THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE

UNCUT TREE OR STUMP BACKUP

WHEN ONLY THE END OF A LOG CAN MAKE CONTACT WITH THE SAW, THERE IS NOT MUCH THROW ENGAGEMENT DISTANCE

FELLING HEAD MOVING INTO LOG

SAW6

FIGURE 10: FELLING HEAD HOUSING WITH SNOUTS DOES NOT ALLOW A LONG THROW CONTACT Figure 11 warns that blocks of wood can be tossed in any direction when improvising with a disc saw to trim over-size stumps. A long snout and a slow feed speed lessen danger during stump trimming. A similar danger of throw may exist when clearing small brush with multiple pass cuts.

FELLING HEAD MOVING INTO STUMP (FEED SPEED)

SAW11

FIGURE 11: A BLOCK OF WOOD CAN BE TOSSED WHEN TRIMMING STUMPS A.12

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

SAW BLADE THROW GAP Saw blades have gaps between adjacent teeth and holders to permit installation and removal of the teeth and to provide spaces to accumulate chips in the cut, see figure 12. Fallen sticks and debris or sticks and debris sliding across the saw blade can enter these gaps when the blade is rotating and be struck by the teeth and be tossed or thrown. Larger gaps and lower rotation speeds increase these dangers.

THROW GAP

SAW122

FIGURE 12: SAW BLADE THROW GAP

A.13

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat

COMMENTS AND INSTRUCTIONS CONTINUED SAW HOUSING ENTRANCE AND EXIT SPACE To avoid the ingestion of materials into the housing space above the disc (and later ejection) the ingoing entrance for the saw rim of teeth is kept as small as practical. It is important that this high wear area be maintained at its original size and shape. The outgoing opening is large enough to allow the housing to clean itself and will allow most things inside to be thrown out, see figure 13. Its throw direction and angle must be respected. A long snout on the other side reduces this danger.

The outgoing opening is larger to allow the housing to clean itself and will allow most things inside to be thrown out

The ingoing entrance OF THE HOUSING for the saw rim of teeth should be small SAW22 SAW22A SAW22B

FIGURE 13: SAW BLADE ENTRANCE AND EXIT SPACE

A.14

Tigercat

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

This information is offered by Tigercat as part of interim action to make saw heads safer. It is based on what has recently been reported from the field and on tests conducted on proving grounds. Tigercat is continuing to do design and testing of tree felling machinery towards achieving greater safety in the woods. Tigercat would be thankful for written reports describing any unsafe happenings, including near misses, in the use of felling heads and their carriers.

THE FOLLOWING ARE SOME SAW HEAD DON’TS THAT APPLY PARTICULARLY TO THROW PREVENTION: • Do not point the throw of a disc saw head in a direction towards people, vehicles or buildings at any visible distance.

• Do not operate in a way that throws chips in a direct-line at the machine cab.

• Do not push hard with the saw against anything except a standing tree to be cut.

• Do not mix new sharp teeth with old dull teeth on the same saw.

• Do not change the blade rotation from its designed direction in the head.

• Do not over speed the blade rpm.

• Do not remove or shorten snouts provided by the head manufacturer or installer.

• Do not neglect tooth fastening inspection, maintenance and replacement.

• Do not neglect to repair worn or damaged saw housings.

• Do not neglect to replace any covers removed for service or clean out.

• Do not count on skis to give the throw protection that snouts do.

• Do not nudge loose short pieces with the front of any type of head.

• Do not nudge anything, even long logs, with the front of a head which has no snouts.

• Do not cut short small stalks when blade speed is low.

• Do not operate a high speed disc saw in a populated area.

• Do not assume that visitors and other workers are aware of disc saw dangers.

• Do not assume that the operator will spare you, a visitor, from danger.

• Do not select and operate heads that throw rearward.

• Do not select and operate heads with unnecessarily wide throw angles.

• Do not neglect to read and follow all instructions provided by the saw and head manufacturers.

A.15

Using High-Speed Disc Saws Safely

Tigercat

A.16

CONTROLS AND OPERATION...........................................................................................................................2

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher SECTION 2 – CONTROLS AND OPERATION CONTENTS - SECTION 2

ISSUE 1.1, DECEMBER, 2014

ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE DESCRIPTION .............................................................. 2.15, 2.16 MODE SELECTION BUTTON ............................................................................................................ 2.15 ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE ACCUMULATOR ADJUSTMENT ........................................................................................................ 2.72 ACCUMULATOR DEFAULT SETTINGS ............................................................................................. 2.75 ADJUSTMENT EXAMPLE .................................................................................................................. 2.62 CLAMP ADJUSTMENT ....................................................................................................................... 2.68 CLAMP DEFAULT SETTINGS ............................................................................................................ 2.71 LEVELER ADJUSTMENT ................................................................................................................... 2.76 WRIST ADJUSTMENT ....................................................................................................................... 2.63 WRIST DEFAULT SETTINGS ............................................................................................................. 2.67 AIR CLEANER ASSEMBLY .................................................................................................................. 2.127 AIR CONDITIONER/HEATER CONTROLS ........................................................................................... 2.28 AIR FILTERS ..........................................................................................................................................2.37 FRESH AIR FILTER ............................................................................................................................ 2.37 RE-CIRCULATING AIR FILTER .......................................................................................................... 2.37 AIR INTAKE SYSTEM - ENGINE AIR CLEANER .................................................................................................................................. 2.127 AIR INTAKE BY-PASS ...................................................................................................................... 2.128 FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR ................................................................................................ 2.128 PRECLEANER, ENGINE AIR ........................................................................................................... 2.127 UNLOADER VALVE .......................................................................................................................... 2.127 AMEREX FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM (OPTIONAL) ....................................................................... 2.32 AUTOMATIC OPERATION ................................................................................................................. 2.33 INSPECTION OF THE AMEREX FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM .................................................... 2.35 MANUAL OPERATION ....................................................................................................................... 2.33 AM/FM STEREO CD .............................................................................................................................. 2.38 ANTI-STALL - SWITCH WITH LIGHT .................................................................................................... 2.25 ATTACHMENT OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS .................................................................................... 2.140 AUXILIARY POWER OUTLET ............................................................................................................... 2.30 BATTERY BOOSTER JUMPER PLUG .................................................................................................. 2.21 BATTERY COMPARTMENT, MAIN FUSES & MASTER DISCONNECT RELAY .................................. 2.19 BATTERY DISCONNECT SWITCH ....................................................................................................... 2.24 BOOM CONTROLS BOOM, FORWARD/BACK .................................................................................................................. 2.14 BOOM, UP/DOWN .................................................................................................................... 2.13, 2.14 TILT FUNCTION, FELLING HEAD ........................................................................................... 2.13, 2.14 CARE OF THE MACHINE .................................................................................................................... 2.141 CASE DRAIN STRAINERS .................................................................................................................. 2.126 CHECKING PROCEDURE FOR ESCAPE HATCH ............................................................................... 2.40 CIGARETTE LIGHTER .......................................................................................................................... 2.29 CLAMP ARMS CONTROL, JOYSTICK ........................................................................................ 2.15, 2.16 CLEANING REMOVAL OF ANTI-CORROSION SPRAY (IF APPLICABLE) ........................................................ 2.144 CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER, RADIATOR AND CHARGE AIR COOLER ................ 2.129 REAR CLEAN-OUT DOOR .............................................................................................................. 2.129 CLEAN-OUT DOOR - REAR ................................................................................................................ 2.129 COLD WEATHER STARTING .............................................................................................................. 2.136

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

COMPUTER ................................................................................................................................. 2.24, 2.44 ADJUSTMENT EXAMPLE .................................................................................................................. 2.62 ADJUSTMENT MENU ........................................................................................................................ 2.51 COOLING FAN SERVICE MODE ................................................................................................... 2.52 OIL GRADE SELECTION ............................................................................................................... 2.52 ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE ............................................................................................................ 2.63 ACCUMULATOR ............................................................................................................................. 2.72 AUTO ACCUMULATION MODE STATUS ....................................................................................... 2.53 CLAMP ............................................................................................................................................2.68 LEVELER ........................................................................................................................................2.76 WRIST .............................................................................................................................................2.63 ADJUST MENU .................................................................................................................................. 2.56 MACHINE PARAMETERS .............................................................................................................. 2.57

TIMED PURGE INTERVAL ..................................................................................................................2.57

ALERT MESSAGES ......................................................................................................................... 2.107 CLAMP EXAMPLE .............................................................................................................................. 2.62 COMPUTER CONTROL SYSTEM ..................................................................................................... 2.45 COMPUTER CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS .......................................................................... 2.45 DATE/TIME ADJUSTMENT ................................................................................................................ 2.87 DEFAULT SETTINGS TABLE ............................................................................................................. 2.67 DISPLAY ADJUSTMENT .................................................................................................................... 2.86 ELECTRONIC SETTINGS DESCRIPTION ........................................................................................ 2.61 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE .................................................................................. 2.49 ENGINE MENU ................................................................................................................................... 2.48 ENGINE MENU - ENGINE FUNCTIONS ............................................................................................ 2.49 BATTERY VOLTAGE ....................................................................................................................... 2.50 CHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE ...................................................................................................... 2.49 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE ............................................................................................ 2.49 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE .............................................................................. 2.49 ENGINE LOAD % ........................................................................................................................... 2.49 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE ............................................................................................................... 2.50 ENGINE SPEED ............................................................................................................................. 2.49 FUEL RATE ..................................................................................................................................... 2.50 TURBOCHARGER BOOST PRESSURE ....................................................................................... 2.49 ENGINE TACHOMETER GAUGE ...................................................................................................... 2.49 FUEL GAUGE ..................................................................................................................................... 2.50 HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE GAUGE ....................................................................................... 2.55 HYDRAULICS ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS REFERENCE CHART .......................................... 2.67, 2.84 INFORMATION MESSAGES ............................................................................................................ 2.116 INFORMATION MODE ....................................................................................................................... 2.54 INFORMATION MODE MENU ENGINE HOURS ............................................................................................................................. 2.54 HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL % ............................................................................................................. 2.54 HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE ................................................................................................. 2.54 MACHINE HOURS .......................................................................................................................... 2.54 MAIN HYDRAULIC PUMP LOAD SENSE PRESSURE ................................................................. 2.54 TOTAL FUEL USED ........................................................................................................................ 2.54 TRIP FUEL FUNCTIONS ................................................................................................................ 2.54 MAIN MENU .......................................................................................................................................2.47 MAIN MENU PAGE - ADJUST MENU AUTO-ACCUMULATE ..................................................................................................................... 2.56 HYDRAULICS

HYDRAULICS ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS REFERENCE CHART ............................................ 2.67, 2.84

LEVELING .......................................................................................................................................2.59 MACHINE PARAMETERS .............................................................................................................. 2.57 MAIN MENU PAGE - PREFERENCES MENU LANGUAGE ADJUSTMENT ........................................................................................................... 2.89 2.2

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

MAIN MENU SCREEN ....................................................................................................................... 2.55 MD3 COMPUTER, ELECTRONIC CONTROL AND MAIN DISPLAY ................................................. 2.44 MD3 MESSAGES ............................................................................................................................... 2.92 MD3 ‘ROOF OPEN’ ALERT MESSAGE ........................................................................................... 2.120 MEASURE MENU ............................................................................................................................... 2.85 MESSAGES ........................................................................................................................................ 2.92 ALERT MESSAGES (YELLOW) ................................................................................................... 2.107 CRITICAL MESSAGES (RED) ........................................................................................................ 2.93 ERROR MESSAGES (RED) ........................................................................................................... 2.99 INFORMATION MESSAGES (BLUE) ........................................................................................... 2.116 MESSAGES - ALERT ENGINE FAULT CODE MESSAGES - ALERT .............................................................................. 2.112 ENGINE VOLTAGE HIGH ............................................................................................................. 2.112 ENGINE VOLTAGE LOW .............................................................................................................. 2.112 HARDWARE FAILURE - COUT .....................................................................................................2.111 HARDWARE FAILURE - DIN .........................................................................................................2.111 HARDWARE FAILURE - DOUT .....................................................................................................2.111 HARDWARE FAILURE - VIN .........................................................................................................2.111 HARDWARE FAULT - MD3 ........................................................................................................... 2.110 HARDWARE FAULT - XA2 ............................................................................................................ 2.110 HARDWARE FAULT - XS2 ............................................................................................................ 2.110 HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL LOW ...................................................................................................... 2.109 MODULE HIGH SUPPLY VOLTAGE - ALERT .............................................................................. 2.114 MODULE HIGH TEMPERATURE - ALERT ................................................................................... 2.113 MODULE LOW SUPPLY VOLTAGE - ALERT ............................................................................... 2.115 MESSAGES - CRITICAL .................................................................................................................... 2.93 ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL LOW ................................................................................................... 2.97 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE HIGH .................................................................................. 2.97 ENGINE FAULT CODE MESSAGES - CRITICAL ........................................................................... 2.98 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LOW ...................................................................................................... 2.98 ENGINE STOP ................................................................................................................................ 2.94 HARDWARE FAULT - ENGINE ....................................................................................................... 2.96 HARDWARE FAULT - MD3 ............................................................................................................. 2.96 HARDWARE FAULT - XA2 .............................................................................................................. 2.96 HARDWARE FAULT - XS2 .............................................................................................................. 2.96 HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL EXTREMELY LOW ................................................................................. 2.94 HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE HIGH ....................................................................................... 2.95 INTAKE MANIFOLD TEMPERATURE HIGH .................................................................................. 2.98 MESSAGES - ERROR ...................................................................................................................... 2.100 CURRENT OUTPUT ERROR (COUT) ......................................................................................... 2.101 DIGITAL INPUT ERROR (DIN) ..................................................................................................... 2.101 DIGITAL OUTPUT ERROR (DOUT) ............................................................................................. 2.101 MODULE NO CONTACT ERROR ................................................................................................ 2.102 MD3 MODULE BLANK SCREEN ......................................................................................................2.103 XA2 MODULE NO CONTACT ERROR ............................................................................................2.105 XS2 MODULE NO CONTACT ERROR ............................................................................................2.104

MODULE VREF ERROR .............................................................................................................. 2.100 VOLTAGE INPUT ERROR (VIN) ................................................................................................... 2.101 MESSAGES - INFORMATION FAN FULL ON ............................................................................................................................... 2.116 PREFERENCES MENU ..................................................................................................................... 2.86 SCREEN SAVER ADJUSTMENT ....................................................................................................... 2.87 SELF WARMUP MODE ...................................................................................................................... 2.51 USB PORT ..........................................................................................................................................2.24 WARMUP MODE ................................................................................................................................ 2.51

2.3

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

CONTROL PANEL - FORWARD .................................................................................................. 2.25, 2.26 CONTROL PANEL - PILLAR .................................................................................................................. 2.23 CONTROL PANEL - REAR .................................................................................................................... 2.28 CONTROLS - CAB ................................................................................................................................. 2.13 COOLING ASSEMBLY ......................................................................................................................... 2.129 COOLING FAN SWITCH ........................................................................................................................ 2.30 AUTO POSITION ................................................................................................................................ 2.30 CLEAN ................................................................................................................................................2.31 FULL ON .............................................................................................................................................2.30 DEFAULT SETTINGS TABLE ................................................................................................................. 2.67 DIESEL HEATER CONTROLS - OPTIONAL ......................................................................................... 2.24 DOORS, SERVICE ACCESS ............................................................................................................... 2.117 ELECTRIC PUMP OPERATED POWER ROOF POWER ROOF ELECTRIC PUMP ................................................................................................... 2.119 ELECTRONIC ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE, LEVELING CYLINDERS LEVELER DEFAULT SETTINGS ........................................................................................................ 2.58 EMERGENCY EXIT AND SIDE DOOR ESCAPE HATCH MAINTENANCE GUIDE ............................. 2.40 EMERGENCY EXITS CHECKING PROCEDURE FOR ESCAPE HATCH ............................................................................ 2.40 CHECKING PROCEDURE FOR SIDE DOOR: .................................................................................. 2.40 ESCAPE HATCH ................................................................................................................................ 2.39 ESCAPE HATCH REMOVAL/REPLACEMENT .................................................................................. 2.40 MAINTENANCE GUIDE ..................................................................................................................... 2.40 SIDE DOOR ........................................................................................................................................ 2.38 ENGINE AIR INTAKE SYSTEM ........................................................................................................... 2.127 AIR CLEANER, ENGINE .................................................................................................................. 2.127 AIR INTAKE BY-PASS ...................................................................................................................... 2.128 FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR ................................................................................................ 2.128 PRECLEANER, ENGINE AIR ........................................................................................................... 2.127 UNLOADER VALVE .......................................................................................................................... 2.127 ENGINE ANTI-STALL - SWITCH WITH LIGHT ...................................................................................... 2.25 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS CONNECTION ............................................................................................... 2.23 ENGINE FAULT CODE MESSAGES - ALERT ..................................................................................... 2.112 ENGINE FAULT CODE MESSAGES - CRITICAL .................................................................................. 2.98 ENGINE HOT WATER SHUT-OFF VALVES .......................................................................................... 2.37 ENGINE, RESTARTING AFTER ENGINE RUNS OUT OF FUEL ........................................................ 2.137 ENGINE, STARTING ............................................................................................................................ 2.135 ENGINE, STOPPING ........................................................................................................................... 2.137 ER BOOM SYSTEM, SPECIAL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS .......................................................... 2.140 ESCAPE HATCH AND SIDE DOOR EMERGENCY EXIT MAINTENANCE GUIDE .............................. 2.40 ESCAPE HATCH REMOVAL FOR MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR ......................................................... 2.40 ESCAPE HATCH REPLACEMENT ........................................................................................................ 2.41 FAN SWITCH .........................................................................................................................................2.30 AUTO POSITION ................................................................................................................................ 2.30 CLEAN ................................................................................................................................................2.31 FULL ON .............................................................................................................................................2.30 FELLING HEAD OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS .................................................................................. 2.140 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ................................................................................................................. 2.140 FILTER/BREATHER - HYDRAULIC OIL TANK ........................................................................ 2.123, 2.125 FILTER, FRESH AIR - A/C UNIT ............................................................................................................ 2.37 FILTER, RE-CIRCULATING AIR - A/C UNIT .......................................................................................... 2.37 FILTERS FUEL TANK STRAINERS ................................................................................................................. 2.121 RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH, HYDRAULIC OIL ................................................................ 2.126 RETURN, HYDRAULIC OIL ............................................................................................................. 2.125 2.4

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

FIRE EXTINGUISHERS ....................................................................................................................... 2.131 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM (OPTIONAL) ....................................................................................... 2.32 AUTOMATIC OPERATION ................................................................................................................. 2.33 AVOIDING DAMAGE AND FALSE DISCHARGES ............................................................................. 2.36 COMPONENT LOCATIONS ............................................................................................................... 2.36 DISCHARGE OF THE SYSTEM ......................................................................................................... 2.34 FLASH CODES .................................................................................................................................. 2.33 IN CASE OF FIRE: ............................................................................................................................. 2.34 INSPECTION OF FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM ............................................................................ 2.35 MANUAL OPERATION ....................................................................................................................... 2.33 SYSTEM ALARM ................................................................................................................................ 2.33 FOOT PEDALS, TRACK DRIVE ............................................................................................................ 2.18 FORWARD CONTROL PANEL .................................................................................................... 2.25, 2.26 FUEL FILTER AND FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR .................................................................... 2.132 FUEL HEATER SWITCH ........................................................................................................................ 2.26 FUEL - REFUELING PROCEDURE ..................................................................................................... 2.122 FUEL TANK ..........................................................................................................................................2.121 REFUELING PROCEDURE ............................................................................................................. 2.122 REFUELING PROCEDURE, BOTTOM FUELING OPTION ............................................................. 2.122 FUSE AND RELAY REAR PANEL .......................................................................................................... 2.20 FUSES AND RELAYS, CAB ................................................................................................................... 2.22 FUSES AND RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT ................................................................................ 2.19 GRAFFITI REMOVAL ........................................................................................................................... 2.141 HAND FILL PUMP - HYDRAULIC OIL ................................................................................................. 2.124 HAND PUMP OPERATION, POWER ROOF ....................................................................................... 2.119 HAND PUMP, LOCATION ................................................................................................................. 2.119 LIMIT SWITCH .................................................................................................................................. 2.119 MANUAL OVERRIDE ....................................................................................................................... 2.119 VALVE COMPARTMENT COVER/DOOR ........................................................................................ 2.119 HORN, SAFETY ALERT - SWITCH ....................................................................................................... 2.29 HOT WATER SHUT-OFF VALVES (ENGINE) ........................................................................................ 2.37 HYDRAULIC HAND PUMP .................................................................................................................. 2.119 HYDRAULIC OIL FILL PUMP - HAND ................................................................................................. 2.124 HYDRAULIC OIL TANK ........................................................................................................................ 2.123 FILTER RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH ................................................................................ 2.126 FILTER/STRAINER SERVICE .......................................................................................................... 2.126 HYDRAULIC OIL FILL PUMP - HAND .............................................................................................. 2.124 HYDRAULIC OIL FILTERS ............................................................................................................... 2.125 HYDRAULIC OIL HEATER (OPTIONAL) .............................................................................. 2.122, 2.126 VACUUM SWITCH ............................................................................................................................. 2.38 VENT/BREATHER - VACUUM SYSTEM (OPTIONAL) ...................................................................... 2.39 HYDRAULICS ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS REFERENCE CHART .............................................. 2.67, 2.84 IGNITION KEY SWITCH ........................................................................................................................ 2.26 INSPECTION OF THE AMEREX FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM ....................................................... 2.35 INSPECTION OF THE AMEREX FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM AND PORTABLE EXTINGUISHERS ....

2.35 INSTRUMENT PANEL DIESEL HEATER CONTROLS - OPTIONAL ...................................................................................... 2.24 ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS CONNECTION ........................................................................................... 2.23 LIGHTS, SERVICE - SWITCH ............................................................................................................ 2.23 MASTER ALARM ................................................................................................................................ 2.23 MASTER ALARM LIGHT .................................................................................................................... 2.23 MD3 COMPUTER ............................................................................................................................... 2.24 POWER ENGINE ROOF - SWITCH ................................................................................................... 2.23 INTERIOR LIGHTS ................................................................................................................................ 2.37 2.5

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

JOYSTICKS, LEFT AND RIGHT HAND ....................................................................................... 2.13, 2.14 KEY SWITCH .........................................................................................................................................2.26 LEVELLING CONTROLS, JOYSTICKS ................................................................................................. 2.14 LIGHTS, INTERIOR ............................................................................................................................... 2.37 LIGHTS, SERVICE ................................................................................................................................. 2.23 LOAD SENSING, OPERATING TIPS ................................................................................................... 2.139 MACHINE PREPARATION SYSTEM TEST AND WARM-UP ...................................................................................................... 2.138 MANUAL OVERRIDE, POWER ROOF ELECTRIC PUMP .................................................................. 2.119 MASTER ALARM ................................................................................................................................... 2.23 MASTER ALARM LIGHT ........................................................................................................................ 2.23 MASTER DISCONNECT SWITCH ......................................................................................................... 2.24 MD3 COMPUTER .................................................................................................................................. 2.44 MD3 COMPUTER, ELECTRONIC CONTROL AND MAIN DISPLAY .................................................... 2.44 MD3 COMPUTER MAIN DISPLAY ........................................................................................................ 2.47 MD3 MAIN DISPLAY .............................................................................................................................. 2.44 OIL GRADE SELECTION ....................................................................................................................... 2.52 OPERATING MACHINE ....................................................................................................................... 2.131 PRE-START CHECKS ...................................................................................................................... 2.131 OPERATING TIPS WITH LOAD SENSING ......................................................................................... 2.139 PICTOGRAM DESCRIPTIONS ................................................................................................................ 2.8 PILOT SYSTEM “OFF”, PUSH BUTTON SWITCH ................................................................................ 2.28 PILOT SYSTEM RESET, PUSH BUTTON SWITCH .............................................................................. 2.28 POWER ROOF ELECTRIC PUMP ...................................................................................................... 2.119 MANUAL OVERRIDE ....................................................................................................................... 2.119 POWER ROOF SENSOR .................................................................................................................... 2.120 MD3 ‘ROOF OPEN’ ALERT MESSAGE ........................................................................................... 2.120 POWER ROOF - SWITCH ..................................................................................................................... 2.23 PRESSURE WASHING ........................................................................................................................ 2.145 PRESSURE WASHING PROCEDURE –UNDERCARRIAGE ......................................................... 2.148 PRESSURE WASHING PROCEDURE –UPPER FRAME ............................................................... 2.145 PUMP - HYDRAULIC OIL FILL - HAND ............................................................................................... 2.124 REAR CONTROL PANEL ............................................................................................................. 2.28, 2.30 REFUELING PROCEDURE ................................................................................................................. 2.122 REFUELING PROCEDURE, BOTTOM FUELING OPTION ................................................................ 2.122 RELAYS AND FUSES, CAB ................................................................................................................... 2.22 RELAYS AND FUSES, ENGINE COMPARTMENT ................................................................................ 2.19 REMOVAL OF ANTI-CORROSION SPRAY (IF APPLICABLE) ............................................................ 2.144 SAW - SWITCH ...................................................................................................................................... 2.29 SCREEN SAVER ADJUSTMENT ........................................................................................................... 2.87 SEAT ......................................................................................................................................................2.42 HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES ........................................................................................... 2.42 RIDE ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES ................................................................................................ 2.42 SEAT ADJUSTMENTS ........................................................................................................................... 2.42 SELF WARMUP MODE .......................................................................................................................... 2.51 SERVICE ACCESS DOORS ................................................................................................................ 2.117 SERVICE LIGHTS .................................................................................................................................. 2.23 SIDE DOOR AND ESCAPE HATCH EMERGENCY EXIT MAINTENANCE GUIDE .............................. 2.40 SLOPE INDICATORS ............................................................................................................................. 2.23 STARTING ENGINE ............................................................................................................................. 2.135

2.6

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

STEREO AM/FM RADIO/CD .................................................................................................................. 2.38 SWING BRAKE - SWITCH WITH LIGHT ............................................................................................... 2.25 SWING CONTROL, JOYSTICK ................................................................................................... 2.13, 2.14 THROTTLE SWITCH ............................................................................................................................. 2.27 TRACK COMPONENTS MEASURING TRACK SAG .............................................................................................................. 2.133 TRACK DRIVE, FOOT PEDALS ............................................................................................................ 2.18 TRACK, LOW/DRIVE - SWITCH WITH LIGHT ...................................................................................... 2.29 TRAVELLING (BOOM RAISED) .......................................................................................................... 2.139 TRAVEL SPEED CONTROL .................................................................................................................. 2.18 USB PORT - MD3 COMPUTER ............................................................................................................. 2.24 VACUUM SWITCH, HYDRAULIC OIL TANK ......................................................................................... 2.38 VALVE COMPARTMENT COVER/DOOR ............................................................................................ 2.119 VEHICLE MOVING INSTRUCTIONS ................................................................................................... 2.150 WINDOWS CARE OF POLYCARBONATE WINDOWS CAUTIONS ....................................................................................................................................2.143 CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS ........................................................................................................ 2.143 CONCEALING HAIRLINE SCRATCHES ...................................................................................... 2.143 FIRE PRECAUTIONS ................................................................................................................... 2.144 GRAFFITI REMOVAL .................................................................................................................... 2.144 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................. 2.142 RESISTANCE TO CHEMICALS .................................................................................................... 2.142 RESISTANCE TO WATER ............................................................................................................ 2.142 WORK LIGHTS SWITCH ....................................................................................................................... 2.25

2.7

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

PICTOGRAM DESCRIPTIONS Diagrams in pictorial form are used to represent machine function operation. They are a simple universal language of symbols or pictograms that illustrate a function or component without the use of words.

Examples of these pictograms are the turtle speed such as SLOW =

or FAST =

and the rabbit

that are often used to describe

.

= Accumulator arms AUTO

or

= Accumulator arms OPEN

or

= Accumulator arms CLOSE

or

= Boom IN

= Boom OUT

= Boom UP

= Adjustment Menu or

= Boom DOWN

= Air Conditioner ON = Boom IN - TELESCOPIC

= Air Conditioner OFF

= Boom OUT - TELESCOPIC

= Air Source, FRESH AIR

= Air Source, RECIRCULATE

= Cigarette Lighter, 24 Volt

= Alert Message = Clamp arms CLOSE = Auxiliary Power Outlet 12 V = Clamp arms OPEN

= Auxiliary Power Outlet 24 V

= Control Lever Multiple Direction

= Battery Connect = Battery Disconnect

= Critical Error Message

= Boom - ER System 2.8

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

= Critical Message

= Engine Emission Inhibit Mode

= Defrost, Front Window

or

= Disc Saw

= Engine Emission System Temperature = ER Boom Function ON

= Engine Menu

= ER Boom Function OFF

= Engine Anti-stall = Fan Auto Reversing/Cleaning = Engine Anti-stall ON = Fan Full ON = Engine Anti-stall OFF = Fan Reverse/Clean = Engine Boost Pressure = Fan - Ventilation Blower

= Engine Air Intake Pressure (Engine Air Intake Filter Restricted)

= Feed Rollers - Forward = Engine Charge Air Temperature = Feed Rollers - Reverse = Engine Coolant Temperature = Fluid Level High = Engine Diagnostics = Fluid Level Low

= Engine - Percentage of Load

= Foot Pedal Control

= Engine Oil Pressure

= Fuel Consumption Rate

= Engine Speed - rpm

= Fuel - Diesel = Engine WAIT TO START

= Fuel Heater

= Engine Emission Filter 2.9

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

= Fuel Information

= Hydraulic Oil FILTER BYPASS

= Fuel Reset

= Hydraulic Tank

= Fuel - Water in Fuel = Hydraulic Oil GRADE = Harvester Head = Hydraulic Oil LEVEL = Harvester Head - TILT FLOAT = Hydraulic Oil TEMPERATURE = Harvester Head - TILT DOWN

= Imperial/Metric Toggle

= Harvester Head - TILT UP

= Information Menu

= Information Message

= Harvester Head - ROTATE (CW)

= Harvester Head - ROTATE (CCW)

= Leveling LEFT

= Head TILT FORWARD = Leveling RIGHT = Head TILT BACK = Leveling FORWARD = Horn = Hours - Machine = Leveling BACKWARD = Hours - Engine

2.10

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

= Lights - WORK

= Switch ON

= Lights - ENGINE SERVICE

= Switch OFF

= Pilot System ON (Reset)

= Temperature

= Pilot System OFF

= Track, L.H. FORWARD/REVERSE and TRAVEL

= Roof CLOSE

= Track, R.H. FORWARD/REVERSE

= Vacuum

= Roof OPEN

= Saw CUT

= Wheel Arms - CLOSE

= Speed CREEP or Very Slow = Wheel Arms - OPEN = Speed FAST or Hi = Wrist COUNTERCLOCKWISE

= Speed SLOW or Low

= Swing BRAKE = Wrist CLOCKWISE

= Swing RIGHT (CW)

= Swing LEFT (CCW)

2.11

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

2.12

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

IMPORTANT!

This manual is applicable to factory installed machine functions and controls. It does not take into account any changes or modifications made after shipment. Verify all functions before operating this machine.

CONTROLS - CAB 1 2

855C-016A

855C-016

1. L.H. JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER

2. R.H. JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER

Stick Boom, In/Out Move the joystick back to move the stick boom IN toward the machine.

Move joystick forward to move the stick boom OUT away from the machine.

Swing Move the joystick right to swing the upper structure to the RIGHT (CW).

Move the joystick left to swing the upper structure to the LEFT (CCW).

Hoist Boom , Up/Down Move the joystick back to RAISE the hoist boom.

Move the joystick forward to LOWER the hoist boom.

Head Tilt, Forward/Backward Move the joystick right to tilt the felling head FORWARD. Move the joystick left to tilt the felling head BACKWARD.

Thumb switch, lower left Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION. Thumb switch, lower right Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION. Thumb switch, center left Push to rotate wrist CCW. Thumb switch, center right No factory equipped function.

Thumb switch, upper left No factory equipped function.

Thumb switch, upper right No factory equipped function.

Thumb switch, lower left Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION. Thumb switch, lower right Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION. Thumb switch, center left No factory equipped function.

Thumb switch, center right Push to rotate wrist CW. Thumb switch, upper left No factory equipped function.

Thumb switch, upper right No factory equipped function.

Trigger switch Pull the trigger switch to rotate wrist CCW.

Trigger switch Pull the trigger switch to rotate wrist CW. 2.13

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

1

2

855C-016A

1. L.H. JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER LEVELING MACHINES

855C-016

2. R.H. JOYSTICK CONTROL LEVER LEVELING MACHINES

Stick Boom, Forward/Backward Move the joystick back to move the stick boom IN toward the machine.

Hoist Boom , Up/Down Move the joystick back to RAISE the hoist boom.

Move the joystick forward to move the stick boom OUT away from the machine.

Move the joystick forward to LOWER the hoist boom.

Swing Move the joystick right to swing the upper structure to the RIGHT (CW).

Head Tilt, Forward/Backward Move the joystick right to tilt the felling head FORWARD.

Move the joystick left to swing the upper structure to the LEFT (CCW).

Move the joystick left to tilt the felling head BACK.

Thumb switch, lower left Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION. Thumb switch, lower right Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION. Thumb switch, center left Push to rotate wrist CCW. Thumb switch, center right No factory equipped function.

Leveling, Left/Right Thumb switch, upper left - Tilt left Push to tilt upper structure to the LEFT. Thumb switch, upper right - Tilt right Push to tilt upper structure to the RIGHT.

Thumb switch, lower left Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION. Thumb switch, lower right Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION. Thumb switch, center left No factory equipped function.

Thumb switch, center right Push to rotate wrist CW. Leveling, Forward/Backward Thumb switch, upper left - Tilt forward Push to tilt upper structure FORWARD.

Trigger switch Pull the trigger switch to rotate wrist CCW.

Trigger switch Pull the trigger switch to rotate wrist CW.

Thumb switch, upper right - Tilt backward Push to tilt upper structure BACKWARD.

2.14

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE The accumulation mode feature allows the operator to select an accumulation mode (NORMAL, AUTOMATIC or SIMULTANEOUS).

Accumulation modes modify the operation of the accumulating arm and clamp arm controls.

The accumulation mode feature is computer controlled and is available through the Adjustment Menu

of the MD3 computer.

PROCEDURE FOR ACCUMULATION MODE SELECTION

The AUTO ACCUMULATION STATUS menu will appear. Three choices are given, NORMAL, AUTO ACCUMULATE or SIMULTANEOUS. Press the up arrow or down arrow buttons to scroll to the desired selection and press the OK button to set the selection.

WARNING

Press the F2 button to go to the Adjustment Menu of the MD3 computer.

Press F3 to select the AUTO-ACCUM Status Menu.

2.15

•

Movement of accumulating or clamp arms could result in death or serious injury.

•

Do not allow personnel near felling head until saw blade is completely stopped, felling head is lowered to the ground and engine is shut off.

Controls and Operation ACCUMULATION MODES

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher B. AUTOMATIC ACCUMULATION MODE

A. NORMAL ACCUMULATION MODE

Automatic Accumulation Mode is intended to simplify operation and reduce the number of operator commands required to accumulate several trees in the head. Automatic Accumulation Mode provides the operator with automatic features which modify the operation of the accumulating and clamp arms controls.

Normal Accumulation Mode is intended to allow the operator to use the accumulating and clamp arm controls in the standard control configuration without any additional automatic features.

LEFT JOYSTICK - ACCUMULATING ARMS Thumb switch, lower left Push to OPEN the accumulating arms.

Thumb switch, lower right Push to CLOSE the accumulating arms.

RIGHT JOYSTICK - CLAMP ARMS Thumb switch, lower left Push to CLOSE the clamp arms.

Thumb switch, lower right Push to OPEN the clamp arms.

NOTE: When the accumulation mode feature is turned OFF the controls operate in the same manner as they do in the Normal Accumulation Mode.

NOTE: When the engine is shut off the accumulation mode will default to Normal Accumulation Mode.

RIGHT JOYSTICK Thumb switch, lower left Push to CLOSE the clamp arms and OPEN the accumulating arms with a single operator command.

Release to CLOSE the accumulating arms.

Thumb switch, lower right Push to OPEN the clamp arms.

This button can also be used as a manual override of automated clamp arm movements.

LEFT JOYSTICK Thumb switch, lower left Push to OPEN both the accumulating and clamp arms with a single operator command.

This button can also be used as a manual override of automated accumulating and clamp arm movements.

Thumb switch, lower right Push to CLOSE the accumulating arms.

This button can also be used as a manual override of automated accumulating arm movements.

NOTE: When the engine is shut off the accumulation mode will default to Normal Accumulation Mode.

2.16

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

C. SIMULTANEOUS ACCUMULATION MODE Simultaneous Accumulation Mode is intended to simplify operation and reduce the number of operator commands required to fell one tree at a time rather than accumulating several trees. Simultaneous Accumulation Mode provides the operator with automatic features which modify the operation of the accumulating and clamp arms controls.

RIGHT JOYSTICK Thumb switch, lower left Push to CLOSE both the clamp and accumulating arms with a single operator command.

Thumb switch, lower right Push to OPEN both the clamp and accumulating arms with a single operator command.

LEFT JOYSTICK Thumb switch, lower left

Push to OPEN the accumulating arms.

This button can also be used as a manual override of automated accumulating arm movements.

Thumb switch, lower right

Push to CLOSE the accumulating arms.

This button can also be used as a manual override of automated accumulating arm movements.

NOTE: When the engine is shut off the accumulation mode will default to Normal Accumulation Mode.

2.17

Controls and Operation 3B

822-D06

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

3A

SPEED INDICATOR

FOOT PEDALS

3A. RIGHT FOOT PEDAL - RIGHT TRACK DRIVE Depress foot pedal with TOE to drive RIGHT TRACK FORWARD. Depress foot pedal with HEEL to drive RIGHT TRACK REVERSE. 3B. LEFT FOOT PEDAL - LEFT TRACK DRIVE Depress foot pedal with TOE to drive LEFT TRACK FORWARD. Depress foot pedal with HEEL to drive LEFT TRACK REVERSE.

4. TRAVEL SPEED CONTROL The speed control feature of the MD3 computer allows the operator to set the maximum speed of the machine to maintain a given speed without having to feather the drive pedals.

Push the down arrow button on the MD3 computer to decrease the maximum speed of the machine. The green track speed indicator will display a reduction in speed as the adjustment is performed.

Push the up arrow button on the MD3 computer to increase the maximum speed of the machine, or press the OK button to reset back to maximum speed.

This function can be used while the machine is in motion in either HIGH or LOW travel speed selections.

Travelling Travel is accomplished by depressing both foot pedals simultaneously. Travel over distances should be done in the forward direction to reduce the wear on track components. Track drive gearboxes are considered to be at the rear of the machine for travelling in the forward direction.

NOTE: When the ignition key is turned OFF and then turned back ON the travel speed control resets back to maximum speed.

2.18

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

5. FUSES AND RELAYS, ENGINE COMPARTMENT There are three areas where Fuse and Relay Electrical Components are mounted as follows:

•

IMPORTANT 24 VOLT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM •

Main Electrical Fuse, Master Disconnect Relay and Amerex (FSS) 10A Fuse, located in the engine compartment beside the battery box.

Fuse and Relay Rear Panel Located in the engine compartment behind the cab.

10A FSS FUSE

BATTERY MASTER DISCONNECT RELAY 10A FSS FUSE

60A MAIN ELECTRICAL FUSE

TOP VIEW OF BATTERIES

BATTERIES BOOSTER JUMPER PLUG

860C-225A 860C-225B

BATTERY COMPARTMENT, MAIN FUSES & MASTER DISCONNECT RELAY 2.19

Controls and Operation •

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Fuse and Relay Rear Panel Located in the rear compartment behind the cab.

FUSE & RELAY PANEL - ENGINE COMPARTMENT

H860C-409

FUSES

REPLACE FUSES WITH SAME VALUES AS INDICATED

4.

5.

20A

6.

7.

10A

ENGINE ECM RELAY

8.

20A

9.

30A

10.

2A

11.

10A

12.

10A

13.

15A

14.

30A

WORK LIGHT RELAY

START RELAY

15. 5.1K 17.

16.

40A

54545BENG

2.20

18.

19.

20.

21.

A

3.

SERVICE LIGHT RELAY

60A

7.5A

60A

15A

2.

POWER ROOF RELAY

125

20.

21.

1.

GRID HEATER RELAY

FUEL HEATER RELAY

STARTER LOCKOUT RELAY

60A

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

ROOF SERVICE LIGHTS PUMP AREA SERVICE LIGHTS SPARE SPARE ENGINE PRE-HEAT (OPTIONAL) SPARE BATTERY DISCONNECT FUEL HEATER WORK LIGHT RELAY ENGINE STOP LAMP FUSE PUMP AREA COVER HID LIGHT PUMP AREA COVER HID LIGHT ROOF HALOGEN WORK LIGHTS ENGINE ECM ENGINE STOP LAMP RESISTOR STARTER RELAY POWER ROOF RELAY KEY SWITCH RUN/ACC POWER CAB SWITCHED BATTERY POWER CAB WORK LIGHT POWER GRID HEATER RELAY

125 A

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

Two 125A and three 60A fuses are installed in the Fuse and Relay Rear Panel ahead of the system circuit fuses and are there to prevent major damage to the electrical systems of the machine in the event of a short circuit in any of the main battery feed lines.

10A (FSS) FUSE

Each circuit on the machine is further protected against current overload by individual circuit fuses. The circuit fuses on the Fuse, Relay and Electrical Panel in Cab protect the cab electrical components.

The fuses in the Fuse and Relay Rear Panel protect the circuits for the work lights, engine ECU, engine enclosure power roof and many other machine operating circuits. Refer to the label on the previous page for specific fuse designation and location.

BOOSTER JUMPER PLUG

A 60A fuse located in the battery compartment provides unswitched power for cab lights and service lights.

860C-225A

A 10A in-line fuse protects the fire suppression system when a fire suppression system is installed. This fuse is located in the fire suppression power lead from the battery.

If a fuse “blows” it should be replaced with a fuse of the same amperage rating. If the fuse “blows” again, the circuit in question must be inspected for possible short circuit.

BATTERY BOOSTER JUMPER PLUG A battery booster jumper plug is located in the battery compartment. This special JUMPER CONNECTOR is used in conjunction with jumper cables with matching ends. Cables with matching ends are available through your Tigercat Dealer Parts Department. If standard jumper cables are used the NEGATIVE connection can be made anywhere on the upper structure, as close to the batteries as possible on bare metal.

2.21

10A (FSS) FUSE

BATTERY COMPARTMENT

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

FUSES AND RELAYS, CAB •

Cab Electrical Controls, Fuse and Relay Panel, located in the cab on the right rear side panel. IQAN fuses are located here.

The engine diagnostics connection is on the left lower side of the instrument panel. Refer to ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS CONNECTION in THIS SECTION.

H845C-62

ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS CONNECTION 845D-001

2.22

CAB FUSE AND RELAY PANEL

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation The electric pump assembly is located in the breather cabinet behind the cab above the hydraulic tank and filter compartment. This system is self contained, in that it has its own hydraulic oil (Dexron III) tank.

10 3B 3A 1

The machine is also equipped with a hydraulic hand pump in the event that the roof needs to be opened manually. For more information refer to SERVICE ACCESS DOORS later in THIS SECTION.

2

8

2. SERVICE LIGHTS – SWITCH This is a two position switch labelled ON - OFF. Use to turn ON the service lights located in the enclosure and pump area.

9

7

3A. MASTER ALARM 3B. MASTER ALARM LIGHT The MD3 computer displays messages, activates the master alarm and alarm light whenever a system fault occurs.

4

NOTE: The computer control system will automatically perform a bulb test at engine start up to ensure that the master alarm and alarm light are functioning. Refer to COMPUTER – MD3 MESSAGES in THIS SECTION.

6 5

Left/Right Slope Indicator

Forward/Backward Slope Indicator

822C-188

CONTROL PANEL – PILLAR 1. POWER ROOF – SWITCH An OPEN - CLOSE , spring return to centre OFF, three position ‘momentary’ switch is used to open and close the power roof.

Push and hold the switch in the open position to open the power roof or push and hold in the close position to close the power roof.

860C-416

4. SLOPE INDICATORS Two slope indicators are provided, one indicates forward/backward slope degree and the other indicates side to side slope degree.

CAUTION Ensure all personnel are clear before opening or closing the power roof.

5. ENGINE DIAGNOSTICS CONNECTION Plug a remote electronic diagnostic device into this connection such as a laptop computer with appropriate engine manufacturer’s software to perform engine performance analysis and tuning.

NOTE: The power roof is equipped with a motion alarm that sounds when roof is moved.

The power roof is operated by an Electric Pump Hydraulic System.

NOTE: This operation can only be performed by a trained service technician.

2.23

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

24863A

6. BATTERY DISCONNECT – SWITCH This manually operated switch completely disconnects all electrical circuits on the machine from the battery except for the fire suppression and service light circuits. Wait 30 seconds after engine shut down before turning off battery disconnect switch. This is done to avoid an engine fault from being displayed on the Computer display module.

9 822C-204

9. USB PORT – MD3 COMPUTER This USB port is used to access the MD3 computer. A laptop with appropriate IQAN software can be plugged into this port for software updates, diagnostics and some adjustments.

7. BLANK

NOTE: This USB connection should only be used by a trained service technician.

Refer to COMPUTER in SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL for more information and safeguards related to the use of this port.

8. MD3 COMPUTER The MD3 computer’s electronic control and display is the operator’s interface with the electronic control system. The MD3 is the central unit in the control system which works as both a master controller and a display unit. It has a 3.5″ backlit colour graphic transflective display for reading system information.

1075-087B

10. DIESEL HEATER CONTROLS – OPTIONAL This digital timer is used only if the machine is equipped with the optional diesel heater.

Refer to MD3 COMPUTER ELECTRONIC CONTROL & DISPLAY later in this section for complete operating instructions and system details.

Consult the manufacturer’s instruction manual for additional information.

2.24

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher 1

2

Controls and Operation 4

3

6

FORWARD CONTROL PANEL

860C-410

CONTROL PANEL

2. SWING BRAKE – SWITCH WITH LIGHT This is a two position switch labelled ON/OFF. The light in the switch will come ON when the switch is in the ON position.

1. ANTI-STALL – SWITCH WITH LIGHT This is a two position switch labelled ON/OFF. The light in the switch will come ON when the switch is in the ON position.

CAUTION

This switch turns on an electronic load control system which automatically prevents overloading of the engine when several high load functions are in use at the same time. It should be in the ON position during normal machine operation. This switch should be turned off when a technician is performing diagnostics.

• Turning ON the swing brake while the upper structure is moving can damage the gearbox.

• Never operate the tracks with the swing brake ON as boom contact with the ground will damage the swing gearbox.

Placing this switch in the ON position will apply the swing brake and prevent the upper structure from turning. The swing brake is a spring apply, hydraulic release, multi-disc brake. The brake is also engaged whenever the pilot system is shut off. As a safety precaution, the brake should always be applied with this switch when leaving the cab.

If engine stalling occurs, check: (a) The ANTI-STALL switch is in the ON position. (b) The 10A fuse located on the cab fuse and relay panel.

5

This fuse is labelled A/C HEAT COMBO UNIT RELAY IGNITION AND FUNCTION PANELS.

3. WORK LIGHTS SWITCH

(c) Malfunction of the anti-stall system.

This is a two position switch labelled ON/OFF. Placing this switch in the ON position will turn on the WORK LIGHTS.

2.25

Controls and Operation 1

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher 2

4

3

5

6

FORWARD CONTROL PANEL

860C-410

4. FUEL HEATER SWITCH

5. IGNITION KEY SWITCH

This is a two position switch labelled ON/OFF. Placing this switch in the ON position will turn on the fuel heater.

This is a three position switch with STOP/RUN/START positions.

An automatic thermostat turns the fuel heater on when the fuel temperature drops below 7°C (45°F) and off when the fuel temperature reaches 24°C (75°F).

STOP Position - All electrical power through the Key switch is turned OFF. Electrical power is still available for the horn, lighter, CD AM/FM radio, two-way radio, cab dome light, defroster fan, work lights and service lights.

WARNING

RUN Position - Battery is connected to all functions. Used for normal machine operation.

DO NOT USE ETHER! Engine is equipped with an ELECTRICAL starting aid. Use of ether may cause an explosion and severe injury.

START Position - Connects the battery to the start relay to start the engine. Turning the key to this position starts the engine. The key will return to RUN position when released.

NOTE: The PILOT SYSTEM must be OFF to start the engine. To deactivate the pilot system push the red pilot off switch button DOWN (item 9, on the rear control panel).

This machine is equipped with a computer controlled heating element in the engine intake system. Starting fluids will explode on contact with the heating element.

2.26

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

6. THROTTLE SWITCH This is a three position “momentary” switch connected into the IQAN circuit to adjust the engine rpm between the (IDLE) and (FULL) throttle set points.

PRESS and HOLD this switch in the position to increase engine speed (rpm), release switch at desired rpm or continue to HOLD to place engine at the correct FULL throttle setting.

PRESS and HOLD this switch in the position to decrease engine speed (rpm), release switch at desired rpm or continue to HOLD to place engine at the correct MINIMUM throttle setting.

NOTE: All operations should be performed at FULL throttle.

Maintaining Correct Engine rpm It is most important that the IDLE and FULL rpm’s of the engine be correct at all times: IDLE - 950 rpm (No Load) FULL - 2250 rpm max (No Load) RATED WORKING - 2200 rpm NOTE: At start-up the engine will always default to IDLE. These speeds are with the hydraulic and engine oil at normal operating temperatures and no functions activated and without pilot system engaged. These speeds are pre-set into the IQAN circuit and cannot be adjusted without the proper electronic equipment programming software.

Check engine speed regularly with engine diagnostics module.

IMPORTANT! Under no circumstances allow the FULL throttle engine speed to vary from the recommended settings; particularly faster, this could cause serious damage to the pumps.

2.27

Controls and Operation C

B

A

7

8

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher 9

10

11

13

12

15

REAR CONTROL PANEL

822C-169

7. AIR CONDITIONER/HEATER The three controls on this panel are used to adjust the heating and air conditioning temperature for operator comfort in the operator’s cab.

8. PILOT SYSTEM RESET – PUSH BUTTON SWITCH This is a push ON spring return switch. With the engine running and the front door closed, push this switch to activate the pilot system.

The pilot ON icon will be activated (green) on the MD3 computer display.

A. A/C DEFROST SWITCH

14

This is a three-position switch labelled A/C - OFF – DEFROST. Push this switch up to turn ON the A/C compressor for cooling. Push the switch down for the defrost mode.

INTERLOCK SWITCH

ACTUATOR ON DOOR

B. FAN SPEED – OFF/LOW/MED/HIGH

This is a rotary, four position switch for controlling the speed of the blower fan.

822C-251

C. HEAT/COOL – VARIABLE

This is a variable, rotary dial to adjust the amount of heated air for the cab by controlling the flow of engine coolant through the heater core. Make sure this control is set to the MAX COLD position when using the air conditioning.

NOTE: The front door must be closed to ACTIVATE the pilot system. The side door exit WILL NOT DE-ACTIVATE the pilot system when opened.

9. PILOT SYSTEM OFF - PUSH BUTTON SWITCH This is a push OFF spring return switch. This switch shuts off the pilot system, deactivating all operating functions as well as applying the track drive brake and swing brake. The pilot OFF icon will be activated (yellow) on the MD3 computer display.

NOTE: To maximize the efficiency of the air conditioning, the heat/cool control must be rotated to the MAX COLD position and the two hot water shut-off valves on the engine should be turned to the OFF position. Refer to HOT WATER SHUT-OFF VALVES in THIS SECTION.

INTERLOCK SWITCH (FRONT DOOR)

The pilot system can be REACTIVATED when the PILOT RESET button (item 8) is pressed with the front door closed.

Refer to CHECKING THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

IMPORTANT! If PILOT OFF SWITCH does not stop functions, TURN IGNITION KEY OFF.

2.28

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

10. TRACK, LOW/DRIVE – SWITCH WITH LIGHT This is a two position switch

11. HORN, SAFETY ALERT – SWITCH

LOW and

This is a two position “momentary” switch.

Press and hold this switch to sound the safety alert horn.

DRIVE. NOTE: Refer to TRAVEL SPEED CONTROL earlier in this section.

Always use this horn prior to starting the engine and to alert other personnel in the area of your presence.

LOW: Placing the switch in the LOW position will provide the slowest travel speed but with increased torque or driving force.

12. CIGARETTE LIGHTER (24V) Cigar/Cigarette lighter (24V).

The DRIVE position will provide a faster travel speed range but with a lower driving force.

13. SAW – SWITCH This is a two position switch labelled ON/OFF. Use this switch to turn the saw ON. On Feller Buncher Machines equipped with the Shear Felling Head, this saw switch supplies power to the attachment’s control systems. A lockout button is incorporated into the switch to prevent the switch from being turned ON accidentally. To turn the switch ON, push and hold the lockout button UP and place the switch in the ON position.

It is recommended that during all harvesting functions and when travelling on slopes that the range switch be placed in the LOW position to maximize the life of the drive motor and the track drive gearbox parking brake.

Low position is indicated by a light on the Track Low/Drive switch.

DRIVE: When this switch is in the DRIVE position the travel speed (and torque) ranges of the drive system become infinitely variable and will automatically adjust to any point between the HIGH and LOW speed/torque set points, relative to the terrain or load conditions.

Place throttle in FULL position before turning attachment ON. NOTE: If the engine has been turned off or the pilot shut off system tripped (Front Door opened) with the saw switch left in the ON position, the attachment will not start up when the engine is restarted or the front door closed. In this case press the PILOT RESET button and turn the saw switch OFF and then ON.

It should be noted that the available torque when travelling at maximum speed is less than half of that in LOW. The DRIVE position will provide a faster travel speed range but with a lower driving force.

However, when the machine encounters tougher terrain conditions, e.g. stumps, soft ground or slopes etc., the drive system will automatically adjust* to a slower travel speed/ higher torque range.

NOTE: On Harvester Model Machines and Shovel Loggers this saw switch supplies power to the attachment’s control systems.

NOTE: The function of this switch may vary depending on the attachment model used and method of installation. Verify all functions before operating this machine.

*This amount of adjustment can be anywhere from a slight reduction in speed all the way down to LOW, this will be dependent on the terrain conditions encountered.

NOTE: The operator should be aware that this automatic speed/torque range adjustment will cause the machine to gradually slow down over a period of one to two seconds, due in part to the infinitely variable displacement drive motors used. When travelling on relatively flat terrain it is not necessary to place the range switch in the LOW position .

2.29

Controls and Operation C

B

A

7

8

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher 9

10

11

12

13

14

15

REAR CONTROL PANEL

822C-169

14. AUXILIARY POWER OUTLET (12V)

FULL ON (OVERRIDE) DOWN POSITION When the switch is in the FULL ON (OVERRIDE) position, the fan control system is overridden and the fan will run at FULL speed for cooling regardless of charge air, coolant or oil temperatures. Normally the fan control switch is placed in the AUTO position for optimal cooling. The FULL ON (OVERRIDE) position is intended for use in the event of a temporary failure of the fan control.

A 12V outlet with a 15A capacity for portable devices such as cell phones.

15. COOLING FAN SWITCH This is a three position switch, labelled CLEAN / AUTO / FULL ON. This switch along with an electronic fan control module, controls the operation of the hydraulic cross-flow fan.

AUTO POSITION

NOTE: Placing the switch in the FULL ON position activates the computer alarm to advise the switch has been placed in the FULL ON position. Also while the switch is in the FULL ON position the Automatic Cleaning cycle is prevented.

AUTO is the normal operating position for the fan control switch. When the switch is in the AUTO position, the fan will operate completely in an automatic mode. It will start, speed up or slow down all based on the temperature of the charge air, engine coolant and/or the temperature of the hydraulic oil. The IQAN MD3 automatically adjusts fan speed to the minimum required level to maintain optimal operating conditions, and default to fan at full speed if an error in the controller exists.

When the switch is in the AUTO position and the fan runs at minimum speed due to low charge air, engine coolant or hydraulic oil temperatures, turning ON the A/C will cause the fan control to increase the fan speed when engine is at high idle. This is to ensure that sufficient air flow is available for the A/C condenser even while the machine is still warming up.

2.30

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

CAUTION Before placing the fan switch in the CLEAN position make sure that there are no personnel near the REAR of the machine in the area where the fan will expel debris.

CLEAN - UP POSITION - Momentarily pressing the switch to the CLEAN POSITON will automatically start reversing the direction of fan rotation (there is no need to hold the switch down). Reverse rotation is used to clean the charge air cooler, radiator, oil cooler, A/C condenser and air intake door screens.

By “reversing” the flow of the fan, air flow is propelled in the opposite direction, thereby forcing dust and debris off of the radiator.

NOTE: The pilot system must be ON to operate the clean cycle.

The IQAN computer will also turn the A/C system OFF for as long as the fan is in the CLEAN mode.

When the CLEAN cycle is complete the fan automatically returns to normal rotation direction.

NOTE: The CLEAN cycle also operates automatically via the timed purge function of the IQAN computer control system (frequency is adjustable) when the switch is in the AUTO position. Refer to COMPUTER – INFORMATION MESSAGES and COMPUTER – ADJUST MENU – MACHINE PARAMETERS in THIS SECTION.

2.31

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher PRESSURE GAUGE POINTER TO BE IN GREEN ZONE

860C-413 860C-414

16. AMEREX FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM (OPTIONAL) The machine leaves the factory with the AMEREX fire suppression system fully activated*.

The system is not certified for use, certification must be performed by a local AMEREX approved dealer. *NOTE: Machines shipped to international destinations have the fire suppression system deactivated to prevent accidental discharge. The inline fuse for the power lead wire to the battery (in the battery compartment) is removed and wire tied to the fuse holder.

NOTE: A predelivery inspection of the fire suppression system must be carried out to ensure the system is fully operational. This involves performing all daily and weekly inspection steps.

Refer to INSPECTION OF THE AMEREX FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM AND PORTABLE EXTINGUISHERS in THIS SECTION. Please read the owner’s manual applicable to the system installed on this machine for additional information on operation, service and AMEREX warranty requirements.

845C-063

OPTIONAL FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM CYLINDER

The fire suppression system installed on this machine uses 23 kg (50 lb) of dry chemical powder which is stored in a pressurized cylinder.

It is discharged through eight nozzles strategically placed in the engine compartment and hydraulic areas.

The discharge is triggered either automatically by the fire detection thermostats or manually by the operator.

The control panel mounted in the cab provides continuous monitoring of the system. It also, automatically actuates the suppression system when signalled by the thermostats.

SYSTEM OK LED

AUDIBLE ALARM

FIRE ALARM LED

ALARM SILENCE BUTTON AND LED

RELAY RESET BUTTON AND LED

“PUSH TO TEST” BUTTON

SERVICE SYSTEM LED H845C-70

SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL

When the panel is plugged into an operational configuration the system will illuminate the green “System OK” LED.

2.32

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

SYSTEM ALARM

AUTOMATIC OPERATION

When either the heat detection circuit has detected fire or the Manual Actuation Switch has been depressed, the following sequence will occur:

There are seven thermostats mounted in the engine and hydraulic enclosures which are wired to the control panel. The thermostats are automatic heat detection devices and are set to “close” at 177°C (350°F). When a thermostat closes it sends an electrical signal to the control panel which activates the system.

• “System OK” LED will turn off.

• The alarm buzzer will sound continuously.

• The “FIRE” LED will illuminate.

1

• The relay will engage after programmed delay (default is 0 seconds).

RED FIRE BUTTON

• The “Relay Reset” LED will illuminate.

NITROGEN ACTUATOR

2

• The “Service System” LED will illuminate.

• The “Service System” LED will flash four times to indicate actuator trouble.

When the “FIRE” LED first comes on it will flash a number of times to indicate which hazard zone is in alarm. The Alarm flash codes are as follows: Heat Zone 1 Alarm Heat Zone 2 Alarm Both Zones in Alarm

860C-414

1 Flash 2 Flashes 3 Flashes

H845D-040

MANUAL OPERATION The fire suppression system can also be activated manually using the manual actuation switch.

To manually operate the system: 1. Safely lower the boom to the ground.

2. Pull locking pin (1).

3. Press red FIRE button.

The system will remain in alarm until the system has been serviced and the actuator has been replaced.

SERVICE SYSTEM

An electrical signal is sent to the control panel from the manual actuation switch which activates the system.

In the event of a system fault: • The “Service System” LED will illuminate.

• The alarm will pulse.

NOTE: In the event of a power failure the system can be activated by the Nitrogen Actuator located on the front left post of the cab.

1. Remove Locking Pin (2).

2. Strike down hard on actuator knob.

• The “Service System” LED will flash to signify the fault source.

The source of the fault can be determined as follows: Main Power Trouble Heat Zone 1 Trouble Heat Zone 2 Trouble Actuator Trouble Backup Battery Trouble Pressure Switch Trouble

MANUAL ACTUATION SWITCHES

1 Flash 2 Flashes 3 Flashes 4 Flashes 5 Flashes 7 Flashes

When a system fault is detected there is a five second delay before notification. For main power trouble, the delay for notification is 20 seconds.

2.33

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

DISCHARGE OF THE SYSTEM When an electrical signal (automatic or manual) is received by the control panel it sends a discharge signal to the electrical actuator located on top of the pressurized cylinder. When activated the electrical/pneumatic actuator extends a control shaft which mechanically opens the agent cylinder valve. This releases the dry chemical in the discharge area protected by the system. The control panel will also automatically shut down the engine and all electrical power.

NOTE: The engine does not shut down automatically when the fire suppression system is activated using the nitrogen actuator. When using the nitrogen actuator to activate the fire suppression system the operator must shut the engine off manually.

The automatic engine shutdown feature will either shutdown the engine immediately when the fire suppression system is discharged (non leveling machines) OR will delay the shutdown for a period of between 10 to 15 seconds for leveling machines. The time delay period is a factory setting. This delay feature allows the operator to lower the load or move the machine to a safer location before the engine shuts down. The operator can extend the engine shutdown delay feature by pressing the RELAY RESET button on the control panel to repeat the preset delay period. This button can be pressed repeatedly until the operator has brought the machine to a safe stop. The RELAY RESET button does not delay the discharge of the fire suppression system.

1

RED FIRE BUTTON

NITROGEN ACTUATOR

2

860C-414

MANUAL ACTUATION SWITCHES

860C-414

The system discharge the dry chemical powder and the engine will automatically shutdown either immediately or will be delayed for 10 to 15 seconds if the machine is a leveler.

IMPORTANT! Stop the engine before discharging the system.

This will keep the dry chemical in the engine area.

Get away from the machine. If possible and safe to do so, take the portable fire extinguisher located in the cab on the emergency exit side door and/or the one located in the front right of the engine enclosure on the inside of the pump compartment access door.

Stand by with a portable fire extinguisher and watch for any flashbacks after the system has discharged.

Do not restart the machine until it has been serviced and cleaned. Do not return the machine to service until the source of the fire has been located and neutralized. The fire suppression system must be recharged by Amerex Factory Certified Personnel before returning the machine to service.

CAUTION

H845D-040

IN CASE OF FIRE: If you detect a fire, DO NOT wait for the system to operate automatically. Instead, operate the system manually: 1. Safely lower the boom to the ground.

2. Pull locking pin (1).

3. Press red FIRE button.

NOTE: In the event of a power failure the system can be activated by the Nitrogen Actuator located on the front left post of the cab.

1. Remove Locking Pin (2).

2. Strike down hard on actuator knob.

Wear protective clothing and masks when cleaning up after a discharge.

Before cleaning up after a discharge, read the AMEREX manual. If water mixes with the dry chemical it becomes corrosive and can seriously damage wiring connections.

Dry chemical must be vacuumed or blown off with compressed air.

2.34

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

INSPECTION OF THE AMEREX FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM AND PORTABLE EXTINGUISHERS: DAILY:

PRESSURE GAUGE POINTER TO BE IN GREEN ZONE

• Check the pressure gauge on the agent cylinder and all portable extinguishers. Proper pressurization is indicated when the pointer is in the green zone.

PRESSURE GAUGE POINTER TO BE IN GREEN ZONE

H845D-016 PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER • This portable fire extinguisher is located in the front right of the engine enclosure on the inside of the pump compartment access door.

SYSTEM OK LED

H845C-70

845C-063

• Verify that the green “SYSTEM OK” LED on the system control panel is illuminated.

OPTIONAL FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM CYLINDER

The agent cylinder is located in the engine enclosure on the left hand side behind the cab.

PRESSURE GAUGE POINTER TO BE IN GREEN ZONE

845D-009

SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL

PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER

This portable fire extinguisher is located inside the cab on the rear of the emergency exit side door.

2.35

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

WEEKLY: • Inspect all parts for damage, rust, corrosion or dirt. Replace any damaged parts immediately.

AVOIDING DAMAGE AND FALSE DISCHARGES DURING MACHINE SERVICE:

• All components are in place and unobstructed.

• All chemical delivery hoses and nozzles are connected and tight.

• Check fire suppression electrical network for cut, frayed, stripped or damaged wires.

845C-003

TYPICAL THERMOSTAT

• Ensure thermostats are clean.

• Operate the machine and depress the “Push to TEST” button to confirm the automatic engine shutdown feature is working. Depressing the “Push to Test” (Amerex diamond) button will illuminate all LEDs, sound the alarm and engage the relay. The “Push to Test” function will not cause a system discharge.

SYSTEM OK LED

“PUSH TO TEST” BUTTON

H845C-70

SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL

• Check the manual actuation switches to ensure that all tamper indicators are in place, operating instructions are visible and access is unobstructed.

Please read the owner’s manual applicable to the system installed on this machine for additional information on operation, service and AMEREX warranty requirements.

BI-YEARLY • Check the system owner’s manual for correct re-certification intervals. These are required for insurance policy.

845C-016

COMPONENT LOCATIONS

Pay attention to the location of the components of the fire suppression system. Take care not to damage heat sensors or wiring, this includes hitting, cutting, bending, denting, etc. Damage to heat sensors due to shock could cause an accidental discharge of the system. Cut, pinched, or kinked wiring could cause false signals and an accidental discharge of the system.

In addition thermostats are sensitive to heat from welding torches, steam cleaning or other outside sources which may create a false discharge of the system.

If any of the components are damaged, replace them immediately before operating the machine.

It is also important to take care around the chemical cylinder. The chemical cylinder is pressurized and can explode if struck with sufficient force. Pressurized cylinders are extremely hazardous. ‘

WARNING Failure to follow the system manufacturer’s instructions and guidelines may result in serious bodily injury, death, and property damage.

2.36

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

17 19

822-D22

RE-CIRCULATING AIR FILTER

845C-010

HOT WATER SHUT OFF VALVES

19. HOT WATER SHUT-OFF VALVES (ENGINE)

17. FILTER, RE-CIRCULATING AIR - A/C UNIT

To maximize the efficiency of the air conditioning, the heat control (C) on the A/C heater control panel must be rotated to the MAX COLD position. During times when cab heating is not required close both of the HOT WATER SHUT-OFF VALVES on the swing cover, this will prevent hot water from flowing through the A/C unit and thereby reducing the effectiveness of the cooling system.

Air in the cab is drawn into the A/C HEATER unit via this filter and re-circulated. The filter should be inspected and cleaned on a regular basis. The A/C will not cool efficiently if these filters become dirty or plugged.

18

20 24

822-D23

FRESH AIR FILTER

22

21

18. FILTER, FRESH AIR - A/C UNIT Outside air is continuously drawn into the cab air conditioning unit through this filter and mixed with interior air from the cab. The filter is located on the right side of cab and can be serviced from the outside by removing the two fasteners holding the hinged cover. The filter should be inspected on a regular basis and cleaned/replaced when dirty or when wet.

NEVER operate air conditioner without a filter installed.

822C-168

INTERIOR LIGHTS, EMERGENCY EXITS

20. INTERIOR LIGHTS The switch is activated by sliding the light lens.

2.37

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher 21

845D-022

AM/FM STEREO RADIO/CD

21. AM/FM STEREO RADIO/CD With dual front mounted speakers. Refer to stereo manufacturer’s manual for operation and safety warnings.

22

845D-009

23

H845C-54

23. HYDRAULIC TANK VACUUM SWITCH (OPTIONAL) The purpose of the vacuum pump system is to hold the hydraulic oil in the tank when servicing pumps and other hydraulic components, minimizing oil spill. When activated, a solenoid valve closes off the hydraulic tank breather air supply. The pump removes tank air to create a vacuum, which then holds the oil in the tank. This system eliminates the need to drain the hydraulic tank beforehand.

With the ignition key OFF, activate the vacuum pump by placing the switch in the ON position.

SIDE DOOR EMERGENCY EXIT

22. SIDE DOOR EMERGENCY EXIT This side door serves as one of two emergency exit routes from the cab. Shut off engine before using this exit. Opening the side door will not de-activate the pilot system, for this reason only use this door in an emergency. In the event that it cannot be used, use the emergency escape hatch in the roof of the cab.

NOTE: When the ignition key is in the RUN position, the vacuum pump system will not start. Alternatively if the vacuum pump is on, the engine cannot be started. The vacuum pump also will not start if the battery disconnect switch is in the OFF position.

2.38

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

Do not use the vacuum pump when changing hydraulic filters, instead use the Air Vent Valve to release pressure from the hydraulic tank. Using the vacuum pump system while changing filters creates the risk of introducing much more air into the hydraulic system.

RETAINING KNOB AND CLAMP BRACKET

It is OK to use the vacuum system when changing the case drain strainers.

24

FILTER/ BREATHER

822-D26

AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE

845C-063

ESCAPE HATCH, EMERGENCY EXIT

24. ESCAPE HATCH, EMERGENCY EXIT This is a third cab exit for use if the side exit and the front door exit become blocked. Shut off engine before using this exit. There are two retaining knobs on the inside to allow removal of the hatch. These knobs should only be HAND TIGHTENED to allow them to be unscrewed in case of an emergency.

It should be noted that the escape hatch on this machine can only be opened from inside the operator’s cab.

FILTER/BREATHER – VACUUM PUMP SYSTEM

For more information refer to ESCAPE HATCH AND SIDE DOOR EMERGENCY EXIT MAINTENANCE GUIDE in THIS SECTION.

IMPORTANT! If the case drain system is serviced with the use of the vacuum system, all pump and motor cases must be bled. Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL prior to engine start-up in order to prevent damage to pumps and motors.

WARNING Heat from sun exposure can cause the exit seals to bond to the cab’s painted surfaces.

Careless use of glues or sealants to repair leaks also bond the exit panel.

Failure to follow these proper maintenance procedures can result in the exit being unusable in an emergency.

2.39

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

SIDE DOOR AND ESCAPE HATCH EMERGENCY EXIT MAINTENANCE GUIDE

Two alternate exit routes are provided on the LH side and roof of the cab. These are only to be used if the front door cannot be opened.

It is therefore essential that these emergency exits be checked at least once per month or after major impacts to the cab to ensure they are fully operational.

It is also important that snow, debris and particularly ice not be allowed to build up in these areas. Check frequently and remove any accumulation immediately.

CHECKING PROCEDURE FOR SIDE DOOR: 1. Open side door twice, once using the interior latch handle and once using the exterior handle.

822-D29

INTERIOR HANDLE

822-D28

860C‑227

The escape hatch should move without using excessive force by pushing up on one side.

If the escape hatch does not move without excessive force refer to ESCAPE HATCH REMOVAL FOR MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR and ESCAPE HATCH REPLACEMENT in THIS SECTION. 3. Engage clamp bracket in slot of cab roof bracket and re-tighten the hand knobs hand tight.

NOTE: If the hand knobs become loose when operating the machine, the nylon inserts in the studs should be replaced.

EXTERIOR HANDLE

2. Check for proper operation of both handles, latches and hinges. Adjust and/or lubricate any part of the mechanism that requires attention.

CHECKING PROCEDURE FOR ESCAPE HATCH: CLAMP BRACKET

822-D30

ESCAPE HATCH REMOVAL FOR MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR: REMOVE BOTH CLAMP BRACKETS

UNSCREW RETAINING KNOB FOUR COMPLETE TURNS

CHECK ESCAPE HATCH

822-D31

1. Partially unscrew both the interior retaining knobs four complete revolutions.

2. Disengage clamp brackets from slot on cab roof attachment bracket.

ESCAPE HATCH REMOVAL

1. Unscrew both of the retaining knobs and remove the two clamp brackets.

2. Push open from the inside of the escape hatch. In the event that the hatch has become bonded to cab roof due to improper maintenance, use a pry bar taking care not to damage the sealing surface of the roof.

2.40

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation 4. Apply an anti-seize compound to stud threads on the escape hatch and engage hand knob threads three revolutions with washer and clamp bracket in place as illustrated.

WARNING Heat from sun exposure can cause the exit seals to bond to the cab’s painted surfaces.

Careless use of glues or sealants to repair leaks can also bond the exit panel.

Failure to follow these proper maintenance procedures can result in the exit being unusable in an emergency

FOAM SEAL

‘C’ CHANNEL RUBBER

3. Refer to ESCAPE HATCH REPLACEMENT in THIS SECTION for instructions on the proper method to use when replacing the escape hatch.

APPLY LUBRICANT TO TOP SURFACE OF FOAM SEAL BETWEEN SEAL AND ESCAPE HATCH

ESCAPE HATCH REPLACEMENT:

CAB ROOF

APPLY LUBRICANT TO ‘C’ CHANNEL RUBBER BETWEEN CHANNEL AND CAB ROOF

NOTE: Do not apply silicone sealant between Escape Hatch and Cab Roof. Silicone sealant in these areas can bond the escape hatch to the cab, preventing removal of the escape hatch.

CROSS SECTION OF ESCAPE HATCH SEAL

LH830-06

5. To prevent foam seal or rubber ‘C’ channel from sticking to escape hatch or roof over time, apply a thin film of Tigercat part number AM926 dielectric non-curing silicone lubricant to the contact surfaces of foam seal and rubber ‘C’ channel.

Remove excess spray with a dry rag so no build up remains.

1. Clean all mating surfaces on both the escape hatch and cab roof, remove any silicone residue that may have been used to seal the joint.

2. Ensure that the escape hatch gasket is in good condition and replace if damaged.

NYLON INSERT

ESCAPE HATCH

ESCAPE HATCH

IMPORTANT! Too much lubricant will cause the roof escape hatch to stick to the cab roof.

6. Install escape hatch on roof and engage clamp bracket in slot of cab roof bracket and re-tighten the hand knobs hand tight only.

CAB

WARNING

822-01 822-02

Heat from sun exposure can cause the exit seals to bond to the cab’s painted surfaces.

Careless use of glues or sealants to repair leaks can also bond the exit panel.

Failure to follow these proper maintenance procedures can result in the exit being unusable in an emergency

NYLON STUD REPLACEMENT

3. Replace the nylon inserts in each stud, leaving approximately 3.2 mm (⅛ in) protruding at each end. These are to prevent the hand knobs from coming loose under vibration.

2.41

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

SEAT ADJUSTMENTS BACK ANGLE ADJUSTMENT

AIR RIDE ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES After adjusting the seat height, the ride adjustment can be made by pulling or pushing the air ride control valve knob.

To stiffen the air ride For a stiffer ride push on the air ride adjustment knob to increase the air pressure in the suspension air bag.

LUMBAR HORIZONTAL ADJUSTMENT (NOT SHOWN)

To soften the air ride For a softer ride, pull on the air ride adjustment knob to decrease the air pressure in the suspension air bag.

ADJUSTABLE LUMBAR To increase lumbar support pressure, turn lumbar adjustment lever forward. To decrease lumbar support pressure, turn lumbar adjustment lever backwards.

H855-084

AIR RIDE ADJUSTMENT KNOB S855C-020

LUMBAR HORIZONTAL ADJUSTMENT

HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT LEVER ARMREST ADJUSTMENT

FOREWARD/ BACKWARD SLIDE LEVER

OPERATOR’S SEAT HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES The spring assisted height adjustment is controlled by the height adjustment lever located on the front left side of the seat chassis. The four height settings: top, bottom and two in between, provide a total height adjustment of 76 mm (3 in).

To raise the seat Firmly lift up the height adjustment lever and partially lift your body weight from the seat. When the seat rises to the desired height. Firmly push the lever down into the locking position, (a click should be heard).

To lower the seat Firmly lift up the height adjustment lever and add body weight to the seat until the seat is at the desired height. Firmly push the lever down into the locking position, (a click should be heard).

VIEW FROM RIGHT REAR OF SEAT BACK ANGLE ADJUSTMENT Push down backrest angle adjustment lever to place backrest at the desired angle then release lever.

FORWARD/BACKWARD SLIDE Move and hold the forward/backward slide lever.

Roll seat forward or backward to the desired position relative to the foot pedal controls.

ARMREST ADJUSTMENT Each armrest has two adjustments to place it in the required position. Loosen adjustment locking wing bolts to reposition armrest height and loosen the knob to adjust the fore/aft position.

2.42

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

SEAT ADJUSTMENTS

LUMBAR HORIZONTAL ADJUSTMENT BACK ANGLE ADJUSTMENT

AIR RIDE ADJUSTMENT KNOB

HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT LEVER

FORE/AFT SLIDE LEVER

S855C-020B

PROBLEMS AND CORRECTIVE ACTION

SEAT TOO HIGH/SEAT TOO LOW There are several things which can cause improper seat height. Refer to SEAT – HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES and adjust seat to the desired position. If the proper height cannot be reached using one of the four height adjustment settings, it may be necessary to install the seat on a higher base.

RIDES TOO STIFF/SEAT TENDS TO PUSH OR THROW OPERATOR FORWARD The air ride control valve has over pressurized the seat air suspension. This typically happens because the operator is trying to use the air suspension to adjust the ride height rather than using height adjustment lever to raise the seat. Refer to SEAT – HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES.

OPERATOR’S LEGS FALLING ASLEEP The seat is adjusted too high, and the air ride control valve has under pressurized the seat air suspension ride adjustment, resulting in the operator sitting in a “bucket”. Refer to SEAT – HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT and RIDE ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES.

RIDES TOO SOFT OR BOTTOMS OUT AND PINCHES OPERATOR The air ride control valve has under pressurized the seat air suspension ride adjustment Insufficient pressure exaggerates the knee-action movement of the seat. This usually happens because the operator is trying to lower the seat by decreasing the amount of air pressure instead of using the height adjustment lever. Refer to SEAT – HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES.

2.43

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher MD3 COMPUTER

COLOUR DISPLAY

TRACK SPEED CONTROL ARROW (SCROLL) UP OK (ENTER) ARROW (SCROLL) DOWN

F1 845C-092

F2

F3

F4

MENU

MD3 COMPUTER, ELECTRONIC CONTROL AND MAIN DISPLAY

MD3 COMPUTER, ELECTRONIC CONTROL & MAIN DISPLAY The MD3 computer, electronic control and display is the operator interface with the electronic control system. The MD3 is the central unit in the control system which works as both a master controller and a display unit. It has a 3.5" backlit colour graphic transflective display for reading system information.

The front of the MD3 consists of a control panel with a display and nine buttons. The buttons are arranged on the bottom and right hand side of the display.

• F1 through F4 function buttons,

,

,

, .

Programmed buttons that are configured by program software to bring up a display page, bring up an adjustment group or act as an input.

• Up and down arrow buttons

• Up and down arrow buttons

.

On other screen pages displayed these navigation buttons are used to scroll through selections on a menu page. The buttons are configured by program software to bring up a display page, bring up an adjustment group or act as a virtual input.

• OK button .

Pushing this button equals ‘enter’. Saves the value or confirms the selection you have made.

• Main Menu button .

Always brings up the Main Menu page. It is not programmable.

• ’Esc’ or BACK button

.

Returns you to the previous display page. May be configured by program software to bring up a display page, bring up an adjustment group or act as a virtual input.

.

On this Main Display page the up and down buttons are used to control track drive speed, which limits maximum pressure of pilot oil to the track pedals.

Press

ESC (BACK)

to return system to full speed.

2.44

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

COMPUTER CONTROL SYSTEM

The engine (ECU) electronic control unit provides electronic information to the MD3 computer via J1939 CAN BUS links. This information is displayed on the computer display.

The MD3 computer control system is part of a network of components. The system is made up of the following components: •

MD3 Computer and Display Module

•

XS2-A0 Module (Cab)

•

XA2-A0 Expansion Module (Engine Frame) (Also referred to as IQAN XA2 #1 module)

•

XA2-A1 Expansion Module (Engine Frame) (Also referred to as IQAN XA2 #2 module)

•

Engine Electronic Control Unit (ECU)

•

Various controls, switches, sensors and valves not shown

NOTE: The computer control system is softwarebased. This software may be updated after the machine is in service as a part of on-going product improvement programs and service newsletters.

The information contained in this manual is accurate at the time of printing. Improvements to the machine and/or software are on-going and may not be covered. In these cases contact your Tigercat dealer for appropriate information.

The MD3 computer is the main controller in the system. The MD3 computer program is the operating system for the computer display as well as the control system for the machine operating parameters.

MD3 COMPUTER AND DISPLAY MODULE

CAB XS2-A0 MODULE

9 PIN ENGINE DIAGNOSTIC CONNECTOR 880-105

ENGINE FRAME XA2-A0 MODULE

ENGINE FRAME XA2-A1 MODULE

ENGINE ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT

COMPUTER CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS

2.45

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

XA2-A1 XA2-A0

H845C-85

860C-418

MD3 COMPUTER AND DISPLAY MODULE

XS2-A0

H845C-137

XS2-A0 CAB MODULE

2.46

XA2 ENGINE FRAME MODULES

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

MD3 COMPUTER/ELECTRONIC CONTROL/DISPLAY CONTINUED 1

2

3

4

5

7

6

8

9

24

23

10

22

11

21 20 19

12

13

14

15

845C-093

16

17

18

MAIN DISPLAY

MD3 COMPUTER MAIN DISPLAY 1. PILOT RESET ON/OFF

14. ADJUSTMENT MENU - Press F2 to select

2. ENGINE ANTI-STALL ON/OFF

15. ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE

3. TRACK DRIVE LOW SPEED

16. INFORMATION MENU - Press F3 to select

4. ENGINE HOOD/DOOR OPEN

17. FUEL LEVEL GAUGE & ICON

5. COOLING FAN MODE - (AUTO shown)

18. ALARM INDICATORS - Press F4 to select

6. HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER BYPASS

19. TRACK CREEP SPEED ICON

7. HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL

20. TRACK DRIVE SPEED

8. ENGINE AIR INTAKE PRESSURE (Engine Air Intake Filter Restricted)

21. OIL GRADE INDICATOR 22. TRACK FAST SPEED ICON

9. WATER IN FUEL 10. SAW ATTACHMENT PRESSURE (if applicable) 11. SAW ATTACHMENT ICON (if applicable) 12. ENGINE TACHOMETER rpm 13. ENGINE MENU - Press F1 to select 2.47

23. HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE GAUGE 24. TIME AND DATE

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher The engine functions on display are as follows:

ENGINE MENU

•

Charge Air Temperature

(°C or °F)

•

Turbocharger Boost Pressure

•

Engine Load % %

•

Engine Speed

•

Engine Coolant Temperature

•

Battery Voltage

•

Engine Oil Pressure

•

Fuel Rate

(bar or psi)

rpm (°C or °F)

(Volts) (bar or psi)

(L/h or gph instantaneous)

Press the F1 button to toggle between metric or imperial units of measure.

From the main menu press the F1 button to select the engine display.

The hydraulic oil Self Warmup Mode can also be started from the Engine Menu by pressing the F3 button - WARMUP INITIATE, only if the pilot is OFF.

When selected the engine menu icon is on display and the engine functions will also be displayed.

2.48

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

ENGINE FUNCTIONS

5. Engine Coolant Temperature

Press the back button to return to the Main Display.

1. Charge Air Temperature

This display indicates the current engine coolant temperature.

(°C or °F)

If temperature rises above 104°C (219°F), alarm will sound, check the following:

This display indicates the charge air cooler temperature reading.

• Plugged air intake access panel screens • Plugged radiator.

2. Turbocharger Boost Pressure (bar or psi)

DO NOT continue to operate machine

This display indicates air intake manifold boost pressure in bar. This reading is an absolute value and includes atmospheric pressure.

Refer to the COMPUTER – MESSAGES - CRITICAL – ENGINE FAULT CODE MESSAGES - CRITICAL in THIS SECTION for more information.

3. Engine Load % %

Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER, RADIATOR AND CHARGE AIR COOLER in THIS SECTION.

The display shows the current load on the engine in percentage.

4. Engine Speed

(°C or °F)

rpm

NORMAL OPERATION (WHITE ICON)

NOTE: Coolant temperature can also be monitored using the engine coolant temperature gauge shown on the Main Display.

This display indicates engine speed in rpm.

NOTE ALSO: Engine speed can also be monitored using the engine tachometer gauge shown on the Main Display and the one on the Engine Menu display.

Refer also to THROTTLE SWITCH in THIS SECTION.

OVERHEAT (RED ICON)

In the event of an engine coolant overheat the engine coolant temperature icon will illuminate (red) on the main gauge display in addition to the alarm.

2.49

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

IMPORTANT 24 VOLT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 6. Battery Voltage

FUEL GAUGE

(Volts)

This display indicates battery voltage levels.

Normal operating range for the electrical system is between 27 and 28 volts when the engine is running.

If engine voltage goes outside the normal range, an alarm will sound. Refer to COMPUTER - MESSAGES in THIS SECTION.

The fuel level gauge is shown on the Main Display.

ICON FLASHES YELLOW WHEN FUEL LEVEL IS LOW

A reading in excess of 30 volts indicates a possible faulty voltage regulator.

A reading less than 22 volts indicates a possible faulty battery or alternator.

7. Engine Oil Pressure

(bar or psi)

This display indicates engine oil pressure.

If oil pressure falls too low, an alarm will sound.

The fuel level icon will flash yellow when the fuel level falls below 10% of full.

Refer to FUEL TANK in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for tank capacities.

Refer to the COMPUTER – MESSAGES - CRITICAL – ENGINE FAULT CODE MESSAGES - CRITICAL in THIS SECTION for more information.

8. Fuel Rate

ICON ILLUMINATES YELLOW WHEN WATER IN FUEL IS DETECTED

(L/h or gph)

This display indicates the current, instantaneous, rate of fuel consumption.

The water in fuel icon illuminates yellow when water in fuel is detected by the engine computer system.

Refer to engine manufacturer's manual for specific information regarding the engine.

2.50

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

WARMUP MODE

ADJUSTMENT MENU

As the hydraulic oil temperature increases the system will automatically allow the engine rpm to increase and the MD3 displays an Information dialog box that shows the progress of the Warmup Mode in percentage outstanding. This dialog box closes when hydraulic oil has reached operating temperature.

From the Main Display press the F2 button to go to the ADJUSTMENT MENU.

The warmup mode operates automatically on cold starts within a hydraulic oil temperature range. The temperature range will vary based on computer control system hydraulic oil settings.

This feature functions mainly with straight weight hydraulic oil.

For proper operation the computer control system hydraulic oil settings should match the type of hydraulic oil in use.

IMPORTANT! Allow a cold engine to warm up at LOW IDLE for at least five minutes before applying any load.

Check all measured values on the MD3 display terminal often during the warmup period.

The adjustment menu screen will be displayed.

The adjustment menu icon is on display and all the adjustment selections are displayed. The adjustment selections are as follows: •

Fan Service Mode

- press F1

•

Oil Grade Adjustments

•

Auto Accumulation Mode Status - press F3

- press F2

Press the back button to return to the Main Display.

2.51

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

COOLING FAN SERVICE MODE

Press the F1 button to select FAN SERVICE MODE Menu from the ADJUSTMENT MENU. The fan service mode menu appears. Two choices are given, ON or OFF. Press the up arrow or down arrow buttons to scroll to the desired selection and press the OK button to set the selection.

This mode is for when a mechanic has to be in the engine compartment. This mode will run the fan in the CLEAN direction and will adjust the speed according to the requirements of the cooling system so that the mechanic doesn’t get blasted with hot air. The A/C will be switched off as well.

OIL GRADE SELECTION

Press F2 button to select OIL GRADE Menu from the ADJUSTMENT MENU. The oil grade menu will appear.

ISO22 ISO32 MULTI ISO46 ISO68 Press the arrow up or arrow down to scroll to the desired oil grade and press OK when complete.

This information is used by the machine program to adapt hydraulic oil temperature messages for the operating range of each Hydraulic Oil Grade.

Hydraulic oil grade information is shown on the Main Display below the hydraulic oil temperature gauge.

Refer also to APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for hydraulic oil operating range information.

Refer also to COMPUTER – MESSAGES

- CRITICAL – HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE HIGH in THIS SECTION for more information about the hydraulic oil temperature message.

Press the back button to return to the Main Display.

2.52

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

AUTO ACCUMULATION MODE STATUS

Press the F3 button to select the accumulator arms AUTO ACCUMULATION STATUS Menu from the ADJUSTMENT MENU. The AUTO ACCUMULATION STATUS menu appears. Three choices are given, NORMAL, AUTO ACCUMULATE or SIMULTANEOUS. Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION. Press the up arrow or down arrow to scroll to the desired selection and press the OK button to set the selection.

Press the Back button to return to the adjustment menu. Press the Back button again to return to the main menu.

2.53

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher Press the F2 button to reset trip fuel used, trip time and trip average fuel rate functions.

INFORMATION MODE SELECTION

Press the back button to return to the Main Display.

INFORMATION FUNCTIONS

Press the F3 button to access the INFORMATION MENU.

The information menu displays the following information: •

Main Hydraulic Pump Load Sense Pressure (bar or psi)

•

Engine Hours

•

Machine Hours

•

Hydraulic Oil Temperature

•

Hydraulic Oil Level

•

Total Fuel Used (L or US gal)

1. Main Hydraulic Pump Load Sense Pressure (bar or psi) This display indicates the main pump load sense pressure reading.

2. Engine Hours (h) This display indicates the total number of hours the engine has run.

3. Machine Hours (h) This display indicates the total number of hours the machine has run.

4. Hydraulic Oil Temperature (°C or °F) This display indicates the current hydraulic oil temperature registered in the main hydraulic tank.

If the temperature rises above the recommended operating range for the type of hydraulic oil in use, alarm will sound, reduce load on engine and activate the cooling system CLEAN function using the fan switch.

If the temperature does not drop quickly after the clean cycle, stop engine and check the following: • Plugged oil cooler • Malfunction in a hydraulic circuit • Malfunction of hydraulic fan drive system • Malfunction of engine Anti-Stall system • Low hydraulic oil level in tank • Correct Hydraulic Oil Grade Selection If hydraulic oil temperature rises above the recommended operating range DO NOT continue to operate the machine.

(h) (h) (°C or °F)

%

COOL (BLUE)

• Trip Fuel Functions (since last reset) Trip Fuel Used (L or US gal) Trip Time (h) Trip Average Fuel Rate (L/h or US gph

WARM (YELLOW)

Press the F1 button to toggle between metric or imperial units of measure.

2.54

NORMAL (WHITE)

OVERHEAT (RED) ALARM

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

NOTE: Hydraulic oil temperature can also be monitored using the hydraulic oil temperature gauge shown on the main menu. In addition the color of the hydraulic oil temperature icon is an indicator of hydraulic oil temperature state (cool, normal, warm or overheat) for the type of hydraulic oil in use.

MAIN MENU

The alarm must not be used to monitor the hydraulic oil. The operator must use the hydraulic oil temperature gauge on the main menu of the computer display, together with the operating range chart in SECTION 3 to prevent damage to the hydraulic system.

Hydraulic oil grade information is shown on the main menu below the hydraulic oil temperature gauge.

Operating outside the recommended operating range will shorten hydraulic component life.

Press the menu button MENU.

to go to the MAIN

Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU – HYDRAULIC OIL GRADE in THIS SECTION for hydraulic oil grade selection settings information.

Refer also to APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for hydraulic oil operating range information.

Refer also to COMPUTER – MESSAGES - CRITICAL – HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE HIGH in THIS SECTION for more information about the hydraulic oil temperature message.

5. Total Fuel Used (L or US gal) This display indicates the total fuel used during the life of the machine.

The Main Menu page displays the following selections:

6. Trip Fuel Functions (since last reset) a. Trip Fuel Used

(L or US gal)

This display indicates the total fuel used since last reset. b. Trip Time (h) This time since last reset. c. Trip Average Fuel Rate (L/h or US gph) This display indicates the average fuel consumption rate for the machine since last reset.

2.55

•

Adjust - Select F1

•

Measure - Select F2

•

Preferences - Select F3

•

Info - Select F4

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ADJUST MENU

From the Main Menu page press the F1 button to access the Adjust menu.

This menu is an alternate method of accessing the adjustment menu to make machine adjustments. Refer to ADJUSTMENT MENU earlier in THIS SECTION for details.

The Main menu appears and the following menu items can be selected.

• Machine Parameters • Hydraulics • Leveling • AUTO-ACCUMULATE Use the up arrow or down arrow button to select the Machine Parameters menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection.

2.56

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

MACHINE PARAMETERS

Timed Purge Interval

In the Machine Parameters menu the following items can be selected:

Use the up arrow or down arrow button to select the TIMED PURGE INTERVAL menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection.

•

Oil Grade

• • • •

AUTO ACCUM Status FAN SERVICE MODE TIMED PURGE INTERVAL Tree Counter State

•

TRACK LOW LOGIC

Range can be adjusted between 15 to 240 minutes.

This parameter adjusts the frequency of the auto clean cycle. Refer to FAN SWITCH in THIS SECTION for more information.

Tree Counter State To track the amount of trees harvested, the position of either the clamp arms or the accumulating arms can be set to count in either the OPEN or CLOSE position.

Oil Grade The hydraulic oil grade selection can also be MADE from this menu. Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU – OIL GRADE SELECTION in THIS SECTION. Refer to ACCUMULATION MODE FEATURE in THIS SECTION.

CLAMP CLOSE CLAMP OPEN ACCUMULATOR CLOSE ACCUMULATOR OPEN

Auto- Accum Status This menu allows the choice of three accumulation modes: NORMAL AUTO-ACCUMULATE SIMULTANEOUS .

Fan Service Mode ON or OFF Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU – COOLING FAN SERVICE MODE in THIS SECTION. Also refer to FAN SWITCH in THIS SECTION.

2.57

Controls and Operation Track Low Logic Use the up arrow or down arrow button to select the TRACK LOW LOGIC menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection.

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher Use the back button Menu.

to return to the Adjust

Use the up arrow or down arrow button to select the Hydraulics menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection.

This option allows the choice between INDEPENDENT and BOTH REQUIRED options with regards to use of the foot pedals in the cab.

The INDEPENDENT option is recommended for travel on steep slopes providing more hydraulic braking power which provide better steering capability.

The BOTH REQUIRED option is recommended for travelling on level ground providing better feel/control of the vehicle.

After using the up or down arrow buttons to select the option you require press the OK button to confirm the selection and return to the Machine Parameters menu.

2.58

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

HYDRAULICS

LEVELING

In the Hydraulics Menu the following Current Output (mA) adjustment items can be selected:

In the Leveling menu the following functions can be adjusted depending on working conditions:

NOTE: These functions in the Hydraulics menu will vary depending on the attachment and machine designation.

•

Leveler Stop Ramp

•

Leveler Start Ramp

•

Forward Leveling Speed

•

Rear Leveling Speed

•

Right Level Cylinder

•

Left Level Cylinder

•

Accumulator Open/Close - COUT

•

Clamp Open/Close - COUT

•

Wrist/ROT/Pump2/LVL R(LX) - COUT

•

Wrist (860/870)

•

Teles/Grapple/LVL L (LX)

•

Fan Speed - COUT - LOCKED

•

Pump Horsepower Limiter - COUT

•

Track Speed Control - COUT

•

Right Level Cylinder - COUT

•

Left Level Cylinder - COUT

•

Track Brake Release Delay Off - COUT

Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to scroll to the desired selection and the OK button to confirm the selection.

Use the up arrow or down arrow button to scroll to the desired selection and the OK button to set the selection.

Press the back button to return to the Adjust menu. Select the Leveling option and press OK to confirm the selection.

2.59

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

AUTO-ACCUMULATE

In the AUTO-ACCUMULATE menu the following functions can be adjusted as required: •

Accumulator Close Timeout

•

Clamp Open Start - Locked

•

Clamp Open Duration - Locked

•

Accumulator Close Delay

Use the up arrow or down arrow button to scroll to the desired selection and the OK button to set the selection.

Press the back button to return to the adjust menu. Select the AUTO-ACCUMULATE option and press OK to confirm the selection.

2.60

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

ELECTRONIC SETTINGS DESCRIPTION

3. Start Slope This is the amount of time in mS that it takes for the current to get from the Min Current value to the Max Current when turning on a function. A higher setting will cause a delay in the time that it takes the function to reach top speed. Note that if the mS setting is set to 0ms then the min current setting is negated as the function will start at max current as soon as it is turned on.

Adjustments to the attachment control system through the ADJUST MENU of the IQAN control system electronically adjust the performance of the attachment to suit operating conditions.

Refer also to COMPUTER – (ADJUSTMENT) MENU OPERATION in SECTION 6 of THIS MANUAL. These settings control the operation of the electro-hydraulic spool actuators which control the cylinder tracking and operating speeds by regulating the flow of oil from the attachment control valve to the attachment cylinders or motors (high rotation wrist).

4. Stop Slope This is the amount of time in mS that it takes for the current to get from the Max Current to the Min current when turning off a function. A higher setting will cause a delay in the time that it takes for the function to come to a stop from top speed. Note that if the mS setting is set at 0 mS then the min current setting is negated and the function would stop as soon as it is turned off. Below is a typical graph showing the four settings.

Three types of adjustments can be made to the attachment control system: WRIST - CURRENT OUT Adjustments to fine tune the operating speed and start/stop ramps for the wrist clockwise and counterclockwise rotation functions.

CLAMP ARM - PWM OUT Adjustments to fine tune the operating speed and start/stop ramps for the clamp arm open and close functions.

ACCUMULATING ARM - PWM OUT Adjustments to fine tune the operating speed and start/stop ramps for the accumulating arm open and close functions.

Within the three groups (Wrist,Clamp and Accumulator) that can be adjusted there are four adjustments that can be made through the MD3 to customise the operation of each function.

The four adjustments are: 1. Min Current This is the minimum amount of current that causes the function to just begin to creep.

NOTE: An inaccurate adjustment of the Min Current renders the start and stop ramps inaccurate.

2. Max Current This is the current the controls the maximum speed of the function. A higher setting will cause the function to move faster.

2.61

Controls and Operation CLAMP EXAMPLE (DEFAULT SETTINGS) Below is a screen shot of the Clamp settings showing the defaults as follows: Min mA = 300 Max mA = 750 Start Slope = 0 mS Stop Slope = 0 mS

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher CLAMP EXAMPLE (SLOPE SETTINGS ADJUSTED) Below is a screen shot of the Clamp settings shown after an adjustment has been made to the Start and Stop Slopes.

Min mA = 300 Max mA = 750 Start Slope = 500 mS Stop Slope = 500 mS

860C-493

860C-494

860C-526

Note that the graph reflects the default settings and as the Start and Stop Slopes are set to 0 mS there is no ramp up or down showing that the clamp will travel immediately at max. speed once the button is activated.

860C-527

The graph reflects the adjustments made to the start and stop slopes. This will affect the clamp operation in three ways. The overall time it takes for the clamp to open or close will be longer. The initial movement of the clamp will be slower when the button is activated and the final movement of the clamp will also be slower when the button is deactivated.

2.62

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE:

WRIST ADJUSTMENT

For best results ensure hydraulic oil is at operating temperature before doing any adjustments. In addition, the function(s) being adjusted should be operated at a rate similar to normal operation to ensure that the coil is at a typical operating temperature. Due to the nature of the electrical components some signals will vary with temperature and should always be adjusted at normal operating temperature to improve the accuracy of adjustments for operating conditions and operator preference.

1. Ensure no other personnel are in the area during this procedure.

2. Start engine and set throttle speed to high idle.

3. Close cab door and press pilot reset switch to activate pilot system.

Press the menu button MENU.

to go to the MAIN

Press F1 to select the Adjust Menu

2.63

Controls and Operation

Using the up or down arrow scroll to Hydraulics and push OK.

Using the up or down arrow scroll to Wrist/ROT/ Pump2/LVL R(LX) and push OK.

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Push the F3 button to access the CCW (Counterclockwise) adjust section and press OK.

NOTE: When in the CCW Min Adjust menu only the Min current will be applied to the wrist when the function is activated.

Activate and hold the CCW function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow adjust the CCW Wrist Min setting so that the wrist just starts to creep.

NOTE: An inaccurate adjustment of the Min Current renders the start and stop ramps inaccurate.

Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

2.64

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

NOTE: When in the CCW Max Adjust menu only the Max current will be applied to the wrist when the function is activated.

Using the up or down arrow adjust the CCW Wrist Stop setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the CCW Min setting) will determine how the wrist stops in the CCW direction. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive stop while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive stop. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. The CCW wrist adjustment is now complete.

Activate and hold the CCW function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow adjust the CCW Wrist Max setting. It may be necessary to switch between the Wrist CCW and CW on the joystick to set this adjustment.

Adjustment of this setting will determine the speed of the Wrist in the CCW direction. Increasing this setting will speed the wrist up while decreasing the setting will slow it down. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. For recommended speed setting refer to PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS in SECTION 3 of this manual.

Press the F4 button to access the CW (Clockwise) adjust section and press OK twice.

Using the up or down arrow adjust the CCW Wrist Start setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the CCW Min setting) will determine how the Wrist will start in the CCW direction. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive start while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive start. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. 2.65

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher Adjustment of this setting will determine the speed of the Wrist in the CW direction. Increasing this setting will speed the wrist up while decreasing the setting will slow it down. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. For recommended speed setting refer to PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS in SECTION 3 of this manual.

NOTE: When in the CW Min Adjust menu only the Min current will be applied to the wrist when the function is activated.

Activate and hold the CW function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow to adjust the CW Wrist Min setting so that the wrist just starts to creep.

NOTE: An inaccurate adjustment of the Min Current renders the start and stop ramps inaccurate.

Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

NOTE: When in the CW Max Adjust menu only the Max current will be applied to the wrist when the function is activated.

Activate and hold the CW function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow adjust the CW Wrist Max setting. It may be necessary to switch between the Wrist CW and CCW on the joystick to set this adjustment.

Using the up or down arrow adjust the CW Wrist Start setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the CW Min setting ) will determine how the Wrist will start in the CW direction. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive start while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive start. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

Using the up arrow or down arrow adjust the CW Wrist Stop setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the CW Min setting) will determine how the wrist stops in the CW direction.

Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive stop while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive stop. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. The CW wrist adjustment is now complete.

2.66

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

WRIST DEFAULT SETTINGS

If during the above adjustment procedure the factory default settings are required press the F2 Reset button and then select Yes in the pop up window by pushing F2 again. This will reset the setting to the factory default.

HYDRAULICS ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS REFERENCE CHART Adjustments

Range (or Choice)

ACCUMULATOR ARMS -OPEN / +CLOSE -Min current 0 to 750 0 to 750 -Max current -Start slope 0 to 1000 -Stop slope 0 to 1000 0 to 750 +Min current 0 to 750 +Max current +Start slope 0 to 1000 +Stop slope 0 to 1000 CLAMP ARMS -OPEN / +CLOSE 0 to 750 -Min current 0 to 750 -Max current -Start slope 0 to 1000 -Stop slope 0 to 1000 0 to 750 +Min current 0 to 750 +Max current +Start slope 0 to 1000 +Stop slope 0 to 1000 WRIST -CW / +CCW 0 to 750 -Min current 0 to 750 -Max current -Start slope 0 to 1000 -Stop slope 0 to 1000 0 to 1000 +Min current 0 to 1000 +Max current +Start slope 0 to 1000 +Stop slope 0 to 1000 LEVELER ADJUSTMENT Leveler Stop Ramp 0 to 2000 Leveler Start Ramp 0 to 2000 Forward Leveling Speed 0 to 100 Backward Leveling Speed 0 to 100 LEFT LEVEL CYLINDER -RETRACT / +EXTEND 0 to 750 -Min current 0 to 750 -Max current 0 to 750 +Min current 0 to 750 +Max current RIGHT LEVEL CYLINDER -RETRACT / +EXTEND 0 to 750 -Min current 0 to 750 -Max current 0 to 750 +Min current 0 to 750 +Max current TRACK BRAKE RELEASE DELAY OFF Range 0 to 1000

Units

Default Settings

mA mA ms ms mA mA ms ms

300 700 0 0 300 700 0 0

mA mA ms ms mA mA ms ms

300 750 0 0 300 750 0 0

mA mA ms ms mA mA ms ms

300 431 100 300 300 441 0 500

mA mA % %

350 350 100 100

mA mA mA mA

300 442 300 475

mA mA mA mA

300 448 300 469

ms

500

2.67

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

CLAMP ADJUSTMENT

Using the up or down arrow scroll to Hydraulics and push OK. Press the menu button MENU.

to go to the MAIN

Using the up or down arrow scroll to Clamp Open/ Close and push OK. Press F1 to select the Adjust Menu

2.68

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

NOTE: When in the Clamp + Max Adjust menu only the Max current will be applied to the clamp when the function is activated.

Push the F3 button to access the Clamp + (Close) adjust section and press OK.

Activate and hold the Clamp Close function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow adjust the Clamp + Max setting.

It may be necessary to switch between Clamp close and Clamp open on the joystick to set this adjustment.

Adjustment of this setting will determine the speed of the Clamp when closing. Increasing this setting will speed the clamp up while decreasing the setting will slow it down. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

NOTE: When in the Clamp + Min Adjust menu only the Min current will be applied to the clamp when the function is activated.

Activate and hold the Clamp Close function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow adjust the Clamp + Min setting so that the Clamp just starts to creep.

NOTE: An inaccurate adjustment of the Min Current renders the start and stop ramps inaccurate.

Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

Using the up or down arrow adjust the Clamp + Start setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the Clamp + Min setting) will determine how the clamp will begin to close. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive start while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive start. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. 2.69

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Using the up arrow or down arrow adjust the Clamp + Stop setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the Clamp + Min setting) will determine how the clamp stops when the function is deactivated. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive stop while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive stop. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. The Clamp + Close adjustment is now complete.

NOTE: When in the Clamp - Min Adjust menu only the Min current will be applied to the clamp when the function is activated.

Activate and hold the Clamp Open function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow adjust the Clamp - Min setting so that the Clamp just starts to creep.

NOTE: An inaccurate adjustment of the Min Current renders the start and stop ramps inaccurate.

Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

Press the F4 button to access the Clamp - (Open) adjust section and press OK twice.

NOTE: When in the Clamp - Max Adjust menu only the Max current will be applied to the clamp when the function is activated.

Activate and hold the Clamp Open function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow adjust the Clamp - Max setting. It may be necessary to switch between Clamp open and Clamp close on the joystick to set this adjustment.

2.70

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation CLAMP DEFAULT SETTINGS

Adjustment of this setting will determine the speed of the Clamp when opening. Increasing this setting will speed the clamp up while decreasing the setting will slow it down. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

If during the above adjustment procedure the factory default settings are required press the F2 Reset button and then select Yes in the pop up window by pushing F2 again. This will reset the setting to the factory default.

Using the up or down arrow adjust the Clamp - Start setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the Clamp - Min setting ) will determine how the clamp will begin to open. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive start while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive start. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

Using the up arrow or down arrow adjust the Clamp - Stop setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the Clamp - Min setting) will determine how the clamp stops when the function is deactivated.

Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive stop while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive stop. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. The Clamp - Open adjustment is now complete.

2.71

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ACCUMULATOR ADJUSTMENT

Press the menu button MENU.

to go to the MAIN

Using the up or down arrow scroll to Hydraulics and push OK.

Using the up or down arrow scroll to Accum Open/ Close and push OK. Press F1 to select the Adjust Menu

2.72

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

NOTE: When in the Accum + Max Adjust menu only the Max current will be applied to the accumulator when the function is activated.

Push the F3 button to access the Accum + (Close) adjust section and press OK.

Activate and hold the Accumulator Close function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow adjust the Accum + Max setting. It may be necessary to switch between Accumulator close and Accumulator open on the joystick to set this adjustment.

Adjustment of this setting will determine the speed of the accumulator when closing. Increasing this setting will speed the accumulator up while decreasing the setting will slow it down. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

NOTE: When in the Accum + Min Adjust menu only the Min current will be applied to the accumulator when the function is activated.

Activate and hold the Accumulator Close function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow adjust the Accum + Min setting so that the accumulator just starts to creep.

NOTE: An inaccurate adjustment of the Min Current renders the start and stop ramps inaccurate.

Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. Using the up or down arrow adjust the Accum + Start setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the Accum + Min setting ) will determine how the accumulator will begin to close. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive start while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive start. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. 2.73

Controls and Operation

Using the up arrow or down arrow adjust the Accum + Stop setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the Accum + Min setting) will determine how the accumulator stops when the function is deactivated. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive stop while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive stop.

Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. The Accumulator + Close adjustment is now complete.

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

NOTE: When in the Accum - Min Adjust menu only the Min current will be applied to the accumulator when the function is activated.

Activate and hold the Accumulator Open function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow adjust the Accum - Min setting so that the accumulator just starts to creep.

NOTE: An inaccurate adjustment of the Min Current renders the start and stop ramps inaccurate.

Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

Press the F4 button to access the Accum - (Open) adjust section and press OK twice.

NOTE: When in the Accum - Max Adjust menu only the Max current will be applied to the accumulator when the function is activated.

Activate and hold the Accumulator Close function on the joystick and at the same time using the up or down arrow adjust the Accum - Max setting. It may be necessary to switch between Accumulator close and Accumulator open on the joystick to set this adjustment.

2.74

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation ACCUMULATOR DEFAULT SETTINGS

Adjustment of this setting will determine the speed of the accumulator when closing. Increasing this setting will speed the accumulator up while decreasing the setting will slow it down. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

If during the above adjustment procedure the factory default settings are required press the F2 Reset button and then select Yes in the pop up window by pushing F2 again. This will reset the setting to the factory default.

Using the up or down arrow adjust the Accum - Start setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the Accum - Min setting ) will determine how the accumulator will begin to open. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive start while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive start. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

Using the up arrow or down arrow adjust the Accum - Stop setting. Adjustment of this setting (along with the Accum - Min setting) will determine how the accumulator stops when the function is deactivated. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive stop while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive stop. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. The Accumulator - Open adjustment is now complete.

2.75

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

LEVELER ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS These settings (defined below) fine tune the operating speeds, start/stop ramps and cylinder tracking for the leveler functions.

MIN = MINIMUM CURRENT (mA) Current [mA]

A = Current range min current

Min current A Lever position

Minimum current settings control function start speed. Coils on hydraulic valves require a certain amount of current before they begin to operate the valve. The Min current value is the current that will be sent to the hydraulic valve coil when the function switch is activated.

The Min current is adjusted to a value that causes the function to just begin to creep.

NOTE: Use the default setting of 300 mA when setting the Min Current.

MAX = MAXIMUM CURRENT (mA) Current [mA]

B = Current range max current

START RAMP This is the amount of time in mS that it takes for the current to get from the Min Current value to the Max Current when turning on a function. A higher setting will cause a delay in the time that it takes the function to reach top speed. Note that if the mS setting is set to 0ms then the min current setting is negated as the function will start at max current as soon as it is turned on.

STOP RAMP This is the amount of time in mS that it takes for the current to get from the Max Current to the Min current when turning off a function. A higher setting will cause a delay in the time that it takes for the function to come to a stop from top speed.

Note that if the mS setting is set at 0mS then the min current setting is negated and the function would stop as soon as it is turned off.

Below is a typical graph showing the four settings.

Current [mA] Max current

Min current Start slope

Stop slope

t [ms]

NOTE: The start and stop ramps adjust both the left and right cylinders to the same value.

FORWARD LEVELING SPEED This adjusts both the left and right cylinder speeds proportionally to their respective Max mA+(cylinder extend) settings.

Max current B

REAR LEVELING SPEED

Min current

Lever position

This adjusts the left and right cylinder speeds proportionally to their respective Max mA-(cylinder retract) settings.

Maximum current settings control the maximum speed the function will operate at. Increasing this value will increase the travel speed of the cylinder.

NOTE: The mA +(extend) and mA- (retract) settings for the left and right cylinders need to be set separately to avoid tracking (one cylinder extending or retracting faster then the other).

2.76

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

ADJUSTING CYLINDER TRACKING AND MIN/MAX SETTINGS.

Press the menu button MENU.

The Adjust Menu appears.

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to the Leveling Menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection.

to go to the MAIN

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to the RIGHT LEVEL CYLINDER (CYL OL) menu item and press OK.

Press F1 to access the Adjust menu.

2.77

Controls and Operation

Press the F3 button to access the Plus + (cylinder extend) selection and press OK.

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Activate and hold the Tilt Left function on the joystick and then using the up or down arrows to adjust the Max mA setting.

Increasing or decreasing this value will speed up or slow down the cylinder speed.

For the level cylinder function this value is typically about 600 mA, however it will vary slightly from machine to machine (due to slight differences in the coils, spool cut on the valve, and various attachment manufacturers) and of course, the largest factor in this case is operator preference.

Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

The Min Current default setting is 300 mA and this should be used.

Use the up or down arrow keys to adjust the value if required. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

Press the F4 button to access the Minus (Retract) menu and then press OK twice.

2.78

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

The Min Current default setting is 300 mA and this should be used.

Using the up or down arrows scroll to the LEFT LEVEL CYLINDER (CYL OL) and repeat the procedure to set the Min and Max settings for the LEFT LEVEL CYLINDER.

Use the up or down arrow keys to adjust the value if required. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

The left and right (+extend and -retract) cylinder speeds have been set and now need to be checked to ensure that the cylinders extend and retract at the same rate.

To check this activate the Tilt Forward and Tilt Back functions on the joystick and ensure that the cab tilts forward and back evenly without tracking to one side.

If the right cylinder extends faster than the left cylinder it bottoms out first. Reducing the Right (+Extend) Max current reduces the speed at which the right cylinder extends to match the left cylinder speed and vice versa.

Activate and hold the Tilt Right function on the joystick and then using the up or down arrows adjust the Max mA setting.

Increasing or decreasing this value will speed up or slow down the cylinder speed.

For the level cylinder function this value is typically about 600 mA, however it will vary slightly from machine to machine (due to slight differences in the coils ,spool cut on the valve, and various attachment manufacturers) -and of course, the largest factor in this case is operator preference.

Once the setting has been adjusted press OK. The Right Level Cylinder Min and Max settings have now been set.

2.79

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ADJUSTING START AND STOP RAMPS Adjustment of the start and stop ramps will affect how the function begins to move once activated and how it stops once deactivated.

The start ramp is the time (mS) that it takes for the current to climb from the Min current to the Max current when a function is activated.

The stop ramp is the time (mS) that it takes for the current to drop from the Max current to the Min current when a function is deactivated.

Press F1 to access the Adjust menu.

860C-529

NOTE: The adjustment of the start and stop ramps will apply to both the left and right cylinders

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to the Leveling Menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection.

Press the menu button MENU.

to go to the MAIN

2.80

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

Using the up or down arrows scroll to the LEVELER START RAMP and press OK.

Using the up or down arrows scroll to the LEVELER STOP RAMP and press OK.

Using the up or down arrows adjust the LEVELER START RAMP mS setting. Use the Tilt Forward and Tilt Backward functions on the joystick and note how the cab begins to tilt when the function is activated. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive start while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive start. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

Using the up or down arrows adjust the LEVELER STOP RAMP mS setting. Use the Tilt Forward and Tilt Backward functions on the joystick and note how the cab comes to a stop when the function is deactivated. Increasing this setting will result in a less aggressive stop while decreasing the setting will result in a more aggressive stop. Once the setting has been adjusted press OK.

2.81

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ADJUSTING FORWARD/REAR LEVELING SPEED (CYLINDER OPERATING SPEED) TYPICAL CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES Recommended values CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES DIRECTION

CYCLE TIME

LEVEL - 'FORWARD'...........8 SEC. LEVEL - 'REAR'....................8 SEC.

FULL EXTEND FULL RETRACT

The Forward and Back leveling speed adjustment is used to adjust the CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES. The cylinder extend and retract speeds will be adjusted proportionally to the Max mA settings described earlier in this section.

NOTE: The side to side speeds will also be a product of these settings

Press the menu button MENU.

to go to the MAIN

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to the Leveling Menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection.

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to FORWARD LEVELING SPEED and press OK.

Press F1 to access the Adjust menu.

2.82

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

Using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the FORWARD LEVELING SPEED to attain the recommended CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES or a preferred speed. To check the CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES refer to CHECKING LEVELING SPEED earlier in this section. Press OK after adjusting.

Using the up or down arrow buttons adjust the REAR LEVELING SPEED to attain the recommended CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES or a preferred speed. To check the CYLINDER CYCLE TIMES refer to CHECKING LEVELING SPEED earlier in this section. Press OK after adjusting.

Using the up or down arrow buttons scroll to REAR LEVELER SPEED and press OK.

The leveler adjustments are now complete.

NOTE: The default setting for the Forward and Rear leveling speed is 100% so if the Cylinder Cycle Time cannot be achieved then further adjustment of the Max Current of the Left and Right Level Cyl OL may be required. See the previous pages for more detail.

2.83

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher If during the above adjustment procedure the factory default settings are required press the F2 Reset button and then select Yes in the pop up window by pushing F2 again. This will reset the setting to the factory default.

Below is a table showing all the leveler default settings.

HYDRAULICS ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS REFERENCE CHART Adjustments

Range (or Choice)

ACCUMULATOR ARMS -OPEN / +CLOSE -Min current 0 to 750 0 to 750 -Max current -Start slope 0 to 1000 -Stop slope 0 to 1000 0 to 750 +Min current 0 to 750 +Max current +Start slope 0 to 1000 +Stop slope 0 to 1000 CLAMP ARMS -OPEN / +CLOSE 0 to 750 -Min current 0 to 750 -Max current -Start slope 0 to 1000 -Stop slope 0 to 1000 0 to 750 +Min current 0 to 750 +Max current +Start slope 0 to 1000 +Stop slope 0 to 1000 WRIST -CW / +CCW 0 to 750 -Min current 0 to 750 -Max current -Start slope 0 to 1000 -Stop slope 0 to 1000 0 to 1000 +Min current 0 to 1000 +Max current +Start slope 0 to 1000 +Stop slope 0 to 1000 LEVELER ADJUSTMENT Leveler Stop Ramp 0 to 2000 Leveler Start Ramp 0 to 2000 Forward Leveling Speed 0 to 100 Backward Leveling Speed 0 to 100 LEFT LEVEL CYLINDER -RETRACT / +EXTEND 0 to 750 -Min current 0 to 750 -Max current 0 to 750 +Min current 0 to 750 +Max current RIGHT LEVEL CYLINDER -RETRACT / +EXTEND 0 to 750 -Min current 0 to 750 -Max current 0 to 750 +Min current 0 to 750 +Max current TRACK BRAKE RELEASE DELAY OFF Range 0 to 1000

Units

Default Settings

mA mA ms ms mA mA ms ms

300 700 0 0 300 700 0 0

mA mA ms ms mA mA ms ms

300 750 0 0 300 750 0 0

mA mA ms ms mA mA ms ms

300 431 100 300 300 441 0 500

mA mA % %

350 350 100 100

mA mA mA mA

300 442 300 475

mA mA mA mA

300 448 300 469

ms

500

2.84

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

MEASURE MENU

The following menu items can be selected.

• Inputs • Outputs • Hydraulics • Engine Parameters • IQAN Status • I/O • Fault Information • DM1 (Display Module 1) Information • BAM Messaging • DM1 (Display Module 1) Frame • Sensors • Anti-stall

From the Main Menu press the F2 button to access the MEASURE MENU.

Use the up arrow or down arrow button to select the menu item. Press OK to confirm the selection.

This menu is used by Tigercat Service technicians to view measured values on the MD3 display.

Refer to SERVICING THE MD3 WITH IQANrun2 – MEASURE/GRAPH in THIS SECTION for more information about graphing and exporting measured values for service diagnostics.

2.85

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher DISPLAY ADJUSTMENT

PREFERENCES MENU

From the main menu page press the F3 button (Preferences) and the Preferences menu page is displayed.

After selecting F1 the Display adjustment screen opens and the following adjustments can be selected: RETURN TO MAIN MENU - Select F1 BACKLIGHT ADJUSTMENT - Select F2 SCREEN SAVER - Select F3 BACKLIGHT ADJUSTMENT

The following menu items can be selected.

•

Display

•

Date/Time

•

Language

After selecting F2 the backlight adjustment screen opens. Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to adjust the display backlight. The range is 10 to 100. The default setting is 100.

When the desired setting is selected press the OK button. A good rule to follow is the lower the number the longer the life of the display unit.

Press the back button to return to the main menu screen.

2.86

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

SCREEN SAVER ADJUSTMENT

DATE/TIME ADJUSTMENT

Select F3 to access the screen saver adjustment options. Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to scroll through the choices. Three choices are available:

Press F2 to select the DATE/TIME adjustments in the PREFERENCES menu.

•

SCREEN SAVER - Off

•

SCREEN SAVER - Dimmed Timeout - 5 seconds Dimmed light - 80

•

SCREEN SAVER - Black Timeout - 5 seconds

The DATE/TIME menu screen opens. Two choices are available for adjustment: DATE - select F1 TIME - select F2

After making a selection press the OK button to set the selection and press the back button to return to the Main Menu screen.

2.87

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

DATE ADJUSTMENT

Press F1 to select DATE. Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to scroll through the YEAR list to select the year. Press OK to set the year selected.

When the month has been set, the display will highlight the DAY. Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to change the day. Press OK to set the day selected.

When the year has been confirmed the display will highlight the MONTH. Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to change the month. Press OK to set the month selected.

The display will return to the DATE TIME menu.

2.88

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

TIME ADJUSTMENT

LANGUAGE ADJUSTMENT

Select F2 Time adjustment from the DATE/TIME display screen.

From the preferences menu press the F2 button to access language selection screen.

The Time display screen will open. Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to change the HOUR. Press the OK button to set the selection.

The display will show the MINUTES highlighted.

The languages available for selection will be shown.

Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to move to the preferred language.

Press OK to confirm the selection.

The display will return to the LANGUAGE menu screen.

Press the back button to return to the preferences menu.

Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to change the minute. Press OK to set the selection.

The display will return to the DATE/TIME menu screen. Press the back button to return to the Main Menu screen.

Select F3 to choose your Language preference.

Press OK button to set the selection. Press the back button to return to the Main Menu screen.

2.89

Controls and Operation INFO MENU

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher MODULES

From the main menu page press the F4 button (Info) and the Info menu page appears.

Press F1 to select the modules menu. This menu provides information on the following machine modules:

The following menu items can be selected.

•

MD3 (Computer Module)

•

Cab XS2

•

Frame Module 0 XA2

•

Frame Module 1 XA2

•

Cummins Engine ECU

•

Modules - Select F1

•

Logs - Select F3

The Machine ID information will be displayed on the screen along with the part number of the MD3 program installed.

Shown above, the MD3 module has been selected. Specific information for the MD3 is displayed on the screen.

This menu is used by Tigercat service technicians.

Press the back button (or F1) to return to the main menu page.

2.90

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

LOGS

The records are a list of all the fault occurrences in each log. Records cannot be cleared by operators.

Press F3 from the info menu page to select logs.

This menu will list all system fault occurrences of messages that the system has encountered and the number of records within each log.

This menu is used by Tigercat Service technicians to view logs on the MD3 display. Refer to IQANrun2 – LOGS in THIS SECTION for more information regarding access and maintenance of logs using IQANrun 2.

Use the up arrow or down arrow buttons to select the menu item. Press OK to view the selection and sort the information in a variety of ways.

Press the back button (or F1) to return to the main menu page.

2.91

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

MD3 MESSAGES ALARM LIGHT MASTER ALARM

MD3 COMPUTER

H845C-55

The MD3 computer displays messages, activates the master alarm and alarm light whenever a system fault occurs. Note that the computer control system will automatically perform a bulb test at engine start up to ensure that master alarm and alarm light are functioning.

There are different types of Messages, they all appear on the screen as a block message.

The types of messages are: • • • •

CRITICAL MESSAGE - Colour RED ERROR MESSAGE - Colour RED ALERT MESSAGE - Colour YELLOW INFORMATION MESSAGE - Colour BLUE

Messages can be hidden or acknowledged by pressing the F2 button (Hide or OK).

All messages that have been hidden or acknowledged are stored in the computer.

In some instances it will be necessary to immediately stop the machine, shut the engine OFF and repair the problem causing the message.

Active fault messages that have been hidden can be reviewed by pressing the F4 button. Recalled messages will be displayed in order starting with the highest priority first.

BLOCK MESSAGE

IMPORTANT! When contacting Tigercat Customer service about any message it is very important to write down and communicate the whole message (all text shown on the screen). This will greatly reduce troubleshooting time.

2.92

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

CRITICAL MESSAGES (RED) Critical messages advise the operator that a critical machine fault is about to occur or a system fault has occurred.

Critical messages have the highest level of priority and are used to alert the operator that immediate action must be taken to prevent damage to machine or to ensure operator safety.

When a critical message is displayed, the master alarm and alarm light will sound and flash continuously. The message remains on the screen until the operator hides it.

A list of CRITICAL MESSAGES is as follows: Engine Stop

The message will give brief details of the fault and advise what action is necessary.

Hydraulic Oil Temperature High

In some instances the machine requires immediate action to correct the problem which requires the operator to STOP machine operation, SHUT THE ENGINE OFF and service the machine to correct the problem.

Hardware Fault - MD3

However, if the machine cannot be stopped immediately for safety reasons, the operator can hide the message. In this instance the machine should only be operated long enough to make the machine safe, then STOP machine operation and SHUT THE ENGINE OFF before serious machine damage can occur!

Engine Coolant Temperature High

Hydraulic Oil Level Extremely Low. Hardware Fault - Engine Hardware Fault - XS2 Hardware Fault - XA2 Engine Coolant Level low Engine CAC Temperature High Engine Oil Pressure Low Engine Fault Code Messages - Critical

Messages can be hidden by pressing the F2 button (Hide).

Critical messages flash the critical symbol above the F4 button when active messages are hidden. The symbol will continue to flash until the problem is resolved and the fault becomes inactive.

Active messages that have been hidden can be reviewed by pressing the F4 button.

2.93

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

CRITICAL MESSAGES Hydraulic Oil Engine Stop

Level Extremely Low.

Critical engine fault active - contact service.

HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL EXTREMELY LOW ENGINE STOP This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when the engine stops while the ignition switch is in the RUN position and/or when critical engine alarms are triggered.

Refer to engine manufacturer's manual for specific information regarding the engine.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when the main hydraulic tank oil level is extremely low.

Stop the engine immediately when this alarm is activated. Operating machine with a low hydraulic oil level can cause hydraulic pumps to fail.

When this alarm is activated stop the engine and look for signs of broken hoses or other leaks.

Repair leaks and refill the main hydraulic tank to FULL mark on the sight gauge. Restart engine and inspect for leaks.

Note that the hydraulic oil level icon illuminates RED when a hydraulic oil level extremely low critical message has been activated.

2.94

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation Refer to COMPUTER – ADJUSTMENT MENU – OIL GRADE SELECTION in THIS SECTION for hydraulic oil grade selection settings information.

Hydraulic Oil

Refer also to APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for hydraulic oil operating range information.

Temperature High.

Refer to COMPUTER – INFORMATION MODE MENU – HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE in THIS SECTION for hydraulic oil temperature information display.

HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE HIGH This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when the oil temperature exceeds the recommended operating range for the type of hydraulic oil in use.

If the temperature rises above the recommended operating range for the type of hydraulic oil in use, alarm will sound, reduce load on engine and activate the cooling system CLEAN function using the fan switch.

If the temperature does not drop quickly after the clean cycle, stop engine and check the following: • • • • • •

Plugged oil cooler Malfunction in a hydraulic circuit Malfunction of hydraulic fan drive system Malfunction of engine Anti-Stall system Low hydraulic oil level in tank Correct Hydraulic Oil Grade Selection

If hydraulic oil temperature rises above the recommended operating range DO NOT continue to operate the machine.

This alarm must not be used to monitor the hydraulic oil. The operator must use the hydraulic oil temperature gauge on the main menu, together with the operating range chart in SECTION 3 to prevent damage to the hydraulic system.

Hydraulic oil grade information is shown on the main menu below the hydraulic oil temperature gauge.

Operating outside the recommended operating range will shorten hydraulic component life.

2.95

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Hardware Fault - MD3

Hardware Fault - XS2

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

HARDWARE FAULT - MD3

HARDWARE FAULT - XS2

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when a critical active hardware fault related to the MD3 Display module has been hidden.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when a critical active hardware fault related to the XS2 Cab module has been hidden.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

A VREF error is an example of the type of hardware fault which will be the original active fault which triggers this message.

A VREF and no contact errors are examples of the type of hardware fault which may be the original active fault which triggers this message.

Hardware Fault - Engine

Hardware Fault - XA2

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

HARDWARE FAULT - ENGINE

HARDWARE FAULT - XA2

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when a critical active hardware fault related to the Engine has been hidden.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when a critical active hardware fault related to the XA2 Front Chassis module has been hidden.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

No contact error is an example of the type of hardware fault which may be the original active fault which triggers this message.

A VREF and no contact errors are examples of the type of hardware fault which may be the original active fault which triggers this message.

2.96

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

SPN: 110 FMI: 0

SPN: 111 FMI: 1 1 of 1

Engine coolant temperature high Below normal, severe.

Engine coolant level low Below normal, severe.

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE HIGH

ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL LOW

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when engine temperature exceeds recommended engine temperature.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when the coolant level drops below a safe operating level. The sensor is located in the surge tank.

When this alarm is activated check for:

If this message is displayed when the engine is running, stop the engine immediately and correct the fault. With engine running, top up radiator using correct solution of coolant antifreeze.

• •

Plugged air intake access panel screens Plugged radiator.

Refer to SERVICE AND LUBRICATION POINTS CHART in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

DO NOT continue to operate machine.

Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER, RADIATOR AND CHARGE AIR COOLER in THIS SECTION.

WARNING

DO NOT remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot, release of pressurized coolant can cause serious burns.

Shut off engine. Only remove engine radiator filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands.

Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely.

2.97

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

SPN: 105 FMI: 0 1 of 1

SPN: 612 FMI: 2 1 of 1

Intake manifold temperature high Above normal, most severe

Crankshaft speed/position signal lost Erratic or intermittent

INTAKE MANIFOLD TEMPERATURE HIGH

ENGINE FAULT CODE MESSAGES - CRITICAL

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when engine charge air cooler temperature exceeds recommended temperatures.

Critical engine fault message(s) will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when a critical engine fault message is received from the engine electronic control unit.

When this alarm is activated check for:

They provide the SPN code (suspect parameter number) and the FMI code (fault mode identifier) as well as a message describing the fault (when available).

•

Plugged air intake access panel screens

•

Plugged charge air cooler.

DO NOT continue to operate machine.

Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER, RADIATOR AND CHARGE AIR COOLER in THIS SECTION. ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LOW

Critical engine fault codes are higher priority messages than alert level engine fault code messages. Critical messages can be hidden but immediate action must be taken, STOP machine operation and service engine immediately to resolve the cause of the fault.

An example of a critical engine fault message is shown above.

SPN: 100 FMI: 1 1 of 1 Engine Oil Pressure Low Below normal, most severe

Note that some less common engine fault codes will appear without a message describing the fault. Make a note of the SPN and FMI codes and contact service for more information.

Refer to engine manufacturer's manual for specific information regarding the engine.

This message will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when engine oil pressure falls below 0.7 bar (10 psi).

Stop the engine when this alarm is activated.

Check engine oil levels.

Refer to STARTING ENGINE in THIS SECTION for more information.

2.98

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

ERROR MESSAGES (RED) Error messages advise the operator that a critical machine fault is about to occur or a system fault has occurred.

Error messages are computer system generated and are generally triggered by computer system error and fault related conditions.

Error messages have the second highest level of priority and are used to alert the operator that immediate action must be taken to prevent damage to machine or to ensure operator safety.

A list of some types of ERROR MESSAGES is as follows:

Error messages are activated whenever a fault such as an electrical connection is broken/ disconnected. Most error messages are due to computer system hardware or connection faults.

Module VREF Error Voltage Input Error (VIN) Digital Input Error (DIN)

When an error message is displayed, the master alarm and alarm light will sound and flash continuously. The message remains on the screen until the operator hides it.

Digital Output Error (DOUT) Current Output Error (COUT) Module No Contact Error

The message will give brief details of the fault and advise what action is necessary.

* Note that not all error messages are shown.

In some instances the machine requires immediate action to correct the problem which requires the operator to STOP machine operation, SHUT THE ENGINE OFF and service the machine to correct the problem.

However, if the machine cannot be stopped immediately for safety reasons, the operator can hide the message. In this instance the machine should only be operated long enough to move the machine to a safe location then STOP machine operation and SHUT THE ENGINE OFF before serious machine damage can occur!

Messages are acknowledged by pressing the F2 button (OK). To recall active messages turn key off and on. On screen messages will indicate to the operator that an active hardware fault has been hidden.

Error messages flash the Critical symbol

or

the Alert above the F4 button when active messages are hidden depending on the type of error message. The symbol will continue to flash until the problem is resolved and the fault becomes inactive.

Active messages that have been hidden can be reviewed by pressing the F4 button.

2.99

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ERROR MESSAGES XS2-A0

MD3

Display

CAB XS2

VREF error

VREF error

MODULE VREF ERROR XA2-A0

The module VREF message will be displayed to indicate a problem related to the 5 V reference signal coming from the module.

FRAME MODULE 0 XA2

The module is identified on the display screen.

VREF error

This message indicates a problem with a sensor, connecting wires or the 5V reference signal itself.

Once acknowledged this message will be replaced with a hardware fault message for the corresponding module when active faults are recalled to the screen. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES - CRITICAL – HARDWARE FAULT in THIS SECTION.

XA2-A1

FRAME MODULE 1 XA2 VREF error

2.100

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher Frame XA2-A0 Pin C1:12

Fuel Level Sensor VIN Low error

Controls and Operation DIGITAL OUTPUT ERROR (DOUT) Digital output error messages will be displayed to indicate a problem with a digital output signal from a computer system module.

The module and pin number are identified on the display screen.

The heading identifies the signal destination and the text indicates the type of error.

VOLTAGE INPUT ERROR (VIN) Voltage input error messages will be displayed to indicate a problem with a voltage input signal to a computer system module.

The module and pin number are identified on the display screen.

The heading identifies the signal source and the text indicates the type of error.

An example of a voltage input error message is shown above.

DIGITAL INPUT ERROR (DIN) Digital input error messages will be displayed to indicate a problem with a digital input signal to a computer system module.

The module and pin number are identified on the display screen.

The display is similar to the voltage input error message shown above.

CURRENT OUTPUT ERROR (COUT) Current output error messages will be displayed to indicate a problem with a current output signal from a computer system module.

The module and pin number are identified on the display screen.

The heading identifies the signal destination and the text indicates the type of error.

The display is similar to the voltage input error message shown above.

Once acknowledged these message will be replaced with a hardware failure message for the corresponding module when active faults recalled to the screen. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES - ALERT – HARDWARE FAILURE in THIS SECTION.

The heading identifies the signal source and the text indicates the type of error.

The display is similar to the voltage input error message shown above.

2.101

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher J1939-B0

XS2-A0

Cab Module

CUMMINS QSL 9.0

No contact

No contact

MODULE NO CONTACT ERROR The module no contact error message will be displayed to indicate a loss of communication with or power to a module. The module is identified on the display screen.

XA2-A0

FRAME MODULE 0 XA2 No contact

When a module goes loses contact all machine functions controlled by that module cease and all messages associated with that module are triggered. If the problem is with the CAN wires all modules beyond the problem module will also be affected.

Note that if the MD3 display module has a loss of power or other malfunction the screen may go blank and all machine functions controlled by the computer system will be affected.

XA2-A1

FRAME MODULE 1 XA2

Once acknowledged this message will be replaced with a hardware fault message for the corresponding module when active faults are recalled to the screen. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES - CRITICAL – HARDWARE FAULT in THIS SECTION.

No contact

2.102

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

MD3 MODULE BLANK SCREEN The MD3 module is the central unit in the IQAN control system, which works as both a master and a display unit. Faults or failure in this unit will affect all other IQAN components.

Likely causes are: • Power - Fuse (MD3 module) • Ground • LCD display settings too light to read • Faulty MD3 module

2.103

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher B

XS2-A0

A

CAB XS2 No contact

XS2 MODULE LED INDICATORS XS2 MODULE NO CONTACT ERROR

2. CHECK MODULE STATUS INDICATORS The XS2 module also indicates error status through the yellow/red blinking LED. This gives an immediate diagnosis as to the nature of the error that has occurred.

Expect all machine functions controlled by this module to cease and all alarms associated with this module to be triggered.

1. CHECK FOR OTHER ERROR/ALARM MESSAGES ON SCREEN

(A) Supply Voltage LED (green).

LED with green light ON indicates supply voltage is ON.

Press OK to acknowledge each error message. Note that module no contact errors will be followed by other alarm messages associated with the module(s) which is (are) out of contact.

LED OFF indicates supply voltage is OFF. (B) Status indicator LED (yellow/red).

LED yellow flashing light indicates status is correct.

If XS2-A0 MODULE NO CONTACT is the only module is NO CONTACT error message the likely causes are:

LED flashing red light indicates error status as follows:

• Power - Fuse (XS2 MODULE)

•

One red primary flash and one secondary yellow flash indicates an error controlled by the master (MD3).

If the XS2-A0 MODULE NO CONTACT is followed by an XA2-A0 and XA2-A1 NO CONTACT error the likely cause is:

•

Two red primary flashes in a row and one yellow secondary flash indicates an error controlled by the master (MD3).

• CAN wire connection

•

Three red primary flashes in a row and one yellow secondary flash indicates that the fault is related to the CAN-bus.

•

Three red primary flashes in a row and two yellow secondary flashes in a row indicates that the fault is related to the address.

•

Four red primary flashes in a row and one yellow secondary flash indicates a memory error.

•

Continuous red primary flashing indicates a fatal error.

• Ground • Address (ID-Tag)

LED indicator showing different XS2 and XA2 modes Status

Flash

Normal operation (yel.)

Error code

Error

1:n

See note a

2:n

See note a

3:1

CAN error

3:2

Address error

4:1

Memory errorb

FE

Fatal error

Primary Flash (red) Error category

Secondary Flash (yellow) Error description

Internal diagnostics in the master (MD3) can be used to get more information about the XS2 module. The following values are supervised:

a. Error groups 1:n and 2:n are controlled by the master. b. FRAM memory error.

• • • • 2.104

Internal temperature (°C) Power supply (V) Reference voltage (V) CAN address voltage (V)

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation B

XA2-A0

A

FRAME MODULE 0 XA2 No contact

XA2 MODULE LED INDICATORS 2. CHECK MODULE STATUS INDICATORS

XA2 MODULE NO CONTACT ERROR Expect all machine functions controlled by this module to cease and all alarms associated with this module to be triggered.

The XA2 module also indicates error status through the yellow/red blinking LED. This gives an immediate diagnosis as to the nature of the error that has occurred.

1. CHECK FOR OTHER ERROR/ALARM MESSAGES ON SCREEN

(A) Supply Voltage LED (green).

LED with green light ON indicates supply voltage is ON.

Press OK to acknowledge each error message. Note that module offline errors will be followed by other alarm messages associated with the module(s) which is (are) out of contact.

LED OFF indicates supply voltage is OFF. (B) Status indicator LED (yellow/red).

LED yellow flashing light indicates status is correct.

Note also that the XA2-A1 module is the terminal module in the series connection.

Therefore failure of this module alone will not affect any other modules in the series.

LED flashing red light indicates error status as follows:

If XA2-A0 or XA2-A1 MODULE NO CONTACT is the only module is NO CONTACT error message the likely causes are: • Power - Fuse (XA2 MODULE)

• •

• Ground • Address (ID-Tag)

•

Three red primary flashes in a row and one yellow secondary flash indicates that the fault is related to the CAN-bus.

•

Three red primary flashes in a row and two yellow secondary flashes in a row indicates that the fault is related to the address.

• CAN wire connection If the XA2-A0 NO CONTACT error is followed by a XA2-A1 NO CONTACT error the likely cause is: • CAN wire connection If the XA2-A1 MODULE NO CONTACT error is not the only module no contact error message check other affected modules in order from the MD3 connection.

Refer to MODULE NO CONTACT ERROR for each module for more detailed information.

One red primary flash and one secondary yellow flash indicates an error controlled by the master (MD3).

Two red primary flashes in a row and one yellow secondary flash indicates an error controlled by the master (MD3).

LED indicator showing different XS2 and XA2 modes Status

Flash

Normal operation (yel.)

Error code

Error

1:n

See note a

2:n

See note a

3:1

CAN error

3:2

Address error

4:1

Memory errorb

FE

Fatal error

Primary Flash (red) Error category

Secondary Flash (yellow) Error description

a. Error groups 1:n and 2:n are controlled by the master. b. FRAM memory error.

2.105

Controls and Operation •

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Four red primary flashes in a row and one yellow secondary flash indicates a memory error.

•

Continuous red primary flashing indicates a fatal error.

Internal diagnostics in the master (MD3) can be used to get more information about the XS2 module. The following values are supervised: • • • •

Internal temperature (°C) Power supply (V) Reference voltage (V) CAN address voltage (V)

2.106

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

ALERT MESSAGES (YELLOW) Alert messages advise the operator that machine operation will be compromised.

Alert messages have the third highest level of priority and are used to indicate to the operator that action is required to prevent future damage to the machine.

All alert message will give brief details of the fault and advise what action is necessary.

Action should be taken to service the machine to correct the problem at the earliest opportunity to prevent future damage to the machine.

Alert messages flash the alert symbol above the F4 button when active messages are hidden.

Messages can be hidden by pressing the F2 button (Hide).

Alert computer system generated messages are generally triggered by computer system error and fault related conditions.

When a system generated alert message is displayed the master alarm and light will sound and flash three times to alert the operator of the message.

Active messages that have been hidden can be reviewed by pressing the F4 button. The symbol will continue to flash until the problem is resolved and the fault becomes inactive.

NOTE: If both a critical level fault and an alert level fault are present the critical symbol will take priority until the critical fault becomes inactive.

The message remains on the screen until the operator hides it.

NOTE: Active hardware fault alert messages are acknowledged by pressing the F2 button (OK).

To recall these messages turn key off and on. On screen messages will indicate to the operator that an active hardware fault has been hidden.

There are two types of alert messages: Alert programmed messages generally triggered by machine function related conditions.

When an alert message is displayed, the master alarm and light will sound and flash three times to alert the operator of the message. The message remains on the screen until the operator hides it.

2.107

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

A list of ALERT MESSAGES is as follows: Charge Filter Restricted (Swing) Engine Air Intake Filter Restricted Hydraulic Oil Level Low RH Joystick Interlock LH Joystick Interlock Starter Disengaged Hardware Fault - MD3 Hardware Fault - XS2 Hardware Fault - XA2 Hardware Failure - VIN Hardware Failure - DIN Hardware Failure -DOUT Hardware Failure -COUT Engine Voltage Low Engine Voltage High Engine Fault Code Messages - Alert Some types of computer system generated alert messages are listed below: Module High Temperature - Alert Module High Supply Voltage - Alert Module Low Supply Voltage - Alert NOTE: Not all system generated alert messages are shown.

2.108

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation ENGINE AIR INTAKE FILTER RESTRICTED (RED)

Air Filter Restricted. Service Machine.

AIR FILTER RESTRICTED This message will be displayed when a signal is received from the engine air filter restriction sensor on the engine air cleaner.

The engine air intake pressure icon illuminates YELLOW when service to the filter is required.

ENGINE AIR INTAKE FILTER RESTRICTED (YELLOW)

The engine air intake pressure icon illuminates RED, along with an ALERT message, when service to the air filter has reached a critical state.

When this happens the engine air cleaner requires immediate service.

Refer to AIR CLEANER MAINTENANCE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL LOW (YELLOW)

Hydraulic Oil Level Low.

HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL LOW This message will be displayed when the main hydraulic tank oil level is low.

When this alarm is activated stop the engine and look for signs of broken hoses or other leaks.

Repair leaks and refill tank to the FULL mark on the sight gauge. Restart the engine and inspect for leaks. Operating machine with a low hydraulic oil level can cause hydraulic pumps to fail.

NOTE: The hydraulic oil level icon illuminates YELLOW when a hydraulic oil level low alert message has been activated and RED when a hydraulic oil level critically low critical message has been activated.

2.109

HYDRAULIC OIL LEVEL CRITICALLY LOW (RED)

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Hardware Fault - MD3

Hardware Fault - XS2

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

HARDWARE FAULT - MD3

HARDWARE FAULT - XS2

This message will be displayed when an alert level active hardware fault related to the MD3 Display module has been hidden.

This message will be displayed when an alert level active hardware fault related to the XS2 module has been hidden.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

High temperature, low supply voltage and high supply voltage module alert messages are examples of the type of hardware fault which will be the original active faults which trigger this message.

High temperature, low supply voltage and high supply voltage module alert messages are examples of the type of hardware fault which will be the original active faults which trigger this message.

Hardware Fault - XA2 Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

HARDWARE FAULT - XA2 This message will be displayed when an alert level active hardware fault related to an XA2 module has been hidden.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

High temperature, low supply voltage and high supply voltage module alert messages are examples of the type of hardware fault which will be the original active faults which trigger this message.

2.110

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

Hardware Failure - VIN

Hardware Failure - DOUT

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

HARDWARE FAILURE - VIN

HARDWARE FAILURE - DOUT

This message will be displayed when a voltage input error message has been hidden.

This message will be displayed when a digital output error message has been hidden.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

Hardware Failure - COUT

Hardware Failure - DIN

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

Active fault has been hidden. Turn key off and on to recall active hidden hardware faults.

HARDWARE FAILURE - DIN

HARDWARE FAILURE - COUT

This message will be displayed when a digital input error message has been hidden.

This message will be displayed when a current output error message has been hidden.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

To recall the original active fault(s) the operator must turn the key off and on.

2.111

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

SPN: 110 FMI: 16 1 of 1

SPN: 168 FMI: 18 1 of 1

Engine coolant temperature high Above normal, severe

Engine voltage low Below normal, severe

ENGINE VOLTAGE LOW

ENGINE FAULT CODE MESSAGES - ALERT

This message will be displayed when engine voltage readings of less than 20 volts are detected.

Alert engine fault message(s) will be displayed, alarm light will flash and alarm will sound when an alert engine fault message is received from the engine electronic control unit.

When this alarm is activated investigate the cause immediately.

SPN: 168 FMI: 16 1 of 1 Engine voltage high Above normal, severe

They provide the SPN code (suspect parameter number) and the FMI code (fault mode identifier) as well as a message describing the fault (when available).

Alert engine fault codes are lower priority messages than critical level engine fault code messages. Alert messages can be hidden but action (service engine) is required to resolve the cause of the fault.

An example of an alert engine fault message is shown above.

ENGINE VOLTAGE HIGH This message will be displayed when engine voltage readings of greater than 30 volts are detected.

When this alarm is activated investigate the cause immediately.

NOTE: some less common engine fault codes will appear without a message describing the fault. Make a note of the SPN and FMI codes and contact service for more information.

Refer to engine manufacturer's manual for specific information regarding the engine.

2.112

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

MD3

XS2-A0

MD3

CAB XS2

High temperature

High temperature

Value: 75 °C

Value: 75 °C

MODULE HIGH TEMPERATURE - ALERT Module high temperature alert message will be displayed to indicate that the computer control system has detected high temperature readings in a system module.

XA2-A0

FRAME MODULE 0 XA2 High temperature

The module is identified on the display screen.

The temperature reading value is also displayed.

Once acknowledged this message will be replaced with a hardware fault message for the corresponding module when active faults are recalled to the screen. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES - ALERT – HARDWARE FAULT in THIS SECTION.

Value: 75 °C

XA2-A1

FRAME MODULE 1 XA2 High temperature

Value: 75 °C

2.113

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher MD3

XS2-A0

MD3

CAB XS2

High supply voltage

High supply voltage

Value: 35 V

Value: 36 V

MODULE HIGH SUPPLY VOLTAGE - ALERT Module high supply voltage alert message will be displayed to indicate that the computer control system has detected high supply voltage readings in a system module.

XA2-A0

FRAME MODULE 0 XA2 High supply voltage

The module is identified on the display screen.

The voltage reading value is also displayed.

Once acknowledged this message will be replaced with a hardware fault message for the corresponding module when active faults are recalled to the screen. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES - ALERT – HARDWARE FAULT in THIS SECTION.

Value: 35 V

XA2-A1

FRAME MODULE 1 XA2 High supply voltage

Value: 35 V

2.114

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

MD3

XS2-A0

MD3

CAB XS2

Low supply voltage

Low supply voltage

MODULE LOW SUPPLY VOLTAGE - ALERT Module low supply voltage alert message will be displayed to indicate that the computer control system has detected low supply voltage readings in a system module.

XA2-A0

FRAME MODULE 0 XA2 Low supply voltage

The module is identified on the display screen.

Once acknowledged this message will be replaced with a hardware fault message for the corresponding module when active faults are recalled to the screen. Refer to COMPUTER – MESSAGES - ALERT – HARDWARE FAULT in THIS SECTION.

XA2-A1

FRAME MODULE 1 XA2 Low supply voltage

2.115

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

INFORMATION MESSAGES (BLUE) Information messages give the operator information regarding an event or problem condition while the event or problem exists.

FRAME MODULE 0 XA2 Low supply voltage

Information messages have lowest priority and are used to give the operator information that is useful to the operator, but requires no action to prevent immediate or future damage to the machine When an information message is displayed on the screen the message will either automatically disappear when the condition no longer exists or stay on the screen until the operator acknowledges the message.

Information messages can be acknowledged by pressing the F2 button (OK). Acknowledged information messages are removed from the screen.

A list of the INFORMATION MESSAGES is as follows: Hydraulic Oil Self Warmup - Begin Warmup ?

Self Warmup - Engaged Fan Full ON

FAN FULL ON This message will be displayed when the fan switch is in the FULL ON position.

The fan control system is overridden and the fan will run at FULL speed for cooling regardless of charge air, coolant or oil temperatures. Normally the fan control switch is placed in the AUTO position for optimal cooling. The FULL ON position is intended for use in the event of a temporary failure of the fan control.

Refer to CAB CONTROLS – FAN SWITCH in THIS SECTION.

Fan Full ON

Information messages do not have an indicator after they have been acknowledged.

Switch Activated

Most information messages that have been acknowledged cannot be reviewed.

Recurrence of an event or problem condition related to an information message may cause the message to be shown again.

Restarting the machine may also cause the message to be shown again.

2.116

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

SERVICE ACCESS DOORS Service access doors: 1. Power Roof 2. LH Access Door 3. RH Access Door 4. Pump Compartment Access Door 5. Pump Compartment Cover 6. Radiator Clean-out Door 7. Power Roof Cylinders 8. Power Roof Switch Provide access to the: A. Engine Compartment B. Battery Compartment C. Radiator/Oil Cooler/Charge Air Cooler D. Fuel Tank E. Hydraulic Valves F. Hydraulic Oil Tank G. Hydraulic Pump Compartment

6

860C-121

RADIATOR CLEAN-OUT DOOR

7

A

D

1

6

C

3

4

5

E

B D 2

G

F

860C-245

2.117

B

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

8

H845C-51

POWER ROOF HYDRAULIC HAND PUMP

NOTE: The machines are also equipped with a manual back-up power roof hand pump mounted inside of the LH access door (2). Refer to HAND PUMP OPERATION in THIS SECTION To open the side access doors, remove the latch pins and swing the doors open. Install door props provided.

There are three removable cover plates located on the underside of the upper structure. These cover plates are bolted in place and only require removal when a major clean up, service or inspection is to be performed.

822C-188

CAUTION Ensure all personnel are clear before opening or closing the power roof.

The power roof (1) is opened hydraulically using an electric pump and two hydraulic cylinders (7). A switch (8), located in the cab is used to open and close the power roof.

There are also removable cover plates and a hinged access door on the undercarriage. They only require removal when a major clean up, service or inspection is to be performed.

The machines are equipped with a roof sensor which activates a door/roof open alarm when the power roof and/or the RH engine service door are open.

NOTE: When the power roof is open, lock valves in the cylinder block the roof open.

The power roof circuit does not normally require scheduled maintenance other than lubrication of cylinder pivot points.

Tigercat recommends the use of DEXRON III TYPE transmission fluid in this circuit. Hydraulic tank capacity is 0.9 L (0.24 US gal). Total circuit capacity is approximately 1.25 L (0.33 US gal).

The fill port is located on the pump.

2.118

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher HAND PUMP OPERATION

Controls and Operation

If required the hand pump can be used to hydraulically open and close the power roof. Insert the handle in the pump lever and pump the power roof open or close. The handle is stored inside the LH access door.

H845C-51

NOTE: The breather cabinet door is removed to allow access to the manual override when the power roof is in the closed position. This is only required if the failed electric pump cannot be repaired or replaced immediately and it is necessary to close the power roof. After the power roof has been closed, push in the manual override on the electric pump and rotate ¼ turn clockwise.

To use the hand pump to open the power roof: If the power roof requires opening using the hand pump, the manual override must be pushed in fully and turned ¼ turn clockwise (normal operating position).

H845C-204

ENGINE ENCLOSURE POWER ROOF HYDRAULIC HAND PUMP To use the hand pump to close the power roof: Open the door on the breather cabinet and lift the door off the hinges.

Locate the manual override on the electric pump solenoid, it must be pushed in and rotated ¼ turn counterclockwise and released. Use the hand pump to close the power roof.

MANUAL OVERRIDE

H845C-205

VALVE COMPARTMENT COVER/DOOR H845C-206

LIMIT SWITCH

NOTE: The limit switch will not work while using the hand pump. Ensure the valve compartment cover/door is closed before using the hand pump to close the power roof.

POWER ROOF ELECTRIC PUMP

POWER ROOF ELECTRIC PUMP

2.119

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

POWER ROOF SENSOR H845C-208

POWER ROOF

H845C-207

POWER ROOF SENSOR

The power roof sensor is active when the power roof and the right engine side door are closed.

If the door or the power roof are open the IQAN MD3 computer will display a 'Roof Open' Alert message when the pilot reset switch is pressed.

The Master Alarm and Alarm Light will sound and flash three times to alert the operator of the message. The Roof Open icon will display in yellow.

2.120

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher 4

Controls and Operation

2

COVER PLATE

3 1

STRAINER

845CH-075

FUEL TANK ASSEMBLY

FUEL TANK Located at the rear of the upper structure the fuel tank assembly consists of three compartments, a LH tank, a centre section and a RH tank.

The fuel filler cap (1) is located on top of the LH tank and incorporates a strainer built into the neck of the fill pipe to prevent foreign particles from entering the tank during filling.

The fuel level sender (2) is located on top of the RH tank.

An electric fuel shut-off valve (3) is located on top of the RH tank fuel supply fitting. The fuel shut-off valve is activated by the ignition switch. When the ignition switch is ON or in the RUN position the shut-off valve is open allowing fuel to flow to the engine. When the ignition switch is OFF the fuel shut-off valve is turned OFF. The return line (4) on the top of the RH tank is fitted with a check valve to prevent reverse flow from the tank.

The fuel tanks have a total capacity of 265 US gal (1003 L).

2.121

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

REFUELING PROCEDURE Park machine on level ground, shut off engine and allow machine to cool.

VENTING SOLENOID VALVE FUEL FILLER CAP

FUEL FLOAT SWITCH

S≤15 mg/kg ULTRA LOWan SULFUR Do not refuel while smoking or near open FUEL ONLY flame or sparks.

36686AUNI R0

INDICATOR LIGHT

Clear obstructions from steps and handles needed to access fuel tank.

Open power roof and clear any debris from around the fill cap.

Remove filler cap slowly to allow pressure to escape from tank.

Inspect fill cap gasket.

Inspect fuel strainer located under the fill cap for debris or damage.

Attach a grounding strap to an unpainted metal surface on the machine if the refueling tank or nozzle is so equipped.

Fill tank until fuel level reaches the strainer or the full mark on the sight gauge if equipped. Do not leave nozzle unattended or spillage may occur.

Remove nozzle and ground strap (if applicable), then install fill cap hand tight. Close power roof and access doors.

Before restarting the machine, check that no other personnel have moved into the hazardous area and sound the horn.

OPTIONAL BOTTOM FUELING SYSTEM The bottom fueling system includes a "dry break" quick disconnect which can be reached from ground level, a solenoid operated fuel filling shut off valve, an interior mounted fuel float switch to activate the shut off valve when the tank is full and an ON/OFF switch box with an indicator light.

NOTE: This system relies on a remote fuel transfer pump mounted on the fuel supply truck or tank. There is no fuel transfer pump mounted on the machine.

ON/OFF SWITCH

845C-089

QUICK CONNECT COUPLING ATTACHED TO FUEL SUPPLY HOSE FUEL FILLER SOLENOID SHUT-OFF VALVE

BOTTOM FUELING SYSTEM

BOTTOM FUELING OPTION – FUEL FILLING INSTRUCTIONS 1. Park machine on level ground or with the upper structure level on leveling machines.

2. Remove dust cap from quick disconnect ends and attach fuel truck supply line to machine.

3. Turn on fuel transfer pump (on fuel supply truck or tank).

4. Pull FUEL FILL ON/OFF switch.

5. The amber signal light will indicate the fuel fill valve is open.

6. When the tank is full the fuel fill valve will close and the amber light will turn off.

7. Turn off fuel transfer pump.

8. Disconnect lines and return dust caps to quick disconnects.

9. The fuel fill valve can be closed at any time during the filling procedure by pushing the mushroom head switch.

10. A solenoid operated vent valve at the top of tank opens when filling to allow fuel vapors to escape and closes when the fuel fill switch is shut off.

11. Never leave the machine unattended during the fuel filling process.

12. Regularly inspect and repair all fuel fill system components to reduce the risk of spillage or fire.

2.122

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

IMPORTANT!

1

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK

34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from the hydraulic tank using the air vent valve.

FILTER/ AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE

2

BREATHER

SCHRADER VALVE MANIFOLD

3 845C-097 845C-001

AIR VENT EXHAUST

PRESSURE GAUGE

Handle UP (shown above) = Valve Closed Handle Down (90°) = Valve Open After service is completed, close air vent valve and add air pressure from a clean air source to the hydraulic tank using the Schrader valve. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi). Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in this section for details.

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK Located at the left of the upper structure behind the cab, the hydraulic tank (1) has a capacity of 190 L (50 US gal).

Sight gauges (2) mounted on the rear of the tank accessible through the left side door indicate the level of the hydraulic oil in the hydraulic tank.

Incorporated into the base of the top gauge is a low level switch connected to the MD3 computer.

An Alert message is displayed and the hydraulic oil level icon displays in YELLOW when the oil level falls to this point. The master alarm and alarm light will sound and flash three times.

4

845C-062

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK

Six full-flow filters (3) are connected to the hydraulic tank and mounted on three filter heads with built-in bypasses. The filters are located on the right side of the hydraulic tank.

A temperature sender (4) mounted on the filter side of the tank activates the temperature gauge on the MD3 computer. The hydraulic oil temperature icon displays BLUE during the warmup mode and changes to WHITE in normal operating temperature. Should the temperature rise above normal the icon changes to YELLOW. A Critical message is displayed when the oil temperature gauge needle enters the red zone and the icon changes to RED. STOP the vehicle and resolve the cause of the fault.

A second oil level sight gauge located in a LOWER position on the tank than the first sight gauge also incorporates a low level switch connected to the MD3 computer. A Critical message is displayed and the hydraulic oil level icon displays in RED if there is a further loss of oil down to this point. The master alarm and alarm light will sound and flash continuously. STOP the vehicle, check for leaks and fix if needed, refill hydraulic oil tank to suggested level.

Always keep the hydraulic oil level to within 5 cm (2 in.) of the HIGH mark. A low hydraulic oil level can result in severe damage to pumps.

2.123

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

HYDRAULIC FILL PUMP - HAND TO TANK VIA FILTERS

SUCTION HOSE

HAND FILL PUMP

845C-063

SHUT-OFF VALVE IN OFF POSITION

HYDRAULIC HAND FILL PUMP

To add oil to the tank: Thoroughly clean outside surface of the suction tube and remove the plug. Open the oil fill shut-off valve, insert end of suction hose into supply drum and operate the pump. The oil is pumped directly into the hydraulic tank through the return filter. The pump should always be operated at a medium speed with steady motion. Pumping too fast may cause oil to bypass oil filter.

IMPORTANT! Close shut-off valve, replace cap on suction tube, wipe dry, and store after filling. Failure to keep the suction tube clean will significantly reduce the life of the filter elements.

2.124

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

IMPORTANT!

FILTER HEAD

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK

34.5 kPa (5 psi) MAXIMUM Before servicing hydraulic system, wearing eye protection, release air pressure from the hydraulic tank using the air vent valve.

FILTER/ AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE

FILTER RETURN MANIFOLD

BREATHER

SCHRADER VALVE MANIFOLD

845C-097 845C-001

AIR VENT EXHAUST

PRESSURE GAUGE

Handle UP (shown above) = Valve Closed Handle Down (90°) = Valve Open After service is completed, close air vent valve and add air pressure from a clean air source to the hydraulic tank using the Schrader valve. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi). Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in this section for details.

855C-035

HYDRAULIC OIL FILTERS

RETURN FILTERS – HYDRAULIC OIL The return oil entering the hydraulic tank passes through six replaceable filters mounted on filter heads beside the tank and three mesh type reusable strainers one on the end of each return tube in the tank.

There is a bypass valve built into each filter head preset at 2 bar (25 psi) which will open in the event the elements become restricted.

IMPORTANT!

Contaminated hydraulic oil can lead to premature failure of hydraulic components and costly repairs.

Filters must be replaced at the recommended time intervals, See SECTION 3 in THIS MANUAL. Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended.

2.125

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

855C-035

FILTER RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH The bypass valves built into each filter head, preset at 1.7 bar (25 psi) will open in the event the elements become restricted. Before these valves are activated, a 1.4 bar (20 psi) filter restriction pressure switch installed in the return manifold will send a signal to the computer control system when an oil pressure in excess of 1.4 bar (20 psi) is encountered at the return filters. This pressure switch closes and the hydraulic oil filter bypass icon displays RED on the MD3 computer. The master alarm and alarm light will sound and flash.

IMPORTANT! DO NOT use these messages as a substitute for checking the oil level at regular intervals as per the SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE program in THIS SECTION.

H845C-43

CASE DRAIN STRAINERS

CASE DRAIN STRAINERS Two case drain strainer elements are located on the machine. One element is located in the pump compartment and services most pump case drains. The other strainer element is located beside the pilot manifold in the valve compartment. This element is dedicated to case returns from the attachment.

IMPORTANT! Only in the event of a pump or motor catastrophic failure or hydraulic oil contamination should these elements be serviced.

This information is assuming that operating conditions and running temperatures are NORMAL.

845C-066

FILTER/STRAINER SERVICE NOTE: The filters should be checked/changed when the oil filter bypass icon displays RED on the MD3 computer. If the icon continues to display RED after the filters have been changed, the return strainers attached to the base of the return tubes in the hydraulic tank should be examined for possible obstruction.

2

IMPORTANT!

NEVER PREFILL HYDRAULIC FILTERS

Tigercat does not recommend the prefilling of spin-on filters due to the risk of damage to the hydraulic system caused by unfiltered oil. Unfiltered oil used to prefill filters enters directly into the hydraulic circuit. Contaminants in unfiltered oil can cause significant and costly damage to hydraulic valves, pumps and motors. The cleanliness of hydraulic oil cannot be guaranteed unless it is always prefiltered before use.

H845C-77

1

HYDRAULIC OIL HEATER (OPTIONAL) HYDRAULIC OIL HEATER (OPTIONAL) This is a 120V, 2000W immersion heater (1) with one outlet plug (2).

CAUTION Do not leave the heater plugged in for a prolonged period of time without the oil circulating. Localized high temperatures can damage hydraulic oil.

2.126

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

SAFETY ELEMENT

845C-067

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

PRIMARY ELEMENT

ENGINE AIR PRECLEANER AIR CLEANER

UNLOADER VALVE

AIR FILTER ELEMENTS

AIR CLEANER The air cleaner on this machine uses two filter elements, a primary element and a safety element.

To ensure maximum engine protection, it is important that the elements be serviced correctly and at proper servicing intervals. Refer to AIR CLEANER MAINTENANCE, in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

845C-070

PRECLEANER OPERATION

How it works: 1. Air enters the underside of the dome through screened louvers, which prevents clogging by blocking any particles larger than the ejection slot from entering the unit.

2. Curved particle accelerator blades slam air and dirt up against the sidewall 3. Strakes along the interior surface move heavier-than-air debris towards the ejection slot 4. Clean air continues to swirl down into the engine air inlet pipe The engine air precleaner cleans engine air before it reaches the air cleaner filter elements.

It removes contaminants such as dust, powder, insects, rain and snow. This precleaner is self powered and self cleaning requiring virtually no maintenance. However, it should be checked daily to make sure that foreign materials have not plugged the intake area or the exhaust port area of the precleaner.

H845C-46

AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE This rubber valve on the tube of the air cleaner housing should be checked before the start of every shift (8 hours). If this valve is missing, damaged or has turned hard, it will cause the air cleaner to become ineffective. The valve should be replaced every 1500 hours.

2.127

Controls and Operation FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

860C-019 H845C-44

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher FILTER RESTRICTION SENSOR

AIR CLEANER ASSEMBLY

FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR A filter restriction indicator is connected to the outlet side of the air filter. Service to the air filter is required when the indicator shows RED. This indicator provides a continuous reading whether the engine is running or is shut down. After servicing the filter, reset the indicator by pressing the reset button on the end of the indicator.

H845C-45

AIR INTAKE BY-PASS During cold weather operation the air intake by-pass cover can be removed to introduce warm engine compartment air into the engine air intake.

Remove the two bolts and cover to open the bypass.

During warm weather operation reinstall the cover and bolts to block the by-pass.

ENGINE AIR INTAKE PRESSURE ICON

The machine is also equipped with an engine air filter restriction sensor which sends a signal to the computer control system in the event of filter restriction. The engine air intake pressure icon turns YELLOW when service to the filter is required and turns RED, along with an ALERT message, when service to the air filter has reached a critical state.

Refer to AIR CLEANER MAINTENANCE, OVER SERVICING and IMPROPER SERVICING in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

2.128

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER, RADIATOR AND CHARGE AIR COOLER (COOLING ASSEMBLY)

1

CHARGE AIR COOLER / RADIATOR / OIL COOLER

2

H845C-47

RADIATOR/OIL COOLER/ CHARGE AIR COOLER

845C-098

OPEN ACCESS DOORS PIN STOP PIN

The hydraulic oil cooler/radiator/charge air cooler (CAC) is mounted at the rear of the upper structure, protected by a debris screen. The A/C condenser core is mounted at the rear of the cooling assembly. The hydraulically driven fan draws air through the screen, through the A/C condenser, the oil cooler/radiator/CAC cooling assembly.

860C-121

REAR CLEAN-OUT DOOR

2. Open the power roof (1) and left side (2) access door.

3. Swing the latch pin stop to the side, lift up the pin and open the clean-out door on the rear of upper structure

The A/C condenser core and the oil cooler/ radiator/CAC cooling assembly should be checked every eight hours (every shift) for accumulation of twigs, leaves, pine needles and dust. All of the engine enclosure doors should also be kept clean.

4. Slide the debris screen out over top of the cooling assembly.

5. Remove two mounting nuts at the top of the A/C condenser and carefully swing it open to expose oil cooler/radiator/CAC cooling assembly and remove any accumulated debris.

CLEANING PROCEDURE: 1. Shut down the engine as per instructions in ENGINE STOPPING in THIS SECTION. Always follow proper engine shutdown procedures. The important benefits are:

6. When the units have been cleaned return all cooling components to their operating position.

•

Extended life of engine, cooling and exhaust systems.

•

Reduced risk of post shutdown fires.

•

Interior of machine cools significantly reducing risks from touching hot surfaces.

CAUTION Use compressed air for cleaning only when the machine is cold to avoid the risk of fire caused by debris being blown into contact with hot surfaces.

If using compressed air for cleaning, use at 2 bar (30 psi) or less.

Always use personal protective equipment (eye wear) to guard against flying debris.

2.129

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

CAUTION Avoid the risk of fire caused by debris accumulating on surfaces that may become hot during machine operation.

Always use care when cleaning to ensure that debris removed from one area of the machine does not accumulate on other areas of the machine.

NOTE: The cooling assembly must be checked daily and may have to be thoroughly cleaned on a daily, weekly or monthly basis, depending on operating conditions. Use personal protective equipment (eye wear) to guard against flying debris. Use compressed air for cleaning only when the machine is cold to avoid the risk of fire caused by debris contacting hot surfaces.

Care must be taken not to set the pressure too high otherwise damage to the components could result.

CHARGE AIR COOLER (CAC)

Pay particular attention to cleaning in the corners of the cooler as these areas usually plug deeply.

Reversing the fan at least once per hour will help reduce the dust accumulation in the cooler cores, refer to FAN SWITCH – CLEAN POSITION earlier in this section to manually reverse fan or refer to COMPUTER – MAIN MENU PAGE - ADJUST MENU – MACHINE PARAMETERS – TIMED PURGE INTERVAL for resetting computer to change fan purge interval to program the fan to reverse every hour automatically.

For more information on fire prevention refer to FIRE PREVENTION in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL. If an oil leak occurs in this area it should be thoroughly power-washed with a mild soap to ensure that all of the oil is removed. The presence of oil causes dust and dirt to cling to surfaces which will impair the reversible fan’s ability to remove dust and dirt particles.

RADIATOR

OIL COOLER

A/C CONDENSER

FAN SHROUD FAN RAD CAP SURGE TANK

FAN GUARD

FAN MOTOR

34318BR0

COOLING ASSEMBLY COMPONENTS 2.130

NOTE: REGULARLY CHECK FOR DEBRIS ACCUMULATION BETWEEN RADIATOR/ CHARGE AIR COOLER AND A/C CONDENSER.

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

OPERATING MACHINE

GAUGE TO BE IN GREEN ZONE

Ensure that the appropriate lubrication and maintenance schedule has been performed prior to operating the machine. Refer to SECTION 3 in THIS MANUAL. Also refer to the Engine Manufacturer Operator’s Manual supplied with the machine.

Any personnel who are to operate this machine must be fully trained in safety and operating procedures by a competent person.

845C-063

IGNITION SWITCH 860C-401

OPTIONAL FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM CYLINDER

SAW SWITCH

CONTROL PANEL

PRE-START CHECKS 1. Ensure ignition switch and saw switch are in the OFF position.

GAUGE TO BE IN GREEN ZONE

H845C-41

GAUGE TO BE IN GREEN ZONE

845D-009

3. Check fuel level. Turn ignition switch to RUN position to check this, then to OFF.

1

PORTABLE EXTINGUISHER, UPPER STRUCTURE

PORTABLE EXTINGUISHER, CAB DOOR

2. Check that BOTH portable fire extinguishers and the fire suppression cylinder are sufficiently charged.

845C-062

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK

4. Check hydraulic oil level, the level should be between the HIGH and LOW marks on the level gauge (1).

2.131

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher FUEL FILTER

FUEL FILTER/ WATER SEPARATOR

DRAIN TAP

H845C-48

5. Check the engine oil level. The level of the oil must be between the ADD and the FULL marks on the dipstick.

ENGINE FUEL FILTER AND FUEL FILTER/ WATER SEPARATOR

H845C-49

A B

H845C-50

AIR INTAKE PRE-CLEANER INLET

845C-152

6. Check air intake pre-cleaner. Remove any blockages or obstructions.

High Capacity Fuel/Water Separator – Optional

A Drain Tap B Environmental Drain Plug

7. Check fuel line water separator(s) and drain any accumulated water into a bowl and clean up any spills.

2.132

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation 11. Check track chain tension by measuring track sag as follows:

RADIATOR CAP

ANGLE TO BE BETWEEN 90° & 110°

H845C-47

RADIATOR/OIL COOLER/ CHARGE AIR COOLER

8. Check the engine coolant level.

845-12

MEASURING TRACK SAG

WARNING Shut-off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands.

Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely.

9. Clean radiator, A/C condenser and oil cooler.

CRACKING

EDGE WEAR

BENT

A. Position felling head in vertical position and swing boom to side of machine.

B. Use a jack of suitable design and capacity to safely lift the left track clear of the ground.

C. Rotate track in forward and reverse several times. Stop the track while in reverse. Do not clean the track.

D. Stop engine.

E. Measure distance between top surface of track shoe at centre of lower surface of track frame.

WORN HOLES

EDGE WEAR BROKEN EDGE 830-02

UNDERSIDE OF TRACK GUARD

10. Check condition of track shoes.

SAG DIMENSION

UPPER SURFACE OF TRACK SHOE 853ILL8

F.

MEASURING SAG DIMENSION

This dimension should be between 10 – 15 cm (4 – 6 in) for normal operations.

NOTE: If track sag is less than specified, track chain wear will be accelerated. If track sag is excessive, it is possible for the track to jump off the sprocket. Refer to MEASURING TRACK SAG in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL for information on track sag adjustment.

2.133

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

SAW-P03

SAW-24 MISSING TEETH/DAMAGED BLADE 16. Never start or use a machine if the disc saw has missing teeth, missing teeth fasteners or a bent or damaged disc.

CHECK/TIGHTEN TOOTH FASTENERS

SAW-25

12. Check and tighten all of the fasteners retaining the disc saw teeth to the proper torque level.

CHECK FOR DAMAGE TO SAW HOUSING 17. Check that the saw housing is clear and undamaged.

SAW-23

REPLACE OR ROTATE WORN TEETH

13. Replace all worn disc saw teeth or rotate worn teeth to align fresh cutting tips.

14. Replace the tooth fastener whenever replacing a saw tooth.

STRESS CRACK AROUND HUB

SAW-26

CHECK DISC FOR CRACKS

18. Shut down the machine immediately if you feel a vibration when the cutting disc is running.

19. Check all exits.

20. Be sure that all doors and access panels are securely fastened.

21. Unlock all cab doors.

IMPORTANT! Unlock both doors before operating machine to allow opening from the outside in case of an emergency. Make sure that the doors are operational, open the doors twice, once using the exterior latch handle and once using the interior handle.

STRESS CRACK

SAW-27

CHECK DISC FOR CRACKS

15. Inspect the disc for stress cracks and that the disc does not wobble due to worn saw shaft bearings.

2.134

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

STARTING ENGINE

IMPORTANT! Allow a cold engine to warm up at LOW IDLE for at least five minutes before applying any load. Check all measured values on the MD3 display terminal often during the warm-up period.

Refer to COLD WEATHER STARTING setting in THIS SECTION.

1. Ensure that PRE-START CHECKS have been performed and that the area is clear of personnel prior to starting the engine. Refer to OPERATING MACHINE - PRE-START CHECKS in THIS SECTION. 2. Sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up.

CAUTION Do not attempt to start engine by shorting across starter terminals as personal injury could occur. Start engine only from operator’s seat.

3. Turn ignition key switch to the RUN position. The WAIT TO START icon below will appear on the display during the “key ON” engine preheat time. Heating elements (grid heater elements) located in the engine air intake manifold are turned ON to heat the intake air when starting the engine. The engine must not be started until this icon turns OFF automatically.

WARNING DO NOT USE ETHER! Engine is equipped with an ELECTRICAL starting aid. Use of ether may cause an explosion and severe injury.

4. Then turn ignition key switch to the START position

to crank engine.

5. When the engine starts, release the ignition key switch to the ON position.

NOTE: If the engine does not start after three attempts, check the fuel supply system.

6. Set throttle to LOW IDLE speed and wait three to five minutes before operating with a load.

7. Increase engine speed (rpm) slowly to provide adequate lubrication to the bearings and allow oil pressure to stabilize.

8. If engine stalls while operating the machine, turn the ignition key switch to the OFF position and REPEAT STEPS (1) through (5).

2.135

Controls and Operation COLD WEATHER STARTING WARNING DO NOT USE ETHER! Engine is equipped with an ELECTRICAL starting aid. Use of ether may cause an explosion and severe injury.

IMPORTANT! Cold start-ups can result in pump failure, refer to “HYDRAULIC OIL CHART” for recommended oil viscosity and temperature ranges. Refer to APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. NOTE: Cold temperatures require the use of an engine block heater and a hydraulic oil heater.

Preheating of hydraulic oil is recommended as standard procedure in cold weather.

H845C-45

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher 1. Follow the STARTING ENGINE instructions for this COLD WEATHER STARTING procedure, paying attention to the WAIT TO START icon on Computer Display.

This message will be ON during the “key ON” engine pre-heat time. The engine must not be started until this message goes OFF automatically.

NOTE: If at any time during the warming procedure the hydraulic filter bypass message comes on, return the engine speed to LOW IDLE .

2. During the engine warm-up period constantly monitor engine coolant temperature and engine oil pressure. Stop engine if any pressure or temperature does not meet the specification.

3. Continue with MACHINE PREPARATION, SYSTEM TEST AND WARM-UP in THIS SECTION.

AIR INTAKE BY-PASS

Remove the air intake by-pass cover to introduce warm engine compartment air into the engine air intake. Remove the two bolts and cover to open the by-pass.

During warm weather operation reinstall the cover and bolts to block the by-pass.

2.136

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher RESTARTING AN ENGINE THAT HAS RUN OUT OF FUEL If the engine runs out of fuel perform the following: 1. Refill fuel tank completely.

2. Bleed the system according to engine manual procedures.

WARNING DO NOT USE ETHER! Engine is equipped with an ELECTRICAL starting aid. Use of ether may cause an explosion and severe injury.

3. Crank engine until it starts. If it fails to start after 20 seconds, stop and wait for two minutes before trying again.

IMPORTANT! To prevent damage to starter, do not engage starter motor for more than 15 to 20 seconds.

Wait two minutes between each attempt to start the engine. If engine fails to start, refer to engine manufacturer operator’s manual.

Controls and Operation STOPPING ENGINE IMPORTANT! Stopping the engine immediately after it has been working under load can result in overheating and premature wear of the engine components. Follow the stopping procedure outlined below to allow the engine to cool.

Always follow this engine shut down procedure. The important benefits are: •

Extended life of engine, cooling and exhaust systems.

•

Reduced risk of post shutdown fires.

•

Interior of machine cools significantly reducing risk of touching hot surfaces.

1. Turn the saw switch to the OFF position to STOP the saw blade. This should be done before leaving the cutting area.

2. Find a clear and level area a least 15 m (50 ft) from any other equipment to park the machine.

3. Park the machine and lower the felling head onto firm ground.

4. Reduce engine speed to LOW IDLE , de-activate the pilot system and let engine run at low idle speed for approximately three minutes minimum to allow dissipation of heat and also to reduce turbo speed. This will also prevent loss of coolant by after boil and possible hot spot damage to the engine.

5. Open the power roof switch in Full ON

and place the fan position.

6. Do not increase engine speed before shut-off.

7. Place fan switch in AUTO

position.

8. Stop engine by turning ignition key switch to the OFF position.

9. Saw blade must be stopped before exiting cab.

10. Install saw blade guard.

11. Perform daily maintenance at the end of the shift (Greasing, clean engine compartment etc.). This allows the machine time to cool down while under the watchful eye of the operator.

2.137

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

MACHINE PREPARATION SYSTEM TEST AND WARM-UP Before commencing harvesting operations, follow steps (a) through (p) to accomplish the following: •

Warm up the hydraulic system.

•

Test all systems for proper operation.

•

Inspect for hydraulic oil leaks.

IMPORTANT! If any system fails to respond to the controls, stop the warm-up procedure and call a mechanic, otherwise serious damage to pumps and other components could result. (a) Close cab doors and sound horn to warn personnel of machine start-up. (b) Start engine, refer to STARTING ENGINE. (c) Press Pilot Reset switch

(l) Observe all boom operations. If any operations are not operating as they should, take the necessary steps to correct the problem. (m) Turn the attachment ON. Refer to ATTACHMENT MANUFACTURER’S MANUAL and check attachment for proper operation according to manufacturer’s instructions.

After completion of the warm-up and system testing, rest the attachment on the ground and turn the attachment OFF. (n) Set the swing brake to the ON position. (o) Set the throttle control to LOW IDLE

.

(p) Leave the cab and visually check hose connections and cylinders for leaks. Check under the machine for oil leaks.

.

WARNING

(d) Ensure computer display is indicating normal operating conditions. (e) Check that all personnel are clear of the machine. (f) Increase engine speed 1300 rpm.

to approximately Never use your bare hand to check for fluid leaks.

Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.

When searching for leaks, wear work gloves and use a wrench or piece of wood to move hydraulic hoses. Do not grab hold of hydraulic hoses. Wear safety goggles for eye protection.

NOTE: The computer control system on this machine has a warm up mode function which limits engine rpm and applies the anti-stall during cold starts. Refer to WARM UP MODE in THIS SECTION for more information. (g) Slowly raise and lower the stick boom and the main boom, check for proper operation.

With the head raised slightly off the ground: (h) Operate the accumulation and clamp arms and check for proper operation. (i) Tilt the head forward and back and check that it is operating correctly. (j) Swing the upper structure to the left and right. (k) When cold weather conditions exist, continue the process of warming up the hydraulic system by repeating steps (g) through (j) several times. As the hydraulic system warms up, engine speed can be increased gradually to the HIGH IDLE position. If the FILTER BYPASS message comes on decrease engine speed immediately and continue warming the system.

2.138

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation OPERATING TIPS WITH LOAD SENSING

TRAVELLING (BOOM RAISED) 1. Select the appropriate drive range.

Place the track switch in the LOW or DRIVE position.

When in LOW the machine moves slower but with increased drive force. All harvesting should be done in LOW. When in DRIVE the machine moves faster but with less drive force. Travelling over longer distances (and not harvesting) should be done in DRIVE to allow for faster travel speeds when the terrain permits. Also, do not travel continuously for longer than ten minutes, take five minute breaks, this will help prevent the track drive gearboxes from over heating.

For a more detailed description of drive range refer to TRACK, LOW/DRIVE SWITCH in THIS SECTION. 2. Place swing brake switch in OFF position.

3. Move throttle control to the HIGH idle position.

4. Operate the drive foot pedals to manoeuvre the machine.

When using the controls on a load sensing system be aware of what the load sensing system is trying to do for you. If you move the lever or pedal 20% of its total angle, the system will provide whatever pressure it takes (up to its maximum capacity if needed) to meet this speed requirement. If you move the lever past the point needed in an attempt to speed up the boom movement, you will only overshoot the speed you wanted. Relax and try to use the least amount of lever action you can.

Load sensing systems respond to rough operation by amplifying these movements. If you find the boom is jerky or always giving “feedback”, you’re probably too active on the controls. If slowing down doesn’t eliminate the roughness, the margin pressure setting may be too high and can be reduced to calm down the machine’s response.

Refer to SET MARGIN PRESSURE in SECTION 4 of the SERVICE MANUAL Refer to SET FLOW (FUNCTION SPEED) RATE in appropriate BOOM, SWING or TRACK DRIVE sections of the SERVICE MANUAL.

2.139

Controls and Operation FELLING HEAD OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 1. All tree harvesting should be carried out in LOW driving range. Refer to TRACK, LOW/ DRIVE SWITCH in THIS SECTION.

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher SPECIAL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR ER BOOM SYSTEM This ER boom system is designed to minimize heat generation and fuel consumption during horizontal boom motion. To obtain maximum benefit from the system, the machine should be

2. See appendix to SECTION 1 - USING HIGH SPEED DISC SAWS SAFELY.

NORMAL HORIZONTAL REACH MOTION PERFORMANCE CAN BE EXPECTED IN THIS AREA

3. See ORIGINAL MANUFACTURER’S FELLING HEAD MANUAL for proper operating and maintenance instructions.

OPERATING THE HOIST BOOM IN THIS ZONE WITH A FULL LOAD WILL NOT ALLOW THE HORIZONTAL REACH MOTION TO PERFORM AS IT SHOULD WITHOUT ASSISTANCE FROM THE RIGHT JOYSTICK

NOTE: Refer to specific MANUFACTURER’S ATTACHMENT MANUAL if machine is equipped with a shear head or harvesting head for additional operating and safety precautions.

845C-008

HORIZONTAL REACH MOTION CHARACTERISTICS

operated using mainly horizontal reaching motions as much as possible, lifting and lowering the boom only as much as necessary for positioning until the head is full.

Due to the nature of this ER boom system, there will be certain conditions in which the weight of the head plus its carried load will be too great for the system to provide its intended horizontal reaching motion. This most noticeably occurs when the machine is operating on a hill with the head raised higher than the tracks and tucked in close to the cab. If such a situation occurs, the right joystick control should be pushed forward slightly while operating the left joystick to get the system moving. To help prevent this situation, the head should be kept as close to the ground as possible and slightly extended when climbing hills.

2.140

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

CARE OF THE MACHINE

CARE OF POLYCARBONATE WINDOWS IN CAB

1. Ensure that all fluid levels are always at the proper level. Refer to the LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL.

Some windows used in the cab are made from a polycarbonate resin thermoplastic. This material is a replacement for glass when improved strength, durability and safety is required.

Polycarbonate material is expected to resist heavy impact and to absorb high levels of energy when contacted by high velocity thrown objects such as wood chips, cutter tools or stones.

The extreme operating environment seen in logging applications heightens the need to regularly inspect and properly maintain polycarbonate cab windows.

Polycarbonate windows are an essential piece of operator protective equipment and should be maintained as such. It is important to note that cracks, chips, notches or scarring anywhere on the viewing surface or edges of the window will decrease ability to resist heavy impacts and therefore compromise effectiveness as operator safety protective equipment. Windows with these defects must be replaced immediately.

Refer to SECTION 3 for detailed information regarding inspection and maintenance of polycarbonate windows.

2. Lubricate all grease points at the required intervals as specified in the LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE in SECTION 3 of THIS MANUAL. 3. Follow proper procedure for cleaning windows described in this section.

4. Close and secure all doors and access panels before running the machine.

5. Ensure that the cab emergency exits are in working order by following the EMERGENCY EXIT – MAINTENANCE GUIDE in THIS SECTION. 6. Do not allow branches, twigs, leaves or pine needles to build up around radiator intake doors or anywhere else on the machine.

Clean as operating conditions warrant but at least once day all debris must be remove from the machine interior.

7. Do not apply load to a cold engine.

8. Always harvest trees in LOW driving range.

9. Never park machine with head raised off the ground. Be sure that the head is resting on the ground before servicing or parking the machine. Refer to PARKING BOOM in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL for complete instructions.

10. SAFETY FIRST! Follow all safety rules and regulations as outlined in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL.

2.141

Controls and Operation INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE Daily inspection and maintenance is essential to confirm that the window’s ability to protect the operator has not been compromised.

• Inspect all windows daily and immediately after any impacts.

•

Check for any damage to the window material or steel structure in the area of the window mounting.

•

The edges of the polycarbonate window must be evenly and fully supported on a flat surface around the entire window opening at all times.

Bent or dented skylight structures must be replaced immediately. Bent or dented cab structures must be evaluated immediately for possible repair or replacement.

•

•

The edges of the polycarbonate window must be free from cracks, chips, notches or scarring and must not be pinched or stressed.

These defects will decrease ability to resist heavy impacts. Windows with these defects must be replaced immediately.

Cracks, chips, notches or scarring anywhere on the viewing surface of the window will decrease ability to resist heavy impacts.

Windows with these defects must be replaced immediately.

•

Bent, dented or missing window retaining parts must be replaced immediately.

•

Rubber materials used in mounting the window must be maintained in good condition.

•

Identification of the polycarbonate originally used by Tigercat is hot stamped in a corner of the window to identify its composition. Do not use any replacement window without proof of its material composition. Do not substitute with any other materials.

•

Skylights, cab structures, windows and window retaining parts must not be modified or replaced with components that are not approved by Tigercat.

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher RESISTANCE TO CHEMICALS The resistance of polycarbonate material to chemical exposure varies widely. Fortunately, polycarbonate materials have good resistance to diesel fuel, grease, hydraulic oil, kerosene, and engine oil.

Other chemicals however can seriously weaken the polycarbonate.

Do not permit any of the following chemicals to come into contact with polycarbonate windows: •

acetone

•

air conditioning refrigerant

•

ammonia

•

anti-freeze

•

benzene

•

brake fluid

•

carbon tetrachloride

•

cutting oils

•

gasoline

•

lacquer thinner

•

toluene

•

turpentine

•

xylene

RESISTANCE TO WATER Polycarbonate material has good resistance to water up to approximately 65°C (150°F). Above this temperature the effect of water is timetemperature related. This means that the higher the water temperature, the shorter the time before the polycarbonate is adversely affected.

Exposing polycarbonate to repeated steam cleanings or high temperature pressure washing may result in crazing, a phenomenon that causes clouding of the surface. Crazing can ultimately result in a loss of physical strength and may precede a fracture.

2.142

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS

CAUTIONS

The viewing surfaces of polycarbonate cab windows are specially treated with a hard coating to provide enhanced resistance to abrasion and ultra-violet (UV) radiation.

•

DO NOT use abusive cleaning procedures either by hand or pressure washing on polycarbonate windows.

•

DO NOT use brushes, razor blades, scrapers, squeegees or other sharp tools on polycarbonate windows.

•

DO NOT clean polycarbonate windows when the daytime temperature is high or in direct sunlight.

•

DO NOT use abrasive or highly alkaline cleaners on polycarbonate windows.

•

DO NOT use glass cleaners in either aerosol or non-aerosol containers to clean polycarbonate windows.

•

Failure to follow these cleaning instructions will shorten the service life of polycarbonate and may cause visual hazing, loss of light transmission and delamination of the polycarbonate hard surface coating.

The following instructions are provided to prolong the life of this protective hard coating.

1. Rinse the window thoroughly with lukewarm water 2. Using a soft cloth, cellulose sponge or chamois, gently wash the window with a mild solution of soap or detergent in lukewarm water. DO NOT scrub or use brushes or squeegees.

Brand name soaps and detergents recommended for cleaning polycarbonate are: •

Fantastik

•

Formula 409

•

Hexcel F.O. 554

•

Joy

CONCEALING HAIRLINE SCRATCHES

•

Lysol

•

Mr. Clean

•

Neleco-Placer

The appearance of scratches and minor abrasions on the surfaces of polycarbonate windows can be minimized by using a mild automotive polish such as:

•

Pine-Sol

•

Top Job

•

Johnson’s Paste Wax

•

Novus Plastic Polish #1 and #2

•

Mirror Glaze Plastic Polish

3. Rinse the window thoroughly with lukewarm water.

Be certain to clean the polycarbonate window as outlined prior to application of an automotive polish. Refer to CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS in THIS SECTION.

4. Dry the window with a moist soft cloth, cellulose sponge or chamois to prevent water spotting.

5. To remove grease or oil, first rub lightly with a good grade of VM&P Naphtha or isopropyl alcohol followed by the same rinse, wash, rinse and dry procedure described in steps 1 through 4.

Refer also to RESISTANCE TO CHEMICALS in THIS SECTION for a list of chemicals which should not be permitted to come into contact with polycarbonate windows.

2.143

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

GRAFFITI REMOVAL •

For removal of paints, marking pen inks, etc., the use of Butyl Cellosolve is generally effective. The use of masking tape, adhesive tape or lint removal tools works well for lifting off old weathered paints.

•

To remove labels, stickers, etc., the use of kerosene, VM&P Naphtha, or petroleum spirits is generally effective. When the solvent will not penetrate sticker material, apply heat (hair dryer) to soften the adhesive and promote removal.

Refer also to RESISTANCE TO CHEMICALS in THIS SECTION for a list of chemicals which should not be permitted to come into contact with polycarbonate windows.

FIRE PRECAUTIONS Polycarbonate window material will ignite when exposed to an ignition source in excess of 427°C (800°F). When working around polycarbonate windows, observe similar fire precautions to those in place for wood.

REMOVAL OF ANTI-CORROSION SPRAY (IF APPLICABLE) Some machines, particularly machines shipped outside North America, are shipped with an optional anti-corrosion spray to protect the machine from corrosion during shipment.

WINDOW SCREEN HAND KNOB

860C-396

SIDE WINDOW SCREEN

SIDE WINDOW SCREENS The side window screens (if equipped) can be removed to clean the windows. Screens are provided for the personal protection of the operator and must be reinstalled immediately after cleaning the windows.

A hand knob is provided on both the inside and the outside. By unscrewing either (not both) of these knobs, the screen will be free to swing out on the hinges. Be aware that the screen will swing outwards with considerable force, if the door is open.

All hand knobs should be hand tightened only at all times.

This anti-corrosion spray should be removed when the machine reaches its destination as it may cause debris to stick to the treated surfaces of the machine.

The anti-corrosion can be removed with a pressure washer, a sponge and soap.

20231A R1

2.144

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation

PRESSURE WASHING Pressure washing is one of the easiest and most economical ways to preserve your investment.

Accumulated mud can damage track rollers, sand will grind down pins and bearings and wood debris buildup in machine enclosures is a serious fire hazard. Pressure washing is also good practice before and after servicing equipment.

CAUTION To avoid slips, trips or falls, all handles, steps and platforms must be kept free of grease, oil, fuel, mud, snow, ice, and forest debris.

PRESSURE WASHING PROCEDURE – UPPER FRAME 860C-001

1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

2. Apply the swing brake.

3. Turn OFF the engine.

4. Remove the ignition key.

A

CAUTION

B

B

B B

Use personal protective equipment to guard against flying debris.

IMPORTANT! Use a high volume, low pressure fan nozzle or nozzle setting for all equipment cleaning. High pressure spray can damage paint, penetrate electrical connections and remove labels. Use a mild detergent and make sure pressure settings are below 83 bar (1200 psi).

A

845C-239

A Engine Enclosure Roof B Door

CAUTION Watch for personnel in area of enclosure roof before opening or closing the roof.

B

5. Open engine enclosure roof and doors.

6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

845C-242

7. Close and latch the front door.

A Pressure Washer Extension B Platform Ladder

To clean hard-to-reach areas, use a platform ladder or attach an extension wand to your pressure washer, extend it to the desired height and lock it in place.

2.145

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher B

A A

C

B

845C-256

845C-237

A Main Control Valve Cover B Main Control Valve Cover Release Handle

8. Turn the main control valve cover release handle (B) clockwise to release the locking mechanism.

A Cover Pivot Bolt B Cover C Bolt and Washer

11. Remove the engine compartment upper frame cover by first partially removing the cover pivot bolt.

CAUTION Due to high temperatures in this area the main control valve release handle may be hot. Use caution when handling.

9. Pull up on the main control valve cover.

NOTE: The cover pivot bolt is mechanically restricted from being removed completely.

12. Remove the remainder of the bolts and rotate the cover out of the way.

13. Remove the remaining covers under the upper frame.

A 845C-257

A Main Control Valve Holding Bracket

10. Prop the bottom of the main control valve cover into the holding bracket (A).

2.146

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Controls and Operation IMPORTANT! Allow the engine to cool down before washing the engine compartment. Washing a hot engine with cold water could crack the engine block or other components.

To avoid damaging sensitive machine components, do not allow water to come in contact with electrical/electronic components or air ducts/filters inside the vehicle.

A

Due to the sensitive electronics on this machine use only warm water, a mild detergent and a gentle pressure wash setting.

B

18. Pressure wash the oil cooler, engine radiator and enclosure screens.

19. Pressure wash the engine compartment.

20. Pressure wash the cab windows. Refer to WINDOWS – CARE OF POLYCARBONATE WINDOWS in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL.

845C-238

A Debris Screen B Cooler Package

21. Pressure wash the pump area.

14. Remove the debris screen from the cooler package.

22. Pressure wash the main control valve area.

15. Remove potentially damaging limbs or sticks.

23. Re-install A/C condenser, debris screen and all covers.

24. Close engine enclosure roof and doors.

A

B 845C-246

A A/C Condenser Mounting Hardware B A/C Condenser

16. Remove the A/C condenser mounting hardware 17. Rotate the condenser away from the cooler package.

2.147

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

PRESSURE WASHING PROCEDURE – UNDERCARRIAGE 1. START the engine and leave at low idle .

A

2. Swing the boom to the side of the machine.

845-12

LIFTING TRACK

3. Place the saw on the ground and by forcing down with boom controls, lift the track clear off the ground.

4. Rotate the track to shake off mud and dirt.

5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 for the other track.

845C-235

A Rubber Cover

13. Lift the rubber cover and pressure wash the upper rotary manifold compartment.

860C-001

A

6. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

B

7. Apply the swing brake.

8. Turn OFF the engine.

9. Remove the ignition key.

10. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

C

11. Close and latch the front door.

12. Clean the undercarriage and tracks with a shovel and a broom to remove all debris before pressure washing.

A Undercarriage Door Pivot Bolt B Undercarriage Door C Bolts

14. For non-leveling undercarriages, partially remove the undercarriage door pivot bolt.

NOTE: The undercarriage door pivot bolt is mechanically restricted from being removed completely.

15. Remove the remainder of the bolts and rotate the undercarriage door out of the way.

2.148

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher A

Controls and Operation

B

C

845C-190

A

A Bolts and Washers B Left Rotary Manifold Guard C Right Rotary Manifold Guard

16. For leveling undercarriages, removing the left and right rotary manifold guards.

17. Pressure wash the lower rotary manifold compartment.

A

B

C

845C-243

A Left Cover B Bolts and Washers C Right Cover

18. Remove the left and right drive motor cover bolts.

19. Remove the left and right covers.

20. Pressure wash the drive motor compartments.

21. Pressure wash the tracks and undercarriage.

22. Re-install all covers.

2.149

VEHICLE MOVING INSTRUCTIONS

Controls and Operation

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

2.150

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE.................................................................................................................3

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher SECTION 3 – LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE CONTENTS – SECTION 3

ISSUE 1.1, APRIL 2016

A

AIR CLEANER ........................................................................................................................................3.46 AIR CLEANER SYSTEM ......................................................................................................................... 3.46 IMPROPER SERVICING ..................................................................................................................... 3.46 OVER SERVICING .............................................................................................................................. 3.46 AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE ....................................................................................................... 3.47 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM, CHECKING THE SYSTEM .................................................................. 3.24 AIR FILTER - CHANGING ....................................................................................................................... 3.46 AIR INTAKE MAINTENANCE .................................................................................................................. 3.45 AIR INTAKE PRECLEANER - ENGINE .................................................................................................. 3.45 AIR INTAKE SYSTEM - ENGINE AIR INTAKE BY-PASS ......................................................................................................................... 3.48 FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR ................................................................................................... 3.47 INTAKE TUBING AND JOINTS ........................................................................................................... 3.48 PRECLEANER .................................................................................................................................... 3.45 AIR PRECLEANER ................................................................................................................................. 3.45 APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS ............................................................................................................. 3.19 B

BELT, SERPENTINE, INSPECTION/REPLACEMENT ........................................................................... 3.26 BOTTOM REFUELLING PROCEDURE .................................................................................................. 3.33 C

CASE DRAIN STRAINERS ..................................................................................................................... 3.44 CHANGING FILTER ELEMENTS ............................................................................................................ 3.46 CHECKING THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM ................................................................................... 3.24 COMMERCIAL WOOD, WEIGHTS OF ................................................................................................... 3.59 COMMON CONVERSIONS .................................................................................................................... 3.58 E

EMERGENCY EXITS, CHECK MONTHLY ............................................................................................... 3.7 ENGINE AIR INTAKE SYSTEM AIR INTAKE BY-PASS ......................................................................................................................... 3.48 FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR ................................................................................................... 3.47 INTAKE TUBING AND JOINTS ........................................................................................................... 3.48 PRECLEANER .................................................................................................................................... 3.45 ER BOOM SYSTEM ................................................................................................................................ 3.15 F

FILTER AND LUBRICATION SCHEDULE .............................................................................................. 3.17 FILTER ELEMENTS - CHANGING ......................................................................................................... 3.46 FILTERS CHANGING FILTER ELEMENTS ........................................................................................................ 3.46 ENGINE FILTERS ................................................................................................................................ 3.27 FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR ................................................................................................... 3.27 FUEL TANK STRAINERS .................................................................................................................... 3.28 HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN STRAINERS ............................................................................................ 3.42 HYDRAULIC TANK BREATHER .......................................................................................................... 3.44 REMOVE AND REPLACE, ENGINE ................................................................................................... 3.27 REMOVE AND REPLACE, HYDRAULIC ............................................................................................ 3.39 RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH, HYDRAULIC OIL ................................................................... 3.39 FILTERS - REMOVE AND REPLACE ..................................................................................................... 3.27 FIRE PREVENTION .................................................................................................................................. 3.8 FUEL REFUELLING ...................................................................................................................................... 3.31 FUEL FILTER AND FUEL FILTER/WATER SEPARATOR ....................................................................... 3.27

3.1

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

FUEL TANK CAPACITY ...........................................................................................................................................3.28 COMPONENTS ................................................................................................................................... 3.28 REFUELLING PROCEDURE, BOTTOM FUELLING OPTION ............................................................ 3.33 STRAINER - CHANGING/CLEANING ................................................................................................. 3.29 H

HYDRAULIC OIL FILL PUMP - HAND .................................................................................................... 3.37 HYDRAULIC OIL FILTERS ..................................................................................................................... 3.38 HYDRAULIC OIL OPERATING RANGE ................................................................................................. 3.19 HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN DIFFUSERS/STRAINERS .......................................................................... 3.42 CHANGING OR CLEANING ................................................................................................................ 3.42 HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS FILTER CHANGE PROCEDURE ........................................................................................................ 3.39 HYDRAULIC OIL TANK FILTER RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH ................................................................................... 3.39 HYDRAULIC OIL FILL PUMP - HAND ................................................................................................. 3.37 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM - REFILLING ...................................................................................................... 3.36 HYDRAULIC TANK BREATHER ............................................................................................................. 3.44 HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS ..................................................................... 3.35 L

LEVELER LUBRICATION POINTS ......................................................................................................... 3.18 LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE .................................................................................. 3.4 LUBRICATION POINTS DIAGRAM ........................................................................................................ 3.16 LUBRICATION POINTS DIAGRAM, LEVELER ...................................................................................... 3.18 M

MEASURING TRACK SAG ..................................................................................................................... 3.51 N

NEW MACHINE MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 3.4 FIRST 125 HOUR INSPECTION REPORT ........................................................................................... 3.4 INITIAL PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION ................................................................................................. 3.4 TIGHTENING POINTS .......................................................................................................................... 3.4 O

OIL ANALYSIS KITS .................................................................................................................................. 3.5 OIL ANALYSIS PROGRAM ....................................................................................................................... 3.5 OIL FILL - HYDRAULIC ........................................................................................................................... 3.37 OIL LOST FROM LEAKAGE ..................................................................................................................... 3.7 OIL SAMPLE COLLECTION PROCEDURES ........................................................................................... 3.6 OIL SAMPLING PROGRAM ...................................................................................................................... 3.6 P

PRECLEANER - ENGINE AIR ................................................................................................................ 3.45 PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS .......................................................................3.60, 3.61, 3.62, 3.63 PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK ....................................................................................................... 3.35 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE ............................................................................................ 3.4 PUMP - HYDRAULIC OIL FILL - HAND .................................................................................................. 3.37 R

REFILLING THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM ................................................................................................ 3.36 REFUELLING PROCEDURE .................................................................................................................. 3.31

3.2

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

ROTARY MANIFOLD SEAL - LUBRICATING ......................................................................................... 3.23 S

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE FREQUENTLY ....................................................................................................................................... 3.9 8 HOURS ...............................................................................................................................................3.9 24 HOURS ...........................................................................................................................................3.10 125 HOURS ......................................................................................................................................... 3.11 250 HOURS ......................................................................................................................................... 3.12 500 HOURS ......................................................................................................................................... 3.13 1000 HOURS ....................................................................................................................................... 3.13 1500 HOURS ....................................................................................................................................... 3.13 2000 HOURS ....................................................................................................................................... 3.14 2 YEARS ..............................................................................................................................................3.14 SEASONAL ..........................................................................................................................................3.14 SERPENTINE BELT, INSPECTION/REPLACEMENT ............................................................................ 3.26 STRAINER - FUEL TANK .............................................................................................................. 3.28, 3.29 SWING DRIVE LUBRICATION GEARBOX LOWER BEARINGS ......................................................................................................... 3.20 GEARBOX UPPER GEARING CHANGE OIL ................................................................................................................................... 3.21 ROTARY MANIFOLD ........................................................................................................................... 3.23 SWING PINION AND SWING BEARING ............................................................................................. 3.23 T

TORQUE CHART .................................................................................................................................... 3.53 TORQUE CHART, GENERAL ................................................................................................................. 3.54 TORQUE, FLUID CONNECTIONS ..................................................................................... 3.55, 3.56, 3.57 TORQUE PROCEDURE ......................................................................................................................... 3.52 TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS, GENERAL ............................................................................................... 3.54 TRACK COMPONENTS TRACK SAG ADJUSTMENT .................................................................................................. 3.51, 3.52 TRACK CHAIN SAG ................................................................................................................................ 3.51 TRACK COMPONENTS .......................................................................................................................... 3.51 MEASURING TRACK SAG TRACK SAG ADJUSTMENT .................................................................................................. 3.51, 3.52 TRACK OPERATION AND WEAR PREVENTION MEASURING SAG DIMENSION ......................................................................................................... 3.51 TORQUE PROCEDURE ...................................................................................................................... 3.52 TRACK CHAIN SAG ............................................................................................................................ 3.51 TRACKS, PROTECTING STEEL TRACKS ............................................................................................. 3.49 U

UNLOADER VALVE – AIR CLEANER ..................................................................................................... 3.47 W

WEIGHTS OF COMMERCIAL WOOD .................................................................................................... 3.59 WIRE COLOUR CODE CHART .............................................................................................................. 3.58 WOOD, WEIGHTS OF COMMERCIAL WOOD ...................................................................................... 3.59

3.3

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE NEW MACHINE MAINTENANCE

*INITIAL PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION: PERFORM THE INITIAL PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION USING Tigercat FORM NUMBERS 5341 and 5347: "PDI AND 125 HOUR INSPECTION REPORT"

*FIRST 125 HOUR INSPECTION AND SERVICE REPORT: WITH THE OWNER'S MECHANIC PRESENT, PERFORM AN INSPECTION AND SERVICE ACCORDING TO THE Tigercat FORM NUMBERS 5341 and 5347: "PDI AND 125 HOUR INSPECTION REPORT" THIS MUST BE COMPLETED WITHIN THE FIRST 125 HOUR TIME FRAME.

*IMPORTANT: TO QUALIFY FOR CONTINUED WARRANTY, THIS REPORT MUST BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED TO Tigercat Industries Inc. WARRANTY DEPARTMENT. Tightening points:

NOTE: Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended.

All hydraulic connections Hose clamps

Refer to engine SERVICE MANUAL and ATTACHMENT MANUAL for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

All cylinder and boom pin retainers Check all leveler pivot bearing retaining bolts (If equipped with leveler)

853ILL8

Check swing bearing bolt torque Engine mounting bolts

IMPORTANT!

BEFORE DRIVING THE MACHINE MAKE SURE THE TRACK TENSION (SAG) IS SET CORRECTLY.

Pump mounting bolts

TRACK SAG MAY BE SET LESS THAN SPECIFIED FOR SHIPPING PURPOSES.

Track shoe bolts Track roller retaining bolts Track sprocket retaining bolts Track drive gearbox mounting bolts Track drive motor mounting bolts Swing gearbox mounting bolts

UNDERSIDE OF TRACK GUARD

Swing motor mounting bolts

SAG DIMENSION

UPPER SURFACE OF TRACK SHOE

Cab securing bolts Any other loose nut, bolt or fitting

MEASURING SAG DIMENSION REFER TO THIS SECTION FOR THIS PROCEDURE.

3.4

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

TIGERCAT OIL ANALYSIS PROGRAM Using the Tigercat Advanced Oil Analysis Program on a regular basis is an excellent preventative maintenance tool.

Studies have shown that it is possible to receive a 10 to 1 payback when looking at the amount saved on repair costs to the amount invested in a scheduled oil analysis program. Some of the benefits of a sampling program include: • Detect problems early before they become major catastrophic failures.

• Better ability to schedule downtime and forecast cost of repairs.

• Monitor maintenance schedules and practices and confirm the required maintenance is being done on time.

• Increase used equipment value by providing proof of proper maintenance.

This Program uses the most modern technology available to analyze all oil samples. Most test results are available within 24 hours after receipt of the sample and are supplied in an easy to understand report, which calls for specific action and makes detailed recommendations. This report is available as a mailed or faxed hardcopy, sent by e-mail or can be viewed on the Internet.

This program will provide Tigercat machine owners access to an Advanced Oil Analysis Program for all major machine components including Engines, Hydraulic Circuits, Axles, Final Drives, Gearboxes, etc.

800 Series Models Recommended Testing Schedule Location

First Sample

Follow-up Samples

Hydraulic Oil

125 Hours

Every 1000 Hours or 6 Months

Swing Drive Gearbox (if applicable*)

125 Hours

Every Oil Change (250 Hours or 1.5 Months)

Track Drive Gearboxes

125 Hours

Every 1000 Hours or 6 Months

Pump Drive Gearbox (if applicable)

125 Hours

Every 1000 Hours or 6 Months

* Note that swing drive gearbox oil sampling applies only to machines that use gear oil in the swing drive gearbox.

Tigercat Oil Analysis Kits are available from your Tigercat dealer parts department. If required, arrangements can also be made with your Tigercat dealer to supply and perform all of the required followup oil samples.

Refer to OIL SAMPLE COLLECTION PROCEDURES in THIS SECTION for sample valve and drain plug locations.

TIGERCAT OIL ANALYSIS KITS Each kit includes a pre-paid Sample Bottle and Sample Information Form. Pre-printed mailing labels are also included to ensure all samples are quickly returned directly to the lab for immediate analysis and results within 24 hours of receipt.

The same type of sample bottle can be used for all types of oil testing including: Hydraulic Circuits, Final Drives, Axles, Gearboxes, Engines, etc.

To ensure accurate and meaningful results are obtained, each kit also includes detailed instructions on how to properly collect, prepare and ship the oil samples.

Contact your Tigercat Dealer Parts Department to order Kits.

3.5

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

TIGERCAT OIL SAMPLING PROGRAM OIL SAMPLE COLLECTION PROCEDURES

HYDRAULIC SAMPLE VALVE

Fill out the Sample Information Form (SIF) completely and accurately. When taking multiple oil samples, fill out all of the required SIF's in their entirety, prior to taking any oil samples. Then, immediately package each completed SIF together with the matching oil sample in the black outer shipping container as each individual sample is taken. This will reduce the possibility of mixing up or incorrectly identifying the SIF's and oil samples.

Incorrectly identified samples could result in a false warning alarm.

H855C-31

HYDRAULIC OIL

HYDRAULIC OIL SAMPLES:

• Hydraulic oil samples should be taken from the circulating oil flow at operating temperature, with no functions actuated, using sample valves that are permanently located on the machine whenever possible.

The accuracy of the lab analysis results is very dependent on the quality of the oil sample taken. Collection of clean oil samples that are representative of the main body of oil are essential if meaningful lab results are to be obtained.

Erroneous readings may result if proper collection, handling, packaging and shipping practices are not followed prior to the sample being tested by the lab. To be able to accurately compare and trend the lab results over time, all follow-up samples should be consistently taken from the same location using the same techniques as all previous samples.

• To obtain a representative oil sample, sample valves must be purged before the actual oil sample is taken. Drain a minimum of 90 – 120 ml (3 – 4 oz) of oil into a separate container and discard this oil using approved recycling methods.

• Replace the dust cover on the sample valve immediately after taking the oil sample and sealing the sample bottle.

GEARBOX SAMPLES:

• These samples can be taken during the oil change process.

• Ensure that all sample valves and drain plugs are clean and free of debris.

• To obtain a representative oil sample, ensure the oil is warm and has not settled very long (within 30 minutes of shutdown).

• Remove the sample bottle cap only when ready to take the sample. Keep the cap clean – do not put it in your pocket or let it get contaminated in any way.

• Place the required drain container under the machine to capture the used oil to be discarded using approved recycling methods.

• Do not allow any airborne dirt, etc. to enter the sample bottle.

• Remove the drain plug and allow approximately 50% of the oil to drain, then place the sample bottle in the stream of draining oil to obtain a representative sample.

• Avoid contamination of the sample – replace the sample bottle cap immediately after filling the bottle to approximately ¾ full.

All samples taken should be immediately forwarded to the lab for processing.

Contact your Tigercat dealer to purchase additional or replacement hydraulic sample valves or drain plugs.

In cases where oil samples must be pumped or otherwise drawn out of a hydraulic tank or housing, a hand operated oil suction pump is also available from your Tigercat dealer.

3.6

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

GENERAL • Inspect the EXHAUST BLANKET and EXHAUST SYSTEM DAILY for any signs of leakage. Check for worn, cracked, broken, or damaged pipes or muffler. Also check for missing or damaged bolts or clamps. Should any exhaust leaks or defective parts be found, repairs must be made immediately. Engine exhaust leaks can cause fires, do not operate the machine until the exhaust leak is repaired.

CAUTION All handles, steps and platforms must be kept free of grease, oil, fuel, mud, snow, ice and forest debris.

• Clean around fill caps before checking or adding fluids.

• During daily operation of the machine, the occurrence of exhaust leaks are usually accompanied by a change or increase in engine exhaust noise levels. These audible warnings cannot be ignored. Should any exhaust leaks occur during operation,turn OFF the engine immediately and do not put the machine back to work until the necessary repairs have been completed.

• Clean around hydraulic fittings before breaking connection. Plug or cap immediately.

• Clean up all spills immediately.

• Always use clean oil and containers.

• Drain dirty oil while still warm.

• Do not exceed recommended fluid levels.

• Service all hydraulic strainers and filters after the failure of a pump, motor, cylinder or valve.

Failures of this nature could contaminate the entire hydraulic system.

• Always have a fire extinguisher at hand.

• For safety, always lower the boom to the ground when leaving cab, leaving machine unattended or during service.

• Always fill the fuel tank at the end of the day to minimize condensation in the fuel tank.

• Before welding on the machine, disconnect all electrical connections and follow servicing safety precautions as outlined in the PRIOR TO WELDING in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL. • When welding, secure ground connection as close to working position as possible to prevent arcing across machined surfaces or through bearings.

• Clean away all branches, bark and chips.

Clean up all traces of oil to avoid fires.

• Always install door safety struts when working on machine.

• Clean fire suppression system sensors.

CHECK EMERGENCY EXITS, MONTHLY: Two alternate exit routes are provided: side door emergency exit and roof escape hatch/emergency exit. These are only to be used if the front door cannot be opened.

It is therefore essential these emergency exits be checked at least once per month to ensure they are fully operational.

Refer to EMERGENCY EXITS – MAINTENANCE GUIDE in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL for checking procedure.

*OIL LOST FROM LEAKAGE

PER LEAKAGE RATE DAY ONE DROP IN 10 SECONDS 0.424 ONE DROP IN 5 SECONDS 0.852 ONE DROP PER SECOND 4.26 THREE DROP PER SECOND 14.2 DROPS BREAK INTO STREAM 90.83

LOST OIL (LITERS) LOST OIL (GALLONS) PER PER PER PER PER MONTH YEAR DAY MONTH YEAR 12.72 152.0 0.112 3.36 40.0 25.6 306.6 0.225 6.75 81.0 127.76 1533.1 1.125 33.75 405.0 425.86 5110.31 3.75 112.5 1350.0 2725.5 32706.0 24.00 720.0 8640.0

3.7

OIL LOST FROM LEAKAGE

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

FIRE PREVENTION

IMPORTANT!

Maintaining your machine properly will greatly extend its life and reduce your operating costs.

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK

Fire can result in a machine loss which can be financially devastating.

A

CAUTION AFTER transporting (trucking) a machine from one job sight to the next, open all doors and access panels and blow off any debris that could have re-positioned itself onto the engine and exhaust parts due to wind turbulence caused by the journey.

845C-097 845C-001

B

Before servicing the hydraulic system, open the air vent valve (A) to release air pressure from the hydraulic oil tank.

1. Pine needles and bark when allowed to accumulate, form a fuel source that when ignited is extremely difficult to extinguish. A thorough program of regular cleaning and washing will reduce the possibility of a fire starting. In the event a fire does start, the regular cleaning program will improve the chances of successfully extinguishing a fire.

Air vent valve is open when handle is parallel to valve.

Air vent valve is closed when handle is perpendicular to valve (shown).

After service is complete, close the air vent valve and add air pressure to the hydraulic tank using the Schrader valve (B). Make sure the air is clean and dry. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in SECTION 3 for details.

2. Pay close attention to wiring and plumbing routing during maintenance, ensure that ALL wiring harnesses or hydraulic hoses are properly restrained and clamped to prevent damage from chaffing.

3. Read the fire suppression system manual and have the system serviced regularly by qualified personnel.

4. In case of fire lower the boom system to the ground and shut OFF the engine before discharging the fire suppression system.

Also refer to FIRE PREVENTION in SECTION 1 of THIS MANUAL for additional information.

3.8

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE For service and replacement intervals see SERVICE AND LUBRICATION POINTS in THIS SECTION.

FREQUENTLY:

• Check engine cooling air intake enclosure screens for possible restriction

EVERY 8 HOURS:

• Perform FREQUENTLY maintenance

In addition: • Drain water from fuel/water separator.

Check: • Engine coolant level

• In broad leaf applications it may be necessary to reverse the cooling fan as frequently as every 10 minutes.

• Engine oil level • Hydraulic oil level

• Check for debris, snow and ice buildup on emergency exits and remove accumulation immediately.

• Air intake precleaner operation • Air cleaner unloader valve

ER Boom System:

• Air intake filter restriction indicator.

• Periodically, the hoist boom must be lifted up as far as it will go and then lowered to operating height in an area free from overhead obstructions in order to circulate hydraulic oil from the cylinders back through the cooler and filters. This oil does not circulate through the cooler or filters during normal horizontal motion and the oil does not get completely changed during normal vertical motion, so it is important that this procedure be followed at least once every hour.

Replace primary filter if indicator is in red zone.

Replace secondary (safety) filter every third primary filter change to guarantee maximum performance and reliability.

• All air intake system components (including charge air cooler) rubber elbows, connector hoses, tubes and clamps for damage, hardening, wear, cracks, leaks, loose clamps or loose hanger bracket hardware and repair or replace immediately.

• Swing drive gear box upper bearing gear oil level • Charge air cooler for damage, wear, cracks, or leaks and repair immediately.

• For leakage around hydraulic components and flexible hoses.

• For loose nuts, bolts and fittings.

• Condition and tension of belts.

• Visually check condition of tracks.

• Exhaust system for leaks.

• Conduct an overall visual inspection.

Clean: • Oil cooler, engine radiator and enclosure screens.

• Remove potentially damaging limbs or sticks.

3.9

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE Lubricate:

EVERY 24 HOURS:

• Perform FREQUENT maintenance

• Swing pinion: 1 fitting – 20 shots while swinging.

• Cylinders, Leveling: 4 fittings total – purge (If equipped with leveler)

• Perform 8 HOURS maintenance And in addition: • Lubricate swing bearing; 1 fitting – 10 shots while swinging

• Thrust bearing, Leveling: 2 fittings – purge (If equipped with leveler) Boom Joints: ▪▪ 13 fittings – purge • Cylinders: hoist, stick and tilt:* ▪▪ 8 fittings – purge * Lubricating cylinder pins and boom joints: 1. Ensure machine is on level ground 2. Completely tilt felling head back 3. Fully extend stick boom cylinder 4. Force heel of felling head onto ground 5. While in this position lubricate all cylinder retaining pins and boom joints NOTE: This procedure will allow grease to flow to the normally "loaded side" of the pin/bearing surfaces.

Refer to engine SERVICE MANUAL and ATTACHMENT MANUAL for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

3.10

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE EVERY 125 HOURS:

Visually inspect for:

• Perform FREQUENT maintenance

• Frayed electrical wiring and hydraulic hoses.

• Perform 8 HOURS maintenance

NOTE: Neglecting the proper maintenance of these items can result in fire.

• Perform 24 HOURS maintenance In addition:

• Wear in any other components.

• Open both (left side door and cab roof escape hatch) emergency exits to ensure they are fully operational.

• Carry out A/C system inspection. Refer to CHECKING THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM in THIS SECTION. Check:

• Signs of cracks beginning in booms and attachments.

Failure to properly repair cracks in structures in a timely manner can result in component failure and costly repairs which are not covered under warranty.

• Return filter bypass message is NOT displayed on the computer/controller with the engine running at high idle with oil flow and oil at operating temperature.

• Pilot filter restriction indicator (when fitted) with the engine running at high idle.

• Track gearboxes oil level with the level plug at the 9 O’clock and the other plug at the 6 O’clock position.

• Hydraulic pump and motor securing bolts.

• Torque tightening points as per new machine maintenance.

Clean/replace: • Inspect for debris buildup on cooler package debris screens. Clean as required.

• Air conditioner re-circulation filter • Cab fresh air filter Refer to engine SERVICE MANUAL and ATTACHMENT MANUAL for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

Visually check for damage to: • The hoist and stick booms • Track components and undercarriage frames • Swing bearing area • Attachment Complete repairs immediately.

3.11

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE EVERY 250 HOURS:

Replace:

• Perform FREQUENT maintenance

• Engine fuel filters.*

• Perform 8 HOURS maintenance

• Filter in the remote mounted fuel filter/water separator.

• Perform 24 HOURS maintenance

• Swing drive gearbox upper gearing oil. Fill gear oil bottle half full.

• Perform 125 HOURS maintenance Check:

• Oil in the track drive gearboxes with the drain plug at the 6 O’clock position and the fill plug at the 9 O’clock position.

• Condition and tension of serpentine belt.

• Check all hydraulic pressures.

Clean: • Clean and thoroughly inspect all surfaces of the hoist and stick booms for cracks.

*Refer to FILTERS – REMOVE AND REPLACE in THIS SECTION.

All cracks must be properly repaired in their early stages. In most cases, cracks will continue to grow in size and often lead to major structural damage. Failure to regularly inspect for cracks and immediately repair the boom system will void the structural warranty.

Contact your Tigercat dealer for specific procedures required to correctly repair any cracks found.

Lubricate: • Rotary manifold seal: 1 fitting – 2 shots. Do not use power grease gun.

• Swing drive gearbox lower bearing: 2 fittings – 5 shots each * Do not use a power grease gun. * With the swing gearbox at operating temperature slowly add 5 shots of lithium based EP2 to each side of the gearbox.

NOTE: During cold weather, the swing function must be operated for several hours to achieve operating temperature.

** Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended.

3.12

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE EVERY 500 HOURS:

• Perform FREQUENTLY maintenance

EVERY 1000 HOURS:

• Perform FREQUENTLY maintenance

• Perform 8 HOURS maintenance

• Perform 8 HOURS maintenance

• Perform 24 HOURS maintenance

• Perform 24 HOURS maintenance

• Perform 125 HOURS maintenance

• Perform 125 HOURS maintenance

• Perform 250 HOURS maintenance

• Perform 250 HOURS maintenance

Check:

• Perform 500 HOURS maintenance

• Torque on the swing bearing, swing gearbox retaining bolts, track drive gearboxes and the motor mounting bolts.

• Track rollers for leakage.

Rollers are considered to be maintenance free. If a lubricant leakage is detected the rollers must be removed, repaired and replaced.

• Track idler assembly for leakage.

The bearing is filled with oil and is considered to be maintenance free. If a lubricant leakage is detected, the idler must be removed, repaired and replaced.

And in addition: Replace: • Engine serpentine belt Check: • Fuel in-tank strainer.

Refer to engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL and ATTACHMENT MANUAL for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

EVERY 1500 HOURS:

• Perform FREQUENTLY maintenance

Refer to engine SERVICE MANUAL and ATTACHMENT MANUAL for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

• Perform 8 HOURS maintenance

Lubricate:

• Perform 125 HOURS maintenance

• Perform 24 HOURS maintenance

• All door hinges and cover: 24 fittings – 1 shot

• Perform 250 HOURS maintenance

• Engine roof cylinder pins: apply oil liberally

• Perform 500 HOURS maintenance • Perform 1000 HOURS maintenance

Replace: • Case drain return filter.**

Replace:

• Hydraulic oil return filters.**

• Crankcase ventilation filter.

• Pilot filter.*

• Air cleaner unloader valve.

Refer to engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL for replacement instructions.

* Refer to FILTERS – REMOVE AND REPLACE in this section.

** Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended.

3.13

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE EVERY 2000 HOURS:

2 YEARS:

• Perform FREQUENT maintenance

Replace: • Engine coolant. Antifreeze must comply with international specifications ASTM D-6210.

• Perform 8 HOUR maintenance • Perform 24 HOUR maintenance

Refer to engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL for additional required maintenance at this scheduled time period.

• Perform 125 HOUR maintenance • Perform 250 HOUR maintenance • Perform 500 HOUR maintenance • Perform 1000 HOUR maintenance

SEASONAL:

• Perform 1500 HOUR maintenance

• Drain and refill hydraulic oil tank with recommended hydraulic oil if required to meet operating temperature range. See APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in THIS SECTION.

And in addition: • Drain and refill hydraulic oil tank with recommended hydraulic oil. Refer to APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in THIS SECTION. It is strongly recommended that a program of regular oil testing be used. Oil change intervals can be established from oil test results.

Check: • All air intake tubing, rubber couplings and band clamps for signs of wear and leakage.

• Make sure the hydraulic oil type selected in the MD3 computer program matches the oil type being used. Adjust oil type if needed.

Refer to COMPUTER - ADJUSTMENT MENU - OIL GRADE SELECTION in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL or SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL, for selecting hydraulic oil type setting procedure.

Replace: • All air intake rubber components such as elbows and connectors. High temperatures in this area can cause the rubber to harden.

NOTE: high-temperature silicone connectors do not need to be replaced unless they are damaged.

Refer to AIR INTAKE MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION. • Hydraulic tank breather.

Refer to engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL for replacement instructions.

* Use of filters other than genuine Tigercat replacement filters is not recommended.

3.14

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ER BOOM SYSTEM

Before attempting to disconnect hydraulic hoses or perform work on the boom system, ensure that:

WARNING

STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

This machine is equipped with an ER boom system. Because of this, it may behave in an unexpected manner compared to a conventional boom system.

HEAD FLAT ON GROUND

When performing maintenance procedures or setting up a machine equipped with an ER boom system, the following points must be noted: The hoist and stick cylinders circuits are connected hydraulically. Thus, disconnecting a hydraulic line to a boom cylinder may cause either boom to move unexpectedly. The booms may also move unexpectedly if a port relief adjusting screw is unscrewed (counterclockwise) too far and the pressure drops below that which is required to hold the weight of the booms and saw head.

Ensure the saw head is resting squarely on a solid footing stick cylinders are fully extended, hydraulic tank pressure is relieved, and engine is shut off before disconnecting any hydraulic lines.

845C-002

FIG. 1 – PARKING BOOM

HOIST CYLINDER FULLY RETRACTED

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 845C-003

FIG. 2 – PARKING BOOM

1. The machine is parked on level ground with the attachment on the ground (FIG. 1).

2. The stick cylinders are fully extended (FIG. 1) or the hoist cylinders fully retracted (FIG. 2).

3. The tip of the stick boom is fully supported.

Do not rely on the saw head to support the boom system during servicing. Slow leakage in the hydraulic components can cause the attachment to move unexpectedly.

For additional safety precautions refer to ER BOOM SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS in SECTION 1 OF THIS MANUAL. NOTE: Because of the hydraulic connection between the hoist and stick cylinders, the hoist cylinders can overpower the stick cylinders under certain conditions, causing the stick boom to move unexpectedly. This most often occurs when setting the HOIST BOOM UP relief valve, causing the stick cylinders to extend, but it may also happen at other times if the relief settings are not correct.

Ensure that all personnel and equipment are clear of the boom path and that there is sufficient overhead clearance for the head to rise before making any adjustments.

3.15

LUBRICATION POINTS DIAGRAM

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

ROTARY MANIFOLD TOP SEAL

1 FTG/250

19

23

SWING GEARBOX LOWER BEARING 18

4

7 8

3

23

6

2 FTG/250

10 TILT CYLINDER ROD END

1 FTG/8

1

22

5 20

STICK CYLINDER BASE END

TILT CYLINDER BASE END

1 FTG/8

1 FTG/8

22

HOIST CYLINDER ROD END

HOIST BOOM BASE END

1 FTG/8

2 FTG/8

21

STICK CYLINDER BASE END

1 FTG/8

22 24 22 11

12

22

STICK CYLINDER ROD END 22

13

DOOR HINGES

2 FTG/8

7 FTG/500

23

9

TILT LINK

21

5 FTG/8

23 BOOM KNUCKLE

2 FTG/8

21

23

SWING PINION 17

1 FTG/8

2

SWING BEARING 16

23

1 FTG/24

TILT LINK PIN

2 FTG/8

25

STICK BOOM OUTER END

2 FTG/8

21

21

HOIST CYLINDER BASE END

2 FTG/8

15

14 22

LEGEND * ANTIFREEZE SOLUTION MUST MEET GM 6038M SPECIFICATIONS - SEE MANUFACTURERS MAINTENANCE MANUAL LUBRICATION POINT WITH A DESIGNATED NUMBER OF FITTINGS (2FTG) AND 2 FTG/125 HOURS BETWEEN SERVICING (125 ). JOINT TO BE PURGED. ♦ USE LITHIUM BASED GREASE CONTAINING MOLYBDENUM DISULFIDE. † USE OF FILTERS OTHER THAN GENUINE TIGERCAT REPLACEMENT FILTERS IS NOT RECOMMENDED. 65138BENG R0

3.16

CHK REP DRN D/R LUB

HOURS CHECK REPLACE DRAIN DRAIN AND REFILL LUBRICATE

FILTER AND LUBRICATION SCHEDULE

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat Model 845C/L845C FILTER AND LUBRICATION SCHEDULE REFER TO Tigercat OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR FURTHER INFORMATION

ENGINE OIL/FILTER

CHK

REP

•

•

36

9.5

•

•

REP

REMARKS/LUBRICANT QTY

2000 

1500 

1000 

500 

CHANGE COOLANT EVERY 2 YEARS

CHK

US gal

2

CAPACITY LITER

COOLING SYSTEM

250 

8

1

125 

SERVICE POINT NO.

SERVICE EVERY DESCRIPTION

60% ANTIFREEZE * 40% DISTILLED WATER

1

• SEE ENGINE MANUFACTURER’S OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR PROCEDURES AND CAPACITIES

3

FUEL FILTER (ENGINE)

4

FUEL/WATER SEPARATOR

5

IN-TANK FUEL STRAINER

6

AIR INTAKE PRECLEANER

CHK

1

CLEAN AS REQUIRED

7

AIR INTAKE PRIMARY ELEMENT

CHK

1

8

AIR INTAKE SAFETY ELEMENT

CHK

1

CHECK FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR. REFER TO 8 HOUR SCHEDULED MAINT. FOR DETAILS.

9

AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE

CHK

10

AIR INTAKE CONNECTIONS

CHK

REP

11

HYDRAULIC TANK

CHK

D/R

12

HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS, 1 BLUE WATER ABSORBING ELEMENT 5 WHITE HIGH PERFORMANCE FILTERS

13

HYDRAULIC TANK BREATHER

• DRN

REP

1

DRAIN TANK, CLEAN OR REPLACE AS NECESSARY.

CHK

REP CHECK FOR LOOSE CLAMPS AND DAMAGED RUBBER COMPONENTS. REPLACE RUBBER COMPONENTS.

190

50

REP †

CHK

REP

†† CHK

14

TRACK DRIVE GEARBOX

15

TRACK ROLLERS AND IDLERS CHECK FOR LUBRICANT LEAKAGE

16

SWING BEARING

17

SWING PINION

18

SWING GEARBOX LOWER BEARINGS

19

ROTARY MANIFOLD TOP SEAL

20

SWING GEARBOX UPPER GEARING

CHK

REFER TO SECTION 3 OF THIS MANUAL FOR DETAILS.

D/R

CHK

1

DRAIN AND REFILL AT SEASONAL OIL CHANGE SEE APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS* *Tigercat RECOMMENDS REGULAR USE OF AN OIL TESTING PROGRAM.

6

IF THE FILTER BYPASS ICON ON THE COMPUTER DISPLAY TURNS RED BETWEEN SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES, CHANGE THE ELEMENTS.

1

6

1.5

2

FILL WITH 75W-90 (SPEC) RECOMMENDED SYNTHETIC GEAR OIL FOR SEVERE DUTY APPLICATIONS †† CHECK OIL WITH LEVEL PLUGS AT 6 AND 9 O'CLOCK POSITIONS.

7.6

2

1

IF LEAKING REMOVE AND REPAIR, FILL WITH SAE 75W-90 HT OR 80W-140 HT OIL, REFER TO 500 HOURS SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE FOR DETAILS

LUB 24HR

10 SHOTS

1

GREASE EVERY 24 HOURS WHILE SWINGING LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

LUB

20 SHOTS

1

GREASE WHILE SWINGING. LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

LUB

5 SHOTS EACH FITTING

2

REFER TO 250 HOURS SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE FOR DETAILS. LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

LUB

2 SHOTS

1

REFER TO 250 HOURS SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE FOR DETAILS. LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

1

FILL WITH 75W-90 OR 80W-140 SYNTHETIC GEAR OIL UNTIL BOTTLE REMAINS HALF FULL WHEN OIL IS HOT.

D/R

21

HOIST & STICK BOOM JOINTS

LUB

PURGE

13

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

22

CYLINDERS; HOIST, STICK, TILT

LUB

PURGE

8

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

23

DOOR AND ROOF HINGES

LUB

1 SHOT

17

LITHIUM BASE EP2 GREASE 

24

ROOF CYLINDER PINS

LUB

LUBRICATE

4

APPLY OIL LIBERALLY

25

ATTACHMENT

SEE MANUFACTURER'S MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

65138BENG R1

3.17

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

845CH-233

LUBRICATION POINTS DIAGRAM, LEVELER

3.18

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS Use one of the following oils to fill or replenish the hydraulic system.

3.19

Lubrication and Maintenance SWING DRIVE LUBRICATION LUBRICATION OF SWING DRIVE GEARBOX LOWER BEARINGS

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher LUBRICATION OF SWING DRIVE GEARBOX UPPER GEARING

845C-099

GEAR OIL BOTTLE

845C-084

LOWER BEARINGS GREASE FITTINGS The cavity in the lower portion of the gearbox where the two lower bearings are housed is completely filled with grease.

845C-017

UPPER GEARING LUBRICATION

The swing gearbox upper gearing is filled with gear oil. Check oil level in the bottle every 8 hours.

Oil level in the bottle must be kept at the half full mark at all times. Drain and replace swing drive gear box upper bearing gear oil every 250 hours.

Use 75W-90 or 80W-140 gear oil.

For additional information refer to SECTION 15 in the SERVICE MANUAL.

LOWER BEARINGS GREASE FITTINGS

LOWER BEARINGS GREASE FITTINGS Open the hydraulic pump compartment and locate the grease fittings. Using a hand grease gun and with the gearbox at operating temperature slowly add 5 shots of lithium based EP2 grease to each side of gearbox every 250 hours. Do not over grease.

NOTE: During cold weather applications the swing function must operate for several hours to achieve operating temperature. If machine is not warmed up, the lower seal can be damaged.

IMPORTANT! Do not force grease, gearbox failure may result.

Do not use a power grease gun to lubricate this machine. Use a hand grease gun only.

For additional information refer to SECTION 15 of THE SERVICE MANUAL.

3.20

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher CHANGE SWING DRIVE GEARBOX UPPER GEARING OIL

Lubrication and Maintenance 8. Lift and rotate the main control valve cover.

NOTE: Change swing drive gearbox oil after 250 hours maximum operation and every 250 hours from then on.

860C-001

1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

2. Apply the swing brake.

3. Turn OFF the engine.

4. Remove the ignition key.

A

5. Open engine enclosure roof and doors.

845C-257

6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

A

Main Control Valve Holding Bracket

9. Prop the bottom of the main control valve cover into the holding bracket (A).

A

A B B

845C-258

845C-256

A

Main Control Valve Cover

B

Main Control Valve Cover Release Handle

A

Cover

B

Cover Hardware (QTY 6)

10. Remove the main control valve upper frame cover.

7. Turn the main control valve cover release handle (A) clockwise.

CAUTION Due to high temperatures in this area the main control valve release handle may be hot. Use caution when handling.

3.21

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

A

B

845C-149

A

Drain Manifold

B

Drain Hose

11. Remove the dust cap from the drain manifold environmental drain plug.

12. Install the drain hose on the drain manifold environmental drain plug.

13. Drain the swing gearbox upper gearing through the drain hose.

NOTE: Dispose of the waste oil according to local regulations.

14. Remove and store the drain hose.

15. Install the environmental drain plug dust cap.

16. Install the main control valve cover.

17. Add gear oil to both gear oil bottles. Refer to APPROVED HYDRAULIC OILS in SECTION 3 of THIS SECTION. NOTE: When the oil is hot, only fill the gear oil bottles half full.

18. Close engine enclosure roof and doors.

3.22

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher LUBRICATION OF SWING PINION AND SWING BEARING

Lubrication and Maintenance ROTARY MANIFOLD SEAL

24 SWING PINION GREASE FITTING

860-096

ROTARY MANIFOLD SEAL GREASE

SWING BEARING GREASE FITTING

SWING PINION AND BEARING GREASE

To lubricate the swing bearing, apply 10 shots of grease while swinging, every 24 hours to the lower grease fitting located on the seat pedestal in the operator’s cab. To lubricate the swing pinion (or teeth) apply 20 shots of grease every 8 hours while swinging, to the upper grease fitting located on the seat pedestal. The grease fittings are clearly labeled.

845C-017

To lubricate the rotary manifold seal, apply 2 shots grease every 250 hours to the lower grease fitting.

NOTE: During cold weather applications the swing and machine functions must operate for several hours to achieve operating temperature. Warm the lubricating grease to 22°C (72°F) before lubricating the rotary manifold seal. Do not over grease!

For lubrication schedule, refer to LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE schedule and SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE - 250 HOURS in THIS SECTION. For additional information refer to SECTION 15 of THE SERVICE MANUAL.

3.23

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

CHECKING THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

A

Any service work must be performed by a certified A/C technician. The system should be charged with R134a refrigerant only. PAG (polyalkylene glycol) oil should be present in the system and must be used on O-rings and fittings during assembly.

A/C System Total Capacities R134a refrigerant

1.36 kg (3 lb)

PAG oil (polyalkylene glycol)

207 ml (7 oz)

The compressor and charge valves are accessed on the right side of the engine. The receiver drier is mounted to the fan shroud seal support bracket.

B

Perform following inspection along with 125 HOURS inspection outlined in SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION. 1. Check re-circulating and fresh air filters in operator's cab. Refer to SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL. 2. Check for dirt and debris on the evaporator coil located inside the A/C-heater unit and also the inside of the A/C-heater unit. Clean as required.

845C-246

A

A/C Condenser Mounting Hardware

B

A/C Condenser

5. Remove the A/C condenser mounting hardware 6. Rotate the condenser away from the cooler package.

7. Check the condenser core for dirt and debris.

Clean as required. Refer to CLEANING A/C CONDENSER, OIL COOLER, RADIATOR and CHARGE AIR COOLER in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

CAUTION If using pressurized water or compressed air for cleaning, use at 2 bar (30 psi) or less.

Always use personal protective equipment (safety glasses) to guard against flying debris.

A

B

845C-238

A

Debris Screen

B

Cooler Package

3. Remove the debris screen from the cooler package.

4. Remove potentially damaging limbs or sticks.

3.24

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance HIGH PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE

MOISTURE INDICATOR

A SIGHT GLASS

BINARY SWITCH

875-371 845C-252

A

Compressor Drive Belt

8. With engine turned OFF, check and adjust compressor drive belt tension.

NOTE: Belt tension specifications are 55 ± 2 kgf (121 ± 5 lb).

A/C RECEIVER/DRIER (TOP VIEW)

14. Inspect the sight glass on the receiver drier when the A/C system is ON. A constant stream of bubbles indicates the system requires charging.* 15. Check the colour of the moisture indicator: Blue = normal

9. Check all A/C hoses for kinks.*

Pink = moisture in the system

10. Run air conditioning system for 3 to 5 minutes.

NOTE: If the moisture indicator is pink,replace receiver/drier, evacuate and recharge system with both refrigerant and PAG oil.*

11. Check to see that compressor clutch will engage.* 12. Listen to the compressor and blower motor for abnormal noises.

*Indicates these repairs must only be carried out by a certified A/C technician.

13. Check air temperatures exiting the vents in the cab.

For additional SERVICE information refer to the Tigercat A/C SERVICE MANUAL, part number 18795A, available from Tigercat parts department.

IMPORTANT! It is recommended that during cold weather when the A/C system is not in use, that it be run for a period of five minutes every two weeks. This will circulate oil to all components of the A/C system.

3.25

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

INSPECTION/REPLACEMENT OF SERPENTINE BELT

A

845C-252

A

Serpentine Belt

All belts should be inspected periodically for signs of incisions, cracks, excessive wear in grooves, and signs of end or surface grinding.

Drive belt tensioning is controlled by the automatic tensioner, therefore checking belt tension is not required.

Refer to engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL for inspection/ replacement information.

3.26

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher FILTERS – REMOVE AND REPLACE IMPORTANT! Failure to service and replace filters at the proper intervals specified in the manufacturer's manuals, could cause damage to the machine and result in the product warranty becoming NULL and VOID. Check Tigercat parts catalog for replacement filters.

Refer to the appropriate engine OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL for correct procedures and time intervals when servicing the engine oil and fuel filters. Read and understand the SAFETY section in each of these manuals.

H845C-49

FUEL FILTER

FUEL FILTER/ WATER SEPARATOR

Lubrication and Maintenance IMPORTANT! Filters that are an integral part of the engine (fuel and lubricating oil) should be serviced and replaced according to the engine manufacturer’s operation and maintenance manual.

Tier 3 and Tier 4 engines typically use filters with a very fine micron rating. If the fuel supply is dirty, the fuel filter must be replaced more frequently than recommended in the owner’s manual.

Operating the machine with a clogged fuel filter will result in low engine power. It is also recommended the fuel/water separator bowl be drained daily.

When installing a new fuel filter, do not pre-fill with diesel fuel, or engine fuel pump damage will result.

This type of failure will void warranty by the engine manufacturer.

To prolong the operating life of the fuel filter, ensure the fuel supply storage tank is clean and free of water and the fuel is pre-filtered prior to adding it to the machine.

DRAIN TAP

ENGINE FUEL FILTER AND FUEL FILTER/ WATER SEPARATOR

ENGINE OIL FILTER

855C-018

CUMMINS ENGINE OIL FILTER

3.27

Lubrication and Maintenance D

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher B

E C A

H

I

F G

845CH-075

A

Fuel Fill Cap

F

Centre Fuel Tank Drain Plug

B

Fuel Level Sender

G

Left Side Fuel Tank Environmental Drain Plug

C

Fuel Supply Shut-off Solenoid Valve

H

Right Side Fuel Tank Environmental Drain Plug

D

Fuel Return Check Valve

I

Fuel Tank Strainer

E

Clean Out Cover

FUEL TANK COMPONENTS Located at the rear of the upper structure the fuel tank assembly consists of three compartments, a left tank, a centre section and a right tank.

The fuel filler cap (A) is located on top of the left tank and incorporates a strainer built into the neck of the fill pipe to prevent foreign particles from entering the tank during filling.

The fuel level sender (B) is located on top of the right tank.

An electric fuel shut-off valve (C) is located on top of the right tank fuel supply fitting. The fuel shut-off valve is activated by the ignition switch. When the ignition switch is ON or in the RUN position the shut-off valve is open allowing fuel to flow to the engine. When the ignition switch is OFF the fuel shut-off valve is turned OFF.

The return line (D) on the top of the right tank is fitted with a check valve to prevent reverse flow from the tank.

FUEL TANK CAPACITY

The fuel tanks have a total capacity of 1003 L (265 US gal)

FUEL TANK STRAINER A stainless steel 150 micron fuel strainer (7) is screwed onto the end of the fuel supply pipe located inside the fuel tank. The fuel tank strainer is accessible by removing the centre fuel tank clean out cover (5).

3.28

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher FUEL TANK STRAINER A stainless steel 150 micron fuel tank strainer (I) is screwed onto the end of the fuel supply pipe located inside the fuel tank. The fuel tank strainer is accessible by removing the centre fuel tank clean out cover (E).

Lubrication and Maintenance 9. Drain the fuel from the left, right and centre fuel tanks into a suitable container.

NOTE: the fuel will be reused after the fuel tank strainer has been changed/cleaned.

CHANGING/CLEANING THE FUEL TANK STRAINER:

NOTE: Changing the fuel tank strainer is only required if excessive quantities of foreign material has built up inside the fuel tank.

A B C

STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

845C-259

860C-001

A Cover Hardware B Clean Out Cover C O-ring

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED

1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

2. Apply the swing brake.

10. Remove the clean out cover and O-ring.

11. Visually inspect the bottom of the centre fuel tank for debris. Remove and wipe clean any debris found.

3. Turn OFF the engine.

WARNING

4. Remove the ignition key.

5. Open engine enclosure roof and doors.

To lower the risk of causing accidental fires, DO NOT leave fuel or oil soaked rags laying around.

6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

7. Remove the dust caps from the left and right side fuel tank environmental drain plugs.

A

B

845C-150

A

Environmental Drain Plug

B

Drain Hose

8. Install the drain hose on the left and right side fuel tank environmental drain plug.

3.29

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

A 845C-260

A

Fuel Strainer

12. Remove the fuel tank strainer.

13. Carefully clean the fuel tank strainer.

NOTE: Use caution when cleaning the fuel tank strainer or damage may occur.

14. Check for a buildup of foreign material where the strainer screws onto the pipe.

15. Reinstall the fuel tank strainer.

16. Reinstall fuel tank cover plate with O-ring.

CAUTION

S≤15 mg/kg

Do not fill the fuel tank while smoking or ULTRA LOW SULFUR near an open flame or FUEL sparks.

ONLY 36686AUNI R0

If the engine is hot or running, do not fill the fuel tank.

17. Refuel and check for leaks.

3.30

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

REFUELLING PROCEDURE STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

A TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 860C-001

1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

855D-029

A

2. Apply the swing brake.

3. Turn OFF the engine.

4. Remove the ignition key.

5. Open engine enclosure roof and doors.

6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

7. Clear obstructions from steps and handles needed to access fuel tank.

8. Clear any debris from around the fuel fill cap.

Fuel Fill Cap

9. Remove fuel fill cap slowly to allow pressure to escape from the tank.

10. Inspect the fuel fill cap gasket.

11. Inspect fuel tank strainer located under the fuel fill cap for debris or damage.

12. Attach a grounding strap to an unpainted metal surface on the machine if the refuelling tank or nozzle is so equipped.

CAUTION

S≤15 mg/kg

Do not fill the fuel tank while smoking or ULTRA LOW SULFUR near an open flame or FUEL sparks.

ONLY 36686AUNI R0

If the engine is hot or running, do not fill the fuel tank.

13. Fill the fuel tank until the fuel level reaches the fuel tank strainer or the full mark on the fuel level gauge if equipped.

Do not leave the nozzle unattended or spillage may occur.

14. Remove the nozzle and the ground strap (if applicable).

15. Install the fuel fill cap hand tight 16. Turn ON the battery disconnect switch.

17. Close the power roof.

3.31

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

OPTIONAL BOTTOM REFUELLING SYSTEM

B

The bottom refuelling system is an option that allows for easy refuelling of the machine with a fuel supply from an external fuel pump.

855D-030

B

A

C

C

A

D

A

On/Off Switch

B

On/Off Indicator Light

C

Quick Connect Socket

D

Quick Connect Plug

The bottom fuelling system uses quick connect couplings which can be reached from the ground.

An on/off switch located beside the quick connect socket allows the bottom refuelling system to be easily turned on or off. Pull the switch out to turn on system and push in to turn it off. An on/ off indicator light is used to indicate when the bottom fuel system is on or off. When the bottom refuelling system is on the on/off indicator light will illuminate.

845C-267 845C-264

A

Fuel Float Switch

B

Fuel Tank Venting Valve

C

Fuel Shut Off Valve

A float switch, fuel tank venting valve and fuel shut off valve are part of the bottom refuelling system.

The float switch and fuel tank venting valve are located on top of the fuel tank while the fuel shut off valve is located beside the on/off switch. The fuel tank venting and fuel shut off valves open when the bottom refuelling system is turned ON. The fuel shut off valve allows fuel to enter the fuel tank while the fuel tank venting valve allows air to escape the fuel tank.

The fuel tank venting and fuel shut off valves will close when: • The on/off switch is pushed to the OFF position • The fuel level in the fuel tank energizes the fuel float switch.

3.32

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

BOTTOM REFUELLING PROCEDURE IMPORTANT! STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 860C-001 855D-032

A

Do not leave machine unattended while refuelling.

1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

2. Apply the swing brake.

On/Off Switch

10. Pull the on/off switch into the ON position.

11. The on/off indicator light will illuminate when the bottom fuelling system is ON.

3. Turn OFF the engine.

NOTE: The bottom refuelling system can be turned OFF at any time by pushing the on/off switch.

4. Remove the ignition key.

5. Open engine enclosure roof and doors.

A

6. Install a ground strap (if applicable).

12. When the fuel tank is full the fuel float switch will turn OFF the bottom fuelling system.

7. Remove the dust caps from quick connect plug and socket.

13. Turn OFF the external fuel pump.

8. Connect the quick connect plug and socket.

9. Turn ON the external fuel pump.

14. Disconnect the quick connect plug and socket.

15. Install the quick connect plug and socket dust caps.

16. Remove the ground strap (if applicable).

17. Close the power roof.

18. Regularly inspect and repair all fuel fill system components to reduce the risk of spillage or fire.

3.33

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

OPTIONAL BOTTOM REFUELLING SYSTEM POWER PORT A

845C-269 855D-007

A

Power Port

The bottom refuelling system has the option for a remote port to power an external fuel pump. The remote port is located above the bottom refuelling system on/off switch.

NOTE: The bottom refuelling system power port will only be powered if the battery disconnect switch is in the ON position.

3.34

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

HYDRAULIC FILTER SERVICING GUIDELINES IMPORTANT! NEVER PRE-FILL HYDRAULIC FILTERS

Tigercat does not recommend the prefilling of spin-on filters due to the risk of damage to the hydraulic system caused by unfiltered oil. Unfiltered oil used to pre-fill filters enters directly into the hydraulic circuit. Contaminants in unfiltered oil can cause significant and costly damage to hydraulic valves, pumps and motors. The cleanliness of hydraulic oil cannot be guaranteed unless it is always pre-filtered before use.

IMPORTANT! Filters must be replaced at the recommended time intervals, Refer to scheduled maintenance in this section.

Lubrication and Maintenance HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS Releasing hydraulic tank pressure in the event of a hose breakage may reduce oil loss. To release pressure from the hydraulic tank: Wearing eye protection, release air from the hydraulic tank by opening the air vent valve. Pull valve handle down 90° to open. Push valve handle up to close.

NOTE: Expelled air from vent valve will blow accumulated loose debris in the enclosure.

FILTER/ BREATHER

Use of hydraulic oil filters other than the Tigercat brand could lead to severe wear and rapid failure of hydraulic system components.

H845C-59

WARNING

Warning, HOT hydraulic oil and hot machine surfaces can cause serious burns!

• Before servicing the machine, allow the hydraulic system and machine surfaces to cool down.

• Use a thermometer to check surface and system temperatures to ensure it is safe to begin service work.

• Do not begin service work until the surface or system temperature has cooled down to below 38°C (100°F).

AIR VENT VALVE HANDLE (SHOWN IN UP POSITION) UP = CLOSED DOWN = OPEN

PRESSURE GAUGE. MAX 34.5 KPA (5 PSI)

SCHRADER VALVE ADD 34.5 KPA (5 PSI) AIR PRESSURE TO PRESSURIZE TANK AFTER SERVICE IS COMPLETED

IMPORTANT! Air vent valve must be opened before changing hydraulic filters and strainers or performing any other service on hydraulic circuits. Do not operate machine with the air vent valve in the open position.

During a filter change or return hose replacement, air is able to enter the return hydraulic circuit. It is important to bleed as much of this air as possible out prior to restarting the machine. Refer to HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS – FILTER CHANGE PROCEDURE in THIS SECTION for instructions on bleeding air from return circuit. Air bubbles in the hydraulic system will damage the pumps.

After service is completed, close air vent valve and add air pressure from a clean air source to the hydraulic tank using the Schrader valve. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

3.35

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Check to ensure the hydraulic oil type selected in the computer program matches the oil type being used. Adjust oil type if needed. This will allow the program to optimize the cooling and warnings functions to best suit the oil being used. Refer to OIL GRADE SELECTION in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR’S MANUAL or SECTION 6 of the SERVICE MANUAL, for selecting hydraulic oil type setting procedure.

It is strongly recommended that a program of regular oil testing be used. Oil change intervals can be established from oil test results.

845C-111

OPEN FITTINGS TO VENT AIR FROM SYSTEM

VENTING AIR FROM HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

REFILLING THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

VENT AIR FROM FITTING

NOTE: Changing strainers, filters and replacing the hydraulic oil tends to aerate the oil. For maximum pump life, the machine should sit for one hour after servicing to allow entrained air to escape from the oil prior to applying working pressures to the pumps.

NOTE: When refilling the hydraulic system, vent pumps, motors and valves of air by opening a plug or hose fitting located near or on top of the pumps, motors and valves until oil free of air is seen flowing out of the plug or hose fitting. Failure to vent air from the hydraulic system could cause serious damage to hydraulic components. Tighten plugs or fittings and clean up any spilled oil when completed.

H845C-56

COOLING FAN MOTOR VALVE PLUGS

NOTE: Check all hydraulic system components especially cooling fan for proper operation after hydraulic oil has been replaced.

H845C-57

FAN DRIVE CONTROL VALVE OPEN FITTING TO VENT AIR FROM SYSTEM

845C-098

3.36

FAN DRIVE PUMP

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

HYDRAULIC FILL PUMP – HAND TO TANK THROUGH THE RETURN FILTERS

SUCTION HOSE

HAND FILL PUMP

845C-063

SHUT-OFF VALVE IN OFF POSITION

HYDRAULIC HAND FILL PUMP

To add oil to the hydraulic tank, thoroughly clean the outside surface of the suction tube and remove the plug. Open the oil fill shut-off valve, insert end of suction hose into supply drum and operate the pump. The oil is pumped directly into the hydraulic tank through the return filters. The pump should always be operated at a medium speed with steady motion. Pumping too fast may cause oil to bypass oil filter.

IMPORTANT! Close shut-off valve, replace cap on suction tube, wipe dry, and store after filling. Failure to keep the suction tube clean will significantly reduce the life of the filter elements.

3.37

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS

If the FILTER BYPASS icon displays RED between scheduled maintenance intervals, STOP THE MACHINE and change these filter elements.

If the icon continues to display RED after the filters have been changed, the return diffusers/strainers attached to the base of the return tubes in the hydraulic tank should be examined for possible obstruction.

Refer to HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN DIFFUSERS/ STRAINERS – CHANGING OR CLEANING in THIS SECTION.

2

NOTE: The FILTER BYPASS icon will display YELLOW until the oil is brought up to temperature after cold start ups. This is due to the system temporarily interpreting the thick oil as a restriction. Allow oil to warm to operating temperature and the icon should change in colour to GREY. Refer to MACHINE PREPARATION in SECTION 2 of the OPERATOR'S MANUAL.

1

845C-062

HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN FILTERS

There are six replaceable filters (1) mounted on three filter heads beside the hydraulic tank (2).

The filters should be checked/changed at the intervals specified in the FILTER AND LUBRICATION SCHEDULE in THIS SECTION. 845C-085

DIFFUSERS/ STRAINERS

RETURN TUBE DIFFUSERS/STRAINERS There are three mesh type reusable diffusers/ strainers, one on the end of each return tube in the hydraulic tank.

IMPORTANT! Inspecting, changing or cleaning the strainers should only be performed in the event of a pump or motor catastrophic failure or hydraulic oil contamination.

3.38

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher FILTER RESTRICTION PRESSURE SWITCH

Lubrication and Maintenance FILTER CHANGE PROCEDURE:

IMPORTANT!

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK A

855C-035

There is a bypass valve built into each filter head, preset at 1.7 bar (25 psi) which will open in the event the elements become restricted. Before this valve is activated, a 1.4 bar (20 psi) filter restriction pressure switch installed in the return manifold, will send a signal to the computer control system when pressure of 1.4 bar (20 psi) is encountered at the return filters. This pressure switch closes and the hydraulic oil filter bypass icon displays RED on the MD3 computer. The master alarm and alarm light will sound and flash.

B

845C-097 845C-001

Before servicing the hydraulic system, open the air vent valve (A) to release air pressure from the hydraulic oil tank.

Air vent valve is open when handle is parallel to valve.

Air vent valve is closed when handle is perpendicular to valve (shown).

After service is complete, close the air vent valve and add air pressure to the hydraulic tank using the Schrader valve (B). Make sure the air is clean and dry. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in SECTION 3 for details.

IMPORTANT! Do not use these warnings as a substitute for checking the oil level at regular intervals as per the SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE program in THIS SECTION. This information is assuming that operating conditions and running temperatures are NORMAL.

STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 860C-001

1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

2. Apply the swing brake.

3. Turn OFF the engine.

4. Remove the ignition key.

5. Open engine enclosure roof and doors.

6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

NOTE: Leveling machines are equipped with a service ladder, which should be utilized for service access to the left side of the enclosure.

3.39

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

7. Wearing eye protection, release air from the hydraulic tank by opening the air vent valve.

Pull handle DOWN 90° to open valve.

 O-RING GASKET FILTR_SEALS 2

FILTER HEAD

NOTE: Air pressure expelling from the vent valve will blow accumulated loose debris in the compartment.

GASKET

8. Wipe the area around the filter and head clean.

FILTER ELEMENT

9. Wearing eye and face protection (in case of an oil spray), unscrew the old filter.

O-RING GASKET INSTALLATION Remove used gasket and clean gasket seat in head.

10. Dispose of old filter and any oil properly.

11. The new Tigercat filter is supplied with two gaskets, examine the filter head closely to determine which gasket should be used and follow the instructions to ensure proper installation.

Apply clean oil to new gasket surfaces.

Install new gasket on inside lip of filter.

Screw on new filter until gasket makes contact.

 SQUARE SECTION GASKET FILTR_SEALS 2

Tighten filter until top edge makes metal to metal contact with filter head.

FILTER HEAD

GASKET

(Approximately 1½ additional turns after gasket contact).

12. Close the air vent valve, push handle UP.

FILTER ELEMENT

SQUARE SECTION GASKET INSTALLATION RETURN MANIFOLD

Remove used gasket and clean groove in head.

Apply clean oil to new gasket surfaces.

COUPLER CONNECTION

Install new gasket into groove in filter head.

BLEED HOSE

Screw on new filter until gasket makes contact.

WASTE OIL CONTAINER

Tighten filter an additional ¾ turn.

S855C-004

BLEEDING AIR FROM HYDRAULIC RETURN CIRCUIT

13. Attach bleed hose (located in the breather cabinet behind the cab and above the hydraulic tank) to the coupler on the return manifold.

14. Route hose to a waste oil container.

3.40

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

15. Use fill pump to raise hydraulic oil level up to the FULL line, replacing oil lost during filter change.

16. As oil is being pumped into the hydraulic tank, purge air out the bleed hose from the return manifold until a steady stream of oil is coming from the bleed hose.

17. Disconnect bleed hose from the coupling at the return manifold.

18. Clean up any spilled oil.

19. If oil level reaches full mark before air is completely bled, pressure can be added to the hydraulic tank using the Schrader valve from a clean air source (ie: compressed air from service truck or shop). Monitor the hydraulic tank pressure gauge when adding air pressure. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

20. Start the engine and check for leaks.

21. Run engine at IDLE speed for at least five minutes to purge any remaining air from the filter system. Then STOP the engine for 15 minutes to allow air bubbles in the hydraulic tank to rise.

22. Re-check hydraulic oil level – top-up as needed.

3.41

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

HYDRAULIC OIL RETURN DIFFUSERS/ STRAINERS

IMPORTANT!

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK A

CHANGING OR CLEANING THE DIFFUSERS/STRAINERS

IMPORTANT! Inspecting, changing or cleaning the diffusers/ strainers should only be performed in the event of a pump or motor catastrophic failure or hydraulic oil contamination.

STICK CYLINDERS FULLY EXTENDED

TIP OF STICK BOOM FULLY SUPPORTED 845C-097 845C-001

B

860C-001

Before servicing the hydraulic system, open the air vent valve (A) to release air pressure from the hydraulic oil tank.

1. Park the machine on level ground with the attachment resting firmly on the ground.

Air vent valve is open when handle is parallel to valve.

3. Turn OFF the engine.

2. Apply the swing brake.

Air vent valve is closed when handle is perpendicular to valve (shown).

4. Remove the ignition key.

After service is complete, close the air vent valve and add air pressure to the hydraulic tank using the Schrader valve (B). Make sure the air is clean and dry. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in SECTION 3 for details.

6. Turn OFF the battery disconnect switch.

845C-085

5. Open engine enclosure roof and doors.

NOTE: Leveling machines are equipped with a service ladder, which should be utilized for service access to the left side of the enclosure.

7. Wearing eye protection, release air from the hydraulic tank by opening the air vent valve.

Pull handle DOWN 90° to open valve.

DIFFUSERS/ STRAINERS

RETURN TUBE DIFFUSERS/STRAINERS There are three reusable diffusers/strainers on the return tubes. The diffusers/strainers should be inspected whenever the hydraulic tank is drained.

See SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE in THIS SECTION.

3.42

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance 18. Continue filling hydraulic tank using fill pump.

Tighten case drain hose fittings to pumps when oil is seen coming from the pump case drain ports. It is important that all air is evacuated from the pumps.

1

19. Fill hydraulic tank up to FULL mark on the sight gauge.

20. Recheck oil level and add hydraulic oil up to FULL mark using fill pump.

845C-062

HYDRAULIC TANK CLEAN-OUT COVER

NOTE: Changing diffusers/strainers and filters and replacing the hydraulic oil tends to aerate the oil.

For maximum pump life, the machine should sit for one hour after servicing to allow any air bubbles to escape from the oil prior to applying working pressures to the pumps.

8. Drain the hydraulic tank using the drain plug in the bottom of the hydraulic tank.

9. Remove the round access cover (1) and O-ring.

10. Before removing the diffusers/strainers, clean any debris from the bottom of the hydraulic tank and wipe it clean.

11. Remove the three hydraulic oil return diffusers/ strainers using the hex on the end of strainer.

Carefully clean the diffusers/strainers (they may be damaged by rough handling).

12. Check for a buildup of foreign materials where the diffusers/strainers screw onto the pipes and cover plate.

13. Re-install the diffusers/strainers using the hex on end.

14. Re-install the access cover plate with a NEW O-rings.

15. Add hydraulic oil to tank using fill pump.

16. Close air vent valve (push handle up). Add air pressure to the hydraulic tank using the Schrader valve from a clean air source. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

17. Bleed air from the main, attachment and fan pumps by loosening the case drain hose fittings at each pump connection.

3.43

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

HYDRAULIC TANK BREATHER

CASE DRAIN STRAINERS Two case drain strainer elements are located on the machine.

IMPORTANT! Only in the event of a pump or motor major failure or hydraulic oil contamination should these elements be serviced. Always use the correct replacement element.

H845C-59

HYDRAULIC TANK BREATHER

The hydraulic tank breather is located in the compartment at the rear of the operator cab. This breather should be replaced every 2000 hours.

IMPORTANT!

845C-111

CASE DRAIN STRAINER

One element is located in the pump compartment and services most pump case drains.

PRESSURIZED HYDRAULIC TANK A

845C-097 845C-001

B

Before servicing the hydraulic system, open the air vent valve (A) to release air pressure from the hydraulic oil tank.

Air vent valve is open when handle is parallel to valve.

Air vent valve is closed when handle is perpendicular to valve (shown).

After service is complete, close the air vent valve and add air pressure to the hydraulic tank using the Schrader valve (B). Make sure the air is clean and dry. Do not exceed 34.5 kPa (5 psi).

Refer to HYDRAULIC TANK PRESSURIZATION INSTRUCTIONS in SECTION 3 for details.

H845C-60

CASE DRAIN STRAINERS

The other strainer element is located beside the pilot manifold in the valve compartment. This element is dedicated to case returns from the attachment head.

3.44

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

845C-067

Lubrication and Maintenance The engine air precleaner cleans engine air before it reaches the air cleaner filter elements.

It removes contaminants such as dust, powder, insects, rain and snow. This precleaner is self powered and self cleaning requiring virtually no maintenance. However, it should be checked daily to make sure that foreign materials have not plugged the intake area or the exhaust port area of the precleaner.

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

ENGINE AIR PRECLEANER

845C-070

PRECLEANER OPERATION

How it works 1. Air enters the underside of the dome through screened louvers, which prevents clogging by blocking any particles larger than the ejection slot from entering the unit.

2. Curved particle accelerator blades slam air and dirt up against the sidewall.

3. Strakes along the interior surface move heavier-than-air debris towards the ejection slot.

4. Clean air continues to swirl down into the engine air inlet pipe.

3.45

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

AIR CLEANER MAINTENANCE

IMPORTANT STEPS TO FOLLOW WHEN CHANGING FILTER ELEMENTS

1. Release the cover latch gently to reduce the amount of dust dislodged.

2. Avoid dislodging dust from filter element(s) by gently pulling the element off the outlet tube.

SAFETY ELEMENT

3. Always clean the sealing surface of the outlet tube before inserting a new filter element.

4. Always clean the inside of the outlet tube.

PRIMARY ELEMENT AIR CLEANER

5. Check your old filter. It can help you detect foreign material on the sealing surface that is causing leakage.

UNLOADER VALVE

AIR FILTER ELEMENTS

The air cleaner on this machine uses TWO filter elements, a primary element and a safety element.

NOTE: Filter elements should never be cleaned and reused. Cleaning causes dust to bypass the filter and be deposited on the inner surface of the filter media. The dust is then drawn directly into the engine.

6. Inspect the new filter for damage.

To ensure maximum engine protection, it is important the elements be serviced correctly and at proper servicing intervals.

7. Insert the new filter properly. Apply pressure to the outer rim of the filter not the flexible centre.

In addition to the LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE outlined in THIS SECTION, the following instructions should also be noted:

8. Inspect connections and ducts for air tight fit. Ensure that all clamps, bolts and connections are tight. Check rubber elbows for splits or wear points and replace as needed. Leaks in these locations send dust directly to the engine.

The most common and most damaging air intake servicing problems are:

OVER SERVICING

Filter elements increase in dust cleaning efficiency as dust builds up on the media. Looks can be deceiving. A filter that looks dirty is actually more efficient than one that is clean. A filter with dust build up on the media reaches nearly 100% dust cleaning efficiency. Only when a filter is so clogged with dirt that air restriction goes beyond engine manufacturer's guidelines, should a filter be replaced.

NOTE: This does not apply to hydraulic oil or diesel engine filters.

IMPROPER SERVICING

Engine exposure to dust during servicing is the largest single reason for engine damage due to dust.

Abrasive dust can easily enter the intake system once the air cleaner cover and protective filter element is removed for replacement. The safety element does reduce this risk but it should also be replaced at every third primary element change.

3.46

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher AIR CLEANER UNLOADER VALVE

Lubrication and Maintenance FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR FILTER RESTRICTION INDICATOR

FILTER RESTRICTION SENSOR

860C-019

H845C-44 H845C-46

This rubber valve on the tube of the air cleaner housing should be checked before every shift (8 hours). If this valve is missing, damaged or has turned hard, it will cause the air cleaner to become ineffective. The valve should be replaced every 1500 hours.

A filter restriction indicator is connected to the outlet side of the air filter. Service to the air filter is required when the indicator shows RED. This indicator provides a continuous reading whether the engine is running or is shut down. After servicing the filter, reset the indicator by pressing the reset button on the end of the indicator.

Remove the unloader valve from the tube of the air cleaner housing. A good valve is soft and flexible.

Check and clean the valve. If it was plugged, then check the filter elements as they may need to be replaced as well. Reattach the valve to the tube.

The valve should suck closed at about ⅓ of full throttle. When operating in high dust conditions this valve should be checked and squeezed frequently to release dust buildup.

ENGINE AIR INTAKE PRESSURE ICON

The machine is also equipped with an engine air filter restriction sensor which sends a signal to the computer control system in the event of filter restriction. The engine air intake pressure icon turns YELLOW when service to the filter is required and turns RED, along with an ALERT message, when service to the air filter has reached a critical state.

Refer to AIR CLEANER MAINTENANCE, OVER SERVICING and IMPROPER SERVICING in THIS SECTION.

3.47

Lubrication and Maintenance AIR INTAKE BY-PASS

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher INTAKE TUBING AND JOINTS AIR INTAKE RUBBER COMPONENTS

845C-067

H845C-45

During cold weather operation the air intake by-pass cover can be removed to introduce warm engine compartment air into the engine air intake.

Remove the two bolts and cover to open the by-pass.

AIR INTAKE SYSTEM

Check all air intake system components, rubber elbows, connector hoses, tubes and clamps for damage, hardening, wear, cracks, leaks, loose clamps or loose hanger bracket hardware and repair or replace immediately.

Replace all air intake rubber components such as elbows and connectors every 2000 hours. High temperatures in this area can cause the rubber to harden.

NOTE: High-temperature silicone connectors do not need to be replaced unless they are damaged.

During warm weather operation reinstall the cover and bolts to block the by-pass.

3.48

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance Alternate turning directions.

If you're always turning in the same direction, the undercarriage components on one side of the machine will wear at a different rate than those on the other side. To ensure even wear, pay attention to the way you're turning and change directions whenever possible.

PROTECTING STEEL TRACKS Steel tracks are designed to perform in tough underfoot conditions. Take these steps to maximize service life and reduce operating costs.

Start every shift with a clean undercarriage.

When mud and debris build up on the lower part of your machine, components wear at a faster rate.

Do not begin work until the undercarriage area is clean.

Inspect the undercarriage before you start working.

In addition to ensuring the undercarriage is clean, spend a couple of minutes on a visual inspection.

Check for loose bolts, leaky seals and abnormal wear patterns. When you spot potential problems early, you can often prevent them from turning into bigger issues that reduce component life significantly or cause expensive unscheduled downtime.

Make gradual turns instead of counterrotations.

Counter-rotating accelerates wear on the tracks and other undercarriage components. Don't use that technique unless job conditions demand it.

Instead, turn the machine gradually while slowly moving forward or reverse. Gradual turns minimize excessive wear in the undercarriage. They also reduce damage to soft or sensitive work surfaces.

In the event a counter rotation is required some machine operators will carefully push the boom and saw head down against a suitable obstacle and lift the forward or rear sections of the track off the ground. The operator will then counter rotate the tracks while swinging the upper structure.

This will disengage most of the track length from the ground during the counter rotation resulting in less site damage and potentially less track wear.

This is a complex maneuver and should only be completed with fully trained and experienced operators working in stable ground conditions.

Work up or down a slope whenever possible.

Don't spin the tracks.

Track spinning, reduces production, it increases fuel consumption, without a corresponding increase in productivity. And it accelerates undercarriage wear, so your costs escalate.

Grouser bars are especially prone to wear problems associated with track slippage.

Watch your speed.

There are times when a job requires higher speed operation, but the fact is, wear accelerates as speed increases. Links, rollers and idlers are particularly vulnerable. Keep them working longer by controlling your speed.

Avoid unnecessary reverse operation.

Operating in reverse even at slow speeds compounds bushing and sprocket wear as the track tension loads are applied to the top side of the chain. So avoid an unproductive reverse operation.

Working across a slope can shorten undercarriage component life, so try to structure the job with minimal cross-slope activity.

3.49

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Watch transition areas.

Try to minimize travel over transition obstacles as this accelerates undercarriage wear. If you must go across a transition, position the machine 90° to the transition. Without ground support, the undercarriage is subjected to side stresses that can result in rapid, excessive wear.

Other factors:

Application refers to the type of work you do.

Bunching, loading, grading, digging and trenching are a few examples. This factor is largely beyond your control, but generally speaking, the more you work in high horsepower, high-torque applications, the faster your undercarriage will wear.

Material type is another key contributor to undercarriage wear that is outside your control, the more abrasive the material, the more rapid the wear rate.

Terrain, a third uncontrollable factor, describes the contours and slopes at your job site. The more time you spend in rugged, sloped areas, the faster your undercarriage will wear out.

Configuration refers to the way your machine is equipped and is therefore something you can control. To minimize undercarriage wear on steel-track machines, always use the narrowest track shoe possible that meets your flotation requirements. If you work in very sticky materials, consider using center-punched track shoes to reduce material packing in the undercarriage area.

Maintenance discipline plays a big role in undercarriage component life. One of the most critical maintenance practices is track adjustment.

Tight track is the number-one "track killer." But whether your track is too loose or too tight, improper adjustment accelerates wear which can increase downtime and repair costs. Follow the manufacturer's recommendations for track adjustment, and always perform the adjustment in the machine's working environment. A second important maintenance process is cleaning the undercarriage. To maximize wear life, remove mud and debris at the end of every shift, or more frequently if necessary.

Talk to the experts: Undercarriage components are expensive!

To get long life and maximum value from your investment, consult with a dealer or factory rep that really knows the undercarriage business. Ask for advice on operating techniques. Explore relevant application, material and terrain issues. Fine-tune your maintenance processes. Working together with an undercarriage expert, you can manage your equipment investment over the long term.

3.50

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher CONTROLLABLE WEAR FACTORS TRACK CHAIN SAG Too tight track chains significantly shortens bushing Wear life

Lubrication and Maintenance TRACK SAG ADJUSTMENT Filling procedures for track sag adjustment will depend on which undercarriage your vehicle is equipped with.

MEASURING TRACK SAG

845-012A1

FILL VALVE

LIFT LEFT TRACK

1. Position saw head in vertical position and swing boom to side of machine.

2. Place saw head on the ground and force down with boom controls, lift track clear of the ground.

880-303

TRACK SAG FILL VALVE

3. Rotate track in forward and reverse several times. Stop the track while in reverse. Do not clean the track.

4. Stop engine.

845C-002

TRACK SAG ADJUSTMENT UNDERSIDE OF TRACK GUARD

SAG DIMENSION

UPPER SURFACE OF TRACK SHOE 853ILL8

MEASURING SAG DIMENSION

5. Measure distance between upper surface of track shoe at centre of lower surface of track guard.

6. This dimension should be between 102 – 152 mm (4 – 6 in) for normal operations.

NOTE: If track sag is less than specified, track chain wear will be accelerated. If track sag is excessive, it is possible for the track to jump off the sprocket.

To tighten the track, use a grease gun and add grease at the fill valve. Add grease until the track sag dimension is within recommended limits. Refer to MEASURING TRACK SAG in THIS SECTION for recommended limits.

To loosen the track, slowly loosen the fill valve until grease begins to escape through the vent passage in the valve body housing. Grease will vent around the valve body threads. Remove grease until the track sag dimension is within recommended limits. Refer to MEASURING TRACK SAG in THIS SECTION for recommended limits.

NOTE: The track sag fill valve is mechanically restricted from being removed completely.

3.51

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

VALVE COUPLER FILL VALVE

880-303

860C-320

TRACK SAG FILL VALVE

TORQUE PROCEDURE

845C-003

TRACK SAG ADJUSTMENT To tighten the track, attach the coupler onto the fill valve. Connect a grease gun to the grease fitting on the coupler. Add grease until the track sag dimension is within recommended limits. Refer to MEASURING TRACK SAG in THIS SECTION for recommended limits. Remove the coupler and store in a safe place.

860C-333

WARNING

TORQUE PROCEDURE

•

Incorrect bolt torque is the leading cause of shoe loosening

•

Torque + turn is the shoe bolts assembly method.

• Provides controlled stretch of the bolt, about 0.3 mm (0.01 in). It is the stretch that prevents the bolt from coming loose.

The grease is under very high pressure.

Removing the fill valve completely may cause the valve to blow out and cause bodily harm.

• Provides up to 25% more clamp load than straight torque.

To loosen the track, slowly loosen the fill valve until grease begins to escape through the vent passage in the valve body housing. Grease will vent around the valve body threads. Remove grease until the track sag dimension is within recommended limits. Refer to MEASURING TRACK SAG in THIS SECTION for recommended limits.

• It is not influenced by friction/condition of mating components.

•

NOTE: The track sag fill valve is not mechanically restricted from being removed completely.

3.52

The method is also used on other critical joints, such as sprocket, master sections and final drives. Refer to TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS in SECTION 11 of the SERVICE MANUAL.

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

TORQUE CHART LOCATION Cylinder, Tilt, 120 mm (6337B) Piston nut Cylinder gland bolts Cylinder, Tilt, 120 mm (56174B) Piston nut Cylinder gland bolts Cylinders, Leveler, 7" ID (46067B) Piston nut Cylinder end cap bolts Cylinder, Hoist Boom, 140 mm ID, (44882B) Piston nut Cylinder gland bolts Cylinder, Stick Boom, 110 mm ID, L.H. & R.H. (6338B) Piston nut Cylinder gland bolts Cylinders, Roof, 2" ID (5475B) Piston nut Swing bearing Swing bearing bolts Swing gearbox mounting bolts Engine mounting Rear bracket to chassis Rear mounting brackets to engine Front bracket to chassis Front mounting bracket to engine Pump drive Drive plate to flywheel Mounting plate to bell housing Undercarriage Track shoe bolts (D6) Track shoe bolts (FH400) Track shoe bolt (F8) Roller mounting bolts Sprocket bolts Gearbox mounting bolts Drive motor mounting bolts

THREAD DIAMETER

TORQUE (LUBRICATED) lbf-ft Nm

M52 x 2 M16

3522 197

4775 267

M62 M16

3186 197

4320 267

M75 M14

Note 1 150

Note 1 203

M75 M18

5827 270

7900 367

M58 M14

4160 126

5640 171

3/4" UNF

110

149

7/8" UNC M20

455-500 400

617-678 542

M24 x 3 M12 x 1.75 M24 x 3 M12 x 1.75

675 40 675 40

925 54 925 54

3/8" UNC M10 x 1.5

30 25

41 34

3/4" UNF T/T* T/T* M24 X 12.9 T/T* T/T* M20 X 12.9 T/T* T/T* 7/8" UNC 450 610 M20 380 515 M20 380 515 M12 95 130 M20 380 515 Leveler,forward/backward pivot shaft and housing bolts M24 675 915 *T/T represents Torque-turn, this is a method of torquing the track shoe bolts which is fully described in SECTION 11 of the Tigercat SERVICE MANUAL. Note 1: Apply black grease to face of piston. Apply blue Loctite to nut and threads and hand torque to 600 lbf-ft (814 Nm). Mark line on nut and rod and rotate nut through 70°.

Torque values pertaining to the engine and attachment are provided in the service manuals applicable to those major components.

845C TORQUECHART R2

3.53

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

GENERAL TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS

The torque values listed below are for general use only.

Do not use these values if a different torque value or tightening procedure is shown for a specific application.

IMPERIAL

GRADE 5 BOLTS

GRADE 8 BOLTS

IMPERIAL BOLT TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS GRADE 5 BOLTS GRADE 8 BOLTS LUBRICATED lbf-ft Nm 8 - 10 11 - 13 20 - 28 27 - 38 33 - 36 45 - 49 52 - 57 71 - 77 80 - 88 109 - 119 115 - 127 156 - 172 159 - 175 216 - 237 282 - 310 393 - 420 455 - 501 617 - 679 682 - 750 925 - 1016 966 - 1062 1310 - 1441 1360 - 1496 1844 - 2027 LUBRICATED lbf-ft Nm 10 - 13 14 - 17 18 - 25 25 - 33 37 - 41 50 - 55 58 - 64 79 - 86 90 - 99 122 - 134 128 - 141 174 - 191 180 - 198 244 - 268 315 - 347 427 - 470 501 - 550 679 - 745 746 - 821 1012 - 1113 1083 - 1191 1469 - 1613 1509 - 1660 2046 - 2250

METRIC

DRY LUBRICATED COARSE THREAD lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft Nm 1/4" - 20 7- 8 10 - 11 8 - 10 11 - 13 5/16" - 18 14 - 18 19 - 24 10 - 15 13 - 20 3/8" - 16 31 - 34 42 - 46 23 - 25 31 - 34 7/16" - 14 49 - 54 66 - 73 37 - 41 50 - 55 1/2" - 13 75 - 83 102 - 112 57 - 63 77 - 85 9/16" - 12 109 - 120 148 - 162 82 - 90 111 - 122 5/8" - 11 150 - 165 204 - 223 113 - 124 152 - 168 3/4" - 10 266 - 293 360 - 397 200 - 220 271 - 298 7/8" - 9 394 - 433 535 - 586 296 - 326 402 - 441 1" - 8 591 - 649 802 - 879 443 - 489 601 - 663 1 1/8" - 7 794 - 873 1077 - 1183 596 - 656 808 - 889 1 1/4" - 7 1120 - 1232 1519 - 1670 840 - 924 1139 - 1252 FINE DRY LUBRICATED lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft Nm THREAD 1/4" - 28 9 - 10 12 - 13 9 - 10 12 - 13 5/16" - 24 17 - 22 23 - 29 16 - 20 21 - 27 3/8" - 24 35 - 39 48 - 53 26 - 29 35 - 39 7/16" - 20 55 - 61 75 - 83 41 - 45 56 - 61 1/2" - 20 85 - 94 116 - 127 64 - 70 87 - 95 9/16" - 18 121 - 133 164 - 180 91 - 100 124 - 135 5/8" - 18 170 - 187 231 - 253 128 - 141 174 - 191 3/4" - 16 297 - 327 403 - 443 223 - 245 303 - 332 7/8" - 14 434 - 477 589 - 646 326 - 359 442 - 486 1" - 12 646 - 711 876 - 965 484 - 534 657 - 724 1 1/8" - 12 891 - 980 1208 - 1328 668 - 735 906 - 996 1 1/4" - 12 1240 - 1364 1682 - 1849 931 - 1024 1262 - 1387

4.8

4.8

4.8

8.8

9.8

10.9

8.8

9.8

10.9

8.8

10

5 5

SIZE

CLASS 4.8 LUBRICATED DRY Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft

12.9

12.9

12.9

10

10

12

10

12

METRIC BOLT TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS

CLASS 8.8 OR 9.9 LUBRICATED DRY Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft

12.9

10.9

10

5

9.8

12.9

12

DRY lbf-ft Nm 11 - 12 15 - 16 26 - 30 35 - 40 44 -48 60 - 65 70 - 77 95 - 104 106 - 117 144 - 158 153 - 168 208 - 228 212 - 233 288 - 316 376 - 414 510 - 561 606 - 667 822 - 904 909 - 1000 1233 - 1355 1288 - 1417 1746 - 1921 1817 - 1999 2464 - 2710 DRY lbf-ft Nm 13 - 14 18 - 19 23 - 28 31 - 38 49 - 54 67 - 73 78 - 86 106 - 116 120 - 132 163 - 179 171 - 188 232 - 255 240 - 264 326 - 358 420 - 462 570 - 626 668 - 735 906 - 996 995 - 1096 1359 - 1486 1445 - 1590 1960 - 2155 2012 - 2213 2728 - 2997

10

COARSE THREAD 1/4" - 20 5/16" - 18 3/8" - 16 7/16" - 14 1/2" - 13 9/16" - 12 5/8" - 11 3/4" - 10 7/8" - 9 1" - 8 1 1/8" - 7 1 1/4" - 7 FINE THREAD 1/4" - 28 5/16" - 24 3/8" - 24 7/16" - 20 1/2" - 20 9/16" - 18 5/8" - 18 3/4" - 16 7/8" - 14 1" - 14 1 1/8" - 12 1 1/4" - 12

CLASS 10.9 LUBRICATED DRY Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft

CLASS 12.9 LUBRICATED DRY Nm lbf-ft Nm lbf-ft

M6 M8 M10

4.8 12.0 23.0

3.5 8.5 17.0

6.0 15.0 29.0

4.5 11.0 21.0

9.0 22.0 43.0

6.5 16.0 32.0

11.0 28.0 55.0

8.5 20.0 40.0

13.0 32.0 63.0

9.5 24.0 47.0

17.0 40.0 80.0

12.0 30.0 60.0

15.0 37.0 75.0

11.5 28.0 55.0

19.0 47.0 95.0

14.5 35.0 70.0

M12 M14 M16

40.0 63.0 100.0

29.0 47.0 73.0

50.0 80.0 125.0

37.0 60.0 92.0

75.0 120.0 190.0

55.0 88.0 140.0

95.0 150.0 240.0

70.0 110.0 175.0

110.0 175.0 275.0

80.0 130.0 200.0

140.0 225.0 350.0

105.0 165.0 225.0

130.0 205.0 320.0

95.0 150.0 240.0

165.0 260.0 400.0

120.0 190.0 300.0

M18 M20 M22

135.0 190.0 260.0

100.0 140.0 190.0

175.0 240.0 330.0

125.0 180.0 250.0

260.0 375.0 510.0

195.0 275.0 375.0

330.0 475.0 650.0

250.0 350.0 475.0

375.0 530.0 725.0

275.0 400.0 540.0

475.0 675.0 925.0

350.0 500.0 675.0

440.0 625.0 850.0

325.0 560.0 460.0 800.0 625.0 1,075.0

410.0 580.0 800.0

M24 M27 M30

330.0 490.0 675.0

250.0 360.0 490.0

425.0 625.0 850.0

310.0 650.0 450.0 950.0 625.0 1,300.0

M33 900.0 M36 1,150.0

475.0 825.0 600.0 925.0 675.0 1,150.0 850.0 1,075.0 800.0 1,350.0 1,000.0 700.0 1,200.0 875.0 1,350.0 1,000.0 1,700.0 1,250.0 1,600.0 1,150.0 2,000.0 1,500.0 950.0 1,650.0 1,200.0 1,850.0 1,350.0 2,300.0 1,700.0 2,150.0 1,600.0 2,700.0 2,000.0

675.0 1,150.0 850.0 1,750.0 1,300.0 2,200.0 1,650.0 2,500.0 1,850.0 3,150.0 2,350.0 2,900.0 2,150.0 3,700.0 2,750.0 850.0 1,450.0 1,075.0 2,250.0 1,650.0 2,850.0 2,100.0 3,200.0 2,350.0 4,050.0 3,000.0 3,750.0 2,750.0 4,750.0 3,500.0

3.54

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

EATON Aeroquip

Lubrication and Maintenance

Assembly Torque

Recommended Parallel Connection Assembly torque

Eaton recommends that a Torque wrench be used to assure proper fitting assembly of these connections.

Straight Thread O-Ring Boss Low Pressure with 37º (SAEJ514)

Straight Thread O-Ring Boss High Pressure with ORS (J1453)

Thread Size (inches) 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12

Dash Size -03 -04 -05 -06 -08 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32

The values listed are for steel connections. Contact Teaton for torque values for other materials.

Jam Nut or Jam Nut or Straight Straight Fitting Torque Fitting Torque lb.-ft.

Newton Meters 8-9 12-13 13-15 18-20 14-15 19-21 23-24 32-33 40-43 55-57 43-48 59-64 68-75 93-101 83-90 113-122 112-123 152-166 146-161 198-218 154-170 209-230 218-240 296-325

ORS

Dash Size -04 -06 -08 -10 -12 -16 -20 -24

Dash Size -03 -04 -05 -06 -08 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24

Thread Size (inches) 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12

Jam Nut or Jam Nut or Straight Straight Fitting Torque Fitting Torque lb.-ft.

Newton Meters 8-10 11-16 14-16 20-22 18-20 24-27 24-26 33-35 50-60 68-78 72-80 98-110 125-135 170-183 160-180 215-245 200-220 270-300 210-280 285-380 270-360 370-490

SAE 37º (JIC) Thread Size (inches) 9/16-18 11/16-20 13/16-16 1-14 1 3/16-12 1 7/16-12 1 11/16-12 2-12

Swivel Nut Torque lb.-ft.

10-12 18-20 32-35 46-50 65-70 92-100 125-140 150-165

Swivel Nut Torque Newton Meters 14-16 24-27 43-47 62-68 88-95 125-136 170-190 204-224

Metric Thread Size mm M10x1 M12x1.5 M14x1.5 M16x1.5 M18x1.5 M20x1.5 M22x1.5 M26x1.5 M27x2 M33x2 M42x2 M48x2

Dash Size -04 -05 -06 -08 -10 -12 -16 -20 -24 -32

Thread Size (inches) 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12

Swivel Nut Torque lb.-ft.

11-12 15-16 18-20 38-42 57-62 79-87 108-113 127-133 158-167 245-258

Swivel Nut Torque Newton Meters 15-16 20-22 24-28 52-58 77-85 108-119 148-154 173-182 216-227 334-352

BSPP Straight Adapter or Locknut Torque lb.-ft.

Newton Meters 13-15 18-20 15-19 20-25 19-23 25-30 33-40 45-55 37-44 50-60 52-66 70-90 55-70 75-95 81-96 110-130 96-111 130-150 162-184 220-250 170-192 230-260 258-347 350-470

Nominal Thread Size Straight Adapter or Locknut Torque inches** lb.-ft.

Newton Meters G1/8-28 13-15 18-20 G1/4-19 19-23 25-30 G3/8-19 33-40 45-55 G1/2-14 55-70 75-95 G3/4-14 103-118 140-160 G1-11 162-184 220-250 G1 1/4-11 170-192 230-260 G1 1/2-11 258-347 350-470 ** "G" denotes parallel threads, other than ISO 6149 (Port connection only)

Eaton Aeroquip Fluid Conveyance Products A-HOOV-MC001-E January 2005

3.55

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Parker

Assembly Torque

The 4-Bolt Split Flange consists of four main components: • A body (flange head) • An O-ring • One “captive” or two “split” flange clamps

• Four bolts and washer

WASHERS BOLTS FLANGE CLAMP

The four-bolt port is simply a circular opening (flow passage) surrounded by four tapped holes in a certain pattern for acceptance of the flange clamping bolts. The flat surface of the port compresses the O-ring contained in the groove in the flange head when the clamp bolts are torqued. In some instances, the groove is in the port and not in the flange head. The bolts, through the clamp halves, clamp down the flange head on to the flat surface of the port compressing and trapping the O-ring in the groove and leaving no gap for it to extrude under pressure. The hydraulic pressure is thus sealed by the compressed O-ring as long as the bolts are tightened enough to maintain solid metal to metal contact between the flange head at the outside diameter of the O-ring and the top of the port.

Flange Port Assembly The steps to properly assemble the flange port clamping bolts are:

FLANGE HEAD O-RING TAPPED HOLES

FLANGE.TIFF

1. Make sure sealing surfaces are free of burrs, nicks, scratches or any foreign particles.

2. Lubricate the O-ring.

3. Position flange and clamp halves.

4. Place lock washers on bolts and insert through clamp halves.

5. Hand tighten bolts.

6. Torque bolts in diagonal sequence (see Fig. T9) in small increments to the appropriate torque level listed in Table T6 or Table T7 on this page.

Fig. T8 - 4 Bolt Split Flange Components

FLANGE2.TIFF

Fig. T9 - Flange Bolt Tightening Sequence Dash Size

Flange Size

Inch Bolt (J518)

Torque lbf-ft

Metric Bolt (ISO 6162)

Torque Nm

8 12 16 20 24 32 40 48 56 64 80

1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 5

5/16-18 3/8-16 3/8-16 7/16-14 1/2-13 1/2-13 1/2-13 5/8-11 5/8-11 5/8-11 5/8-11

17 +/- 2 25 +/- 3.5 31 +/- 4.5 41 +/- 5 52 +/- 6 60 +/- 6 85 +/- 9 144 +/- 15 125 +/- 8 125 +/- 8 125 +/- 8

M8 M10 M10 M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M16 M16

25 49 49 85 85 135 95 220 220 220 220

Dash Size

Flange Size

Inch Bolt (J518)

Torque lbf-ft

Metric Bolt (ISO 6162)

Torque N-m

8 12 16 20 24 32

1/2 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2

5/16-18 3/8-16 7/16-14 1/2-13 5/8-11 3/4-10

17 +/- 2 30 +/- 4.5 46 +/- 4.5 69 +/- 6 125 +/- 8 208 +/- 20

M8 M10 M12 M14 M16 M20

25 49 85 135 210 425

* Does not meet ISO 6162 specification.

Table T7 - Code 62 Flange Recommended Bolt Torque

* Does not meet ISO 6162 specification.

Table T6 - Code 61 Flange Recommended Bolt Torque

3.56

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

Parker

Assembly Torque

JIC 37 Degree Flare SAE Dash Size

Thread Size

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

NPTF

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection FFWR FFWR

5/16-24 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12 3-12

NA NA 2 2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/4 1 1 1 1 1 1

SAE Dash Size

NA NA 2 2 1 1/4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

F.F.W.R : Flats From Wrench Resistance All values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

1/8-27 NA 1/4-18 NA 3/8-18 1/2-14 7/8-14 3/4-14 NA 1-11 1/2 1 1/4-11 1/2 1 1/2-11 1/2 2-11 1/2 NA

Thread Size

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

NA NA 1/4 TO 1/2 NA 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 NA 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 1/4 TO 1/2 NA NA

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

BSPT

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection FFWR FFWR

NA NA 9/16-18 NA 11/16-16 13/16-16 1-14 1 3/16-12 NA 1 7/16-12 1 11/16-12 2-12 NA NA

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

T.F.F.T. : Turns from finger tight All pipe values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

O'ring Face Seal / Seal-Lok SAE Dash Size

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection TFFT TFFT

Thread Size

SAE Dash Size

NA NA 1/2 TO 3/4 NA 1/2 TO 3/4 1/2 TO 3/4 1/2 TO 3/4 1/3 TO 1/2 NA 1/3 TO 1/2 1/3 TO 1/2 1/3 TO 1/2 NA NA

-2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -12 -14 -16 -20 -24 -32 -40

F.F.W.R : Flats From Wrench Resistance All values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

Thread Size

Tube Connection Swivel or Hose Connection TFFT TFFT

1/8-28 NA 1/4-19 NA 3/8-19 1/2-14 NA 3/4-14 NA 1-11 1 1/4-11 1 1/2-11 2-11 NA

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

2-3 NA 2-3 NA 2-3 2-3 NA 2-3 NA 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 1.5-2.5 NA

T.F.F.T. : Turns from finger tight All pipe values are for Steel, Stainless Steel and Brass

SAE J1926 Straight Thread Port Assembly Torques ASSEMBLY TORQUE = 10 % -0 SAE DASH SIZE

2 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 20 24 32

5/16-24 3/8-24 7/16-20 1/2-20 9/16-18 3/4-16 7/8-14 1 1/16-12 1 3/16-12 1 5/16-12 1 5/8-12 1 7/8-12 2 1/2-12

SEAL-LOK lbf-ft (lbf-in) (310) (310) (310) (360) (420) 60 100 135 175 200 250 305 375

Nm 20 20 20 40 46 80 135 185 235 270 340 415 510

TRIPLE-LOK FERULOK PIPE FITTINGS lbf-ft Nm (lbf-in) (85) 10 (155) 18 (260) 29 (280) 32 (350) 40 (620) 70 85 115 135 183 175 237 200 271 250 339 305 414 375 509

PLUGS

ADJUSTABLE

NON-ADJUSTABLE THREAD SIZE

SEAL-LOK lbf-ft (lbf-in) (310) (310) (310) (360) (420) 60 100 135 175 200 250 305 375

Nm

3.57

20 20 20 40 46 80 135 185 235 270 340 415 510

TRIPLE-LOK FERULOK PIPE FITTINGS lbf-ft Nm (lbf-in) (60) 7 (100) 11 (180) 20 (250) 28 (350) 40 (620) 70 85 115 135 183 175 237 200 271 250 339 305 414 375 509

HOLLOW HEX HP5ON-S lbf-ft (lbf-in) (30) (55) (120) (170) (410) 60 100 135 175 200 250 305 375

Nm 3.5 6 13.5 19 46 80 135 185 235 270 340 415 510

HEX HEAD P5ON-S lbf-ft (lbf-in) (85) (155) (260) (280) (350) (620) 85 135 175 200 250 305 375

Nm 10 18 29 32 40 70 115 183 237 271 339 414 509

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

WIRE COLOUR CODE CHART COLOUR Red Black White Blue Purple Tan Yellow Grey Brown Green Orange

TIGERCAT WIRE COLOUR CODE CHART APPLICABLE TO ALL PRODUCTS MANUFACTURED BY TIGERCAT INDUSTRIES INC. FUNCTION EXAMPLE Power (fused and unfused) Ground Engine Control (fuel shut-off, start aid) Propulsion Control (transmission/reverser solenoids) Monitor, electrical and Mechanical systems (air cleaner, alternator, wheel speed, engine speed) (park brake, alternator excitation) Electrical and electromechanical control (power door motor, backup alarm) Monitors (flow, pressure, temperature, level) Standard Monitor System (logic module to monitor) Lights Electro-Hydraulic Control (pilot solenoids) Accessories (horn, A/C, heater)

COMMON CONVERSIONS TO CONVERT... bar cm3 °C kg kW L mm N•m N

INTO... psi in3 °F lb hp US gal in lbf•ft lbf

MULTIPLY BY 14.5 0.06102 (°C x 9/5) + 32 2.205 1.341 0.2642 0.03937 0.7375 0.22481

TO CONVERT... in3 °F US gal hp in lb lbf•ft psi in Hg in H2O lb

3.58

INTO... cm3 °C L kW mm kg N•m bar psi psi N

MULTIPLY BY 16.39 (°F - 32) / 1.8 3.785 0.7457 25.4 0.4535 1.356 0.06896 0.4912 0.03613 4.4482

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

Lubrication and Maintenance

Weights of Commercial Wood

Species

kg/m3

lb/ft3

Species

kg/m3

lb/ft3

Alder, Red Ash, White Aspen, Quaking Bald Cypress Basswood, American Beech, American Birch, Paper Birch, Yellow Cedar, Alaska Cedar, Incense Cedar, Northern White Cedar, Port-Orford Cedar, Western Red Cherry, Black Cottonwood, Eastern Douglas Fir, Coast Douglas Fir, Inland North Elm, American Fir, Alpine Fir, Balsam Fir, Nobel Fir, Red Fir, Silver Fir, White Gum, Black Gum, Blue Gum, Red Gum, Tupelo Hemlock, Eastern Hemlock, Western Hickory, Pecan Hickory, True Larch, Western Locust, Black Magnolia, Cucumber

737 769 689 817 673 865 801 929 577 721 449 897 433 721 785 881 577 865 449 721 481 769 577 753 721 1121 801 897 801 657 993 1009 769 929 785

46 48 43 51 42 54 50 58 36 45 28 56 27 45 49 55 36 54 28 45 30 48 36 47 45 70 50 56 50 41 62 63 48 58 49

Maple, Big Leaf Maple, Black Maple, Red Maple, Silver Maple, Sugar Oak, Black Oak, Chestnut Oak, Red Oak, Red, Swamp Oak, Swamp Chestnut Oak, White Oak, White, Swamp Pine, Jack Pine, Loblolly Pine, Lodgepole Pine, Long Leaf Pine, Norway, Red Pine, Short Leaf Pine, Slash Pine, Sugar Pine, Western Yellow Pine, White-Western Pine, White-Eastern Poplar, Yellow Redwood Spruce, Black Spruce, Engleman Spruce, Red Spruce, Sitka Spruce, White Sweetgum Sycamore, American Tamarack Walnut, Black Willow, Black

753 865 801 721 897 1009 977 1009 1073 1041 993 1105 801 993 625 993 673 993 993 817 721 561 577 609 801 513 625 545 529 545 801 833 753 929 801

47 54 50 45 56 63 61 63 67 65 62 69 50 62 39 62 42 62 62 51 45 35 36 38 50 32 39 34 33 34 50 52 47 58 50

Note: The values shown here are green weights.

3.59

Industries Inc. REV No. 7

FAR10092

PRESSURE/SPEED SETTINGS 845C/L845C

DATE 3/11/2015

ECN No. A29207

ENGINEERING CHANGE DESCRIPTION SEE ECN

Lubrication and Maintenance PART No. JOB No.

ENG. JHS

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGS EMPLOYEE No.

HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE (Check appropriate box) Mult-Weight Oil 60° C (140° F) Summer Oil

60° C (140° F)

COMMENTS

Winter Oil

43° (110° F)

Specification

ENGINE RPM - CUMMINS High Idle, no load maximum Low idle, no load Rated working PILOT SUPPLY Pilot supply pressure; low idle, no function Pilot supply pressure; high idle, no function Pilot supply pressure; high idle, swing with brake on

RPM

2250 rpm 950 rpm 2200 rpm

High Low

34 bar (500 psi) 34 bar (500 psi) 34 bar (500 psi)

Low High High

MAIN PUMP Anti-Stall set Point 130 rpm below engine rpm Stand-by Pressure, Max with Pilot OFF Non-Adjustable 34 bar (500 psi) Margin pressure 20 bar (290 psi) To set Margin pressure: Set Head Tilt Cylinder Back speed as below, set Head Tilt Back to 2,400psi, adjust Margin Pressure while holding Head Tilt Backwards lever.

Re-check/re-adjust Head Tilt Cylinder speed as required to settings listed below.

High Low High

MAIN VALVE Main Relief Non - Adjustable Load sense relief (measured at 'P' port) 314 bar (4550 psi) Boom port reliefs 338 bar (4900 psi) Cracking Pressure @ 'P' port Stick port reliefs 338 bar (4900 psi) Cracking Pressure @ 'P' port Tilt port reliefs 338 bar (4900 psi) Cracking Pressure @ 'P' port Tilt restrictor (pump pressure) 55-69 bar (800-1000 psi) Wrist port reliefs Standard Torque (if applicable) 228 bar (3000 psi) Full Flow @ 'P' port Wrist port reliefs High Torque (if applicable) 248 bar (3600 psi) Full Flow @ 'P' port Shear port reliefs (if applicable) 338 bar (4900 psi) Cracking Pressure @ 'P' port

High Low Low Low Low High High Low

SWING Speed Swing Plate relief Crossline reliefs - Motor

High High High

**Set speed before pressures** (measured at 'LS' port) Full Flow @ 'LS' port

Page3.60 1 of 5

7.0 rpm 207 bar (3000 psi) 248 bar (3600 psi)

Industries Inc. REV No. 7

DATE 3/11/2015

ECN No. A29207

ENGINEERING CHANGE DESCRIPTION SEE ECN

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

No. PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGSEMPLOYEE continued

FINAL DRIVE Left Final Drive Crossline relief (Rexroth Only) Motor Start of regulation Rexroth - 248 bar (3600 psi) @ P OR Linde - 262 bar (3800 psi) @ P Brake release (pilot pressure) Speed

COMMENTS

345 bar (5000 psi) See Manual

Low Low

Y1 69 bar (1000 psi)

Low

Non-Adjustable 28-35 bar (400 - 500 psi)

Low

845C (Rexroth Motors)

Low - F8 High - F8

13 rpm MAX. 28 rpm MAX.

High High

845C (Rexroth Motors)

Low - FH400 High - FH400

13 rpm MAX. 28 rpm MAX.

High High

L845C (Rexroth Motors)

Low - F8 High - F8

11 rpm MAX. 25 rpm MAX.

High High

Low - FH400 High - FH400

10 rpm MAX. 25 rpm MAX.

High High

345 bar (5000 psi) See Manual

Low Low

Y1 69 bar (1000 psi)

Low

Non-Adjustable 28-35 bar (400 - 500 psi)

Low

L845C (Linde Motors)

R.H. Final Drive Crossline relief (Rexroth Only) Motor Start of regulation Rexroth - 248 bar (3600 psi) @ P OR Linde - 262 bar (3800 psi) @ P Brake release (pilot pressure) Speed

ENG. JHS

Lubrication and Maintenance

PART No. JOB No.

FAR10092

PRESSURE/SPEED SETTINGS 845C/L845C

845C (Rexroth Motors)

Low - F8 High - F8

13 rpm MAX. 28 rpm MAX.

High High

845C (Rexroth Motors)

Low - FH400 High - FH400

13 rpm MAX. 28 rpm MAX.

High High

L845C (Rexroth Motors)

Low - F8 High - F8

11 rpm MAX. 25 rpm MAX.

High High

Low - FH400 High - FH400

10 rpm MAX. 25 rpm MAX.

High High

L845C (Linde Motors)

Max. disp. Setting: Turn screw out until off the stroking piston, turn it back in to contact, then set max disp. by turning screw 1/4 turn in. (track raised off ground running in low)

3.61

Page 2 of 5

Industries Inc. REV No. 7

DATE 3/11/2015

ECN No. A29207

ENGINEERING CHANGE DESCRIPTION SEE ECN

Lubrication and Maintenance

No. PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGSEMPLOYEE continued

SAW PUMP Pressure override Stand-by Pressure

ENG. JHS

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

PART No. JOB No.

FAR10092

PRESSURE/SPEED SETTINGS 845C/L845C

COMMENTS

(Measured @ 'PX") (Measured @ 'PX")

248 bar (3600 psi) 34 bar (500 psi)

Low Low

(FULL FLOW)

297 bar (4300 psi)

Low

(+/- 25 rpm)

221 bar (3200 psi) 1200 rpm

High High

Tigercat DT5301 Start of regulation Speed

(+/- 25 rpm)

221 bar (3200 psi) 1150 rpm

High High

Tigercat ST5401 Start of regulation Speed

(+/- 25 rpm)

221 bar (3200 psi) 1150 rpm

High High

Tigercat ST5702 Start of regulation Speed

(+/- 25 rpm)

221 bar (3200 psi) 1150 rpm

High High

(Measured @ 'PX") (Measured @ 'PX")

207 bar (3000 psi) 35 bar (500 psi)

High Low

(Measured @ 'PL") (Measured @ 'PL" - non adjustable) (Measured @ 'PL" - non adjustable)

276 bar (4000 psi) 207 bar (3000 psi) 207 bar (3000 psi)

High High High

SAW CONTROL VALVE Main Relief SAW MOTOR (check appropriate box) Tigercat DT5003 Start of regulation Speed

ATTACHMENT PUMP Pressure override Stand-by Pressure ATTACHMENT VALVE Main relief Clamp arm port reliefs Accumulator arms port reliefs

3.62

Page 3 of 5

Tigercat Industries Inc. REV No. 7

DATE 3/11/2015

ECN No. A29207

ENGINEERING CHANGE DESCRIPTION SEE ECN

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher PART No. JOB No.

FAR10092

PRESSURE/SPEED SETTINGS 845C/L845C

ENG. JHS

Lubrication and Maintenance

PRESSURE AND SPEED SETTINGSEMPLOYEE continued No.

COMMENTS

FAN PUMP Max pressure Stand-by pressure

186 bar (2700 psi) 19 bar (280 psi)

DOOR/ROOF PUMP Main Relief

207 bar (3000 psi)

NOTE: All hydraulic settings to be done with hydraulic oil at operating tempertures as per oil selection choice at top of sheet.

Comments

3.63 Page 4 of 5

High Low

Lubrication and Maintenance

Tigercat 845C/L845C Feller Buncher

3.64